travel guide places to visit in london

Europe Chevron

United Kingdom Chevron

England Chevron

London Chevron

27 Best Things to Do in London

London: the city that has anything and everything you could possibly want in a vibrant, world-class capital. Your only real problem is working out what you can miss. With over 170 museums, 3,000 parks, 3,500 pubs and an ever-changing number of restaurants, there’s almost too much to see, do and eat—even for a life-long Londoner.

Truly, the city is too large, and too rich in options, for you to get to it all in one visit; you'll have to make some hard choices. Which incredible food or clothing-market to browse? Tate Modern or the British Museum? Where should you pick for a perfect, full-English breakfast? Where's the best afternoon tea ? How do you pick from all the abundant pubs ? And don't get us started here on the best restaurants . Thankfully, our locally led list of the best things to do in London is here to help you decide—just don’t try to do it all in one day.

Read our complete London travel guide here .

This gallery has been updated with new information since its original publish date.

Tower of London Arrow

Built by William the Conqueror in 1066, this uncompromising slab of a building has been many things—including the site where Henry VIII ordered the execution of two of his wives. Now the Tower is most famous as the home of the Crown Jewels. Come, take a tour from one of the Beefeaters (offered every half hour), and gawp at the sparkling and the frightening alike.

Kew Gardens Arrow

A spectacular 500 acre garden in west London, Kew boasts one of the biggest and most diverse botanical collections in the whole world. There’s been a botanic garden here since the 18th century when it was a royal palace; today it’s not only a UNESCO World Heritage site with over a whopping 50,000 plants, it’s also just a really lovely place to visit. You can spend a whole day gently wandering along the winding paths through the lawns, trees, lake, Japanese garden, rhododendron dell, rose garden and kid’s play area, as well as popping in and out of the grand glasshouses. It’s a calming and tranquil place (as long as you avoid the playground on a school holiday) but you can also learn plenty about plants along the way.

Tate Modern Arrow

This former oil-fired power station sits smugly in the center of the South Bank, knowing that you’re interested in what’s going on inside. It’s filled to the rafters with paintings and sculptures by the likes of Picasso, Dali, Warhol, and Rothko, all set off perfectly by that gritty industrial interior. It’s rare that any exhibition at Tate Modern is awaited with anything less than bated breath, whether they’re the paid shows across the mid-levels of the institution or the vast and clever commissions to take over the massive space that is the Turbine Hall. You’re pretty much bound to be blown away. 

Shakespeare’s Globe Arrow

In London, every building and street has history. And Shakespeare's Globe, although a reconstruction of the original Globe Theatre—where many of William Shakespeare's plays were first staged and which burned down in 1613 during a performance of 'Henry VIII'—is no exception. The theater was rebuilt not far from its original site, using construction methods and materials as close to the original as possible, and to watch a performance here is to step back in time with the Royal Shakespeare Company.

Coal Drops Yard Arrow

Ever since the Eurostar undersea rail link between Paris and London rolled into Kings Cross St. Pancras station, the formerly down-and-out neighborhood of Kings Cross has experienced a total transformation. Abandoned railway land with disused gas tanks now has been turned into new offices, shopping areas, fountains, apartments, green spaces, and more. There are posh supermarkets in converted train sheds, the coveted Central St. Martins London School of Art and Fashion, artisan restaurants like Hicce, and trendy ice cream shops like Ruby Violet. Granary Square, north of the station and surrounded by restored warehouses, has a 1,000-jet fountain that's great for kids, as well as canal-side, amphitheater-style seating. There’s also the gorgeous revamped Camley Street Natural Park, which is packed with stunning wildflowers and urban biodiversity. Google is building their London headquarters here, an office complex that is supposed to be so state-of-the-art it will reinvent everything we know about workplaces. Add starchitect Thomas Heatherwick's stunningly designed Coal Drops Yard, former coal sheds that are now a super desirable luxury shopping and eating indoor and outdoor destination space, and you no doubt want to hang out at this development in what was once a dark and dusty neighborhood.

South Bank Arrow

The South Bank is one of the London’s best bits. Generally located between the Westminster and London bridges, it offers about two-miles of excellent, largely state-funded arts and entertainment venues alongside breezy, traffic-free views of a succession of city landmarks (Big Ben, St. Paul's, the Tower of London) that lie on the north bank. No wonder it attracts over 14 million people per year. If you have limited time in the capital, South Bank is great because it has everything, including a selection of good restaurants and street food offerings.

Victoria and Albert Museum Arrow

South Kensington’s V&A is one of the world’s largest art and design museums, and it's arguably London’s most glamorous. (Just the building itself is well worth the visit: a glorious red-brick palace filled with sculptural details, extravagant tiling, and frescos.) The collection is helpfully broken down into topics—fashion, theatre, furniture, architecture—and all are comprehensive, usually spanning several hundred (if not thousand) years. Don’t expect to tackle more than one or two galleries per visit, and do check out the seasonal exhibition. The collection is helpfully broken down into topics such as fashion, jewelry, theater and performance, furniture, architecture, ceramics etc and all are comprehensive, usually spanning several hundred (if not thousand) years. Don’t expect to tackle more than one or two galleries per visit.

E Pellicci Arrow

Chances are there will be a queue for this beloved British ‘greasy spoon’ cafe. The Pellicci family has been feeding east Londoners since 1900 and still make some of the best fry ups in town. Stepping inside is like entering a time warp: there’s beautiful ornate art deco wooden paneling, stained glass windows, formica tables and a huge steaming tea urn. In fact, it’s such an icon that English heritage has awarded it grade-II listed status. It’s lively, chaotic, and always great fun. Whatever food you choose, always order a cup of strong "builder’s" tea. There’s coffee, milkshakes, beer, wine, and even limoncello on the menu but nothing goes better with a breakfast than a perfectly brewed cuppa.

Sir John Soane's Museum Arrow

This is, without a doubt, the city’s most atmospheric museum, packed to the rafters with hundreds of interesting and impressive artworks and artifacts. The collection is pretty much whatever took Sir John Soane's eye, positioned in the place it looked best—so don’t go looking for order. Instead, go curious, as the walls give way to secret rooms the unobservant might miss. It's not the unknown it once was though, so unless you go first thing in the morning you'll probably have to wait in line.

Columbia Road Flower Market Arrow

Weekly on Sundays, Columbia Road in East London's hip Shoreditch/Hackney neighborhood, transforms into a multicolored frenzy of stalls and flowers. This otherwise unassuming East End street is transformed into a swath of magnificent plant life, the air fragrant with blooms and the shouts of historic London's famous Cockney stallholders. It's as eccentric as it gets around here. You'll hear rushed deals and offers for a 'tenner' or 'fiver' (ten or five pounds) and because everything is so fresh, it's all gotta be gone by 2 p.m. 

Dennis Severs' House Arrow

Fancy a trip back through time? Just around the corner from buzzy Spitalfields Market, there’s a beautiful old four story house in Spitalfields that is essentially a wonderful time warp. Eccentric American Dennis Severs bought the crumbling derelict building in 1979 and turned the whole thing into an amazing work of art, evocatively recreating the home life of different generations of a Huguenot family living from 1724 to 1919 (and living there himself at the same time!). Severs died in 1999 but the house is perfectly preserved and is one of the most incredible museums in London. This is quite a niche museum: one for history fans, interior enthusiasts and those into theatrical spaces, but truly anyone visiting will be instantly immersed into the bewitching experience. There’s only a small number of people allowed in at one time and everyone is respectfully tip-toeing around peering into chamber pots and studying the ghostly paintings.

Diamond Jubilee Tea Salon at Fortnum & Mason Arrow

This historic spot for afternoon tea has been an upper crust British favorite since it began importing leaves from Asia in 1707. It's no wonder the beloved tearoom was reopened in 2012 by the Queen after a sensitive refit. The room retains a fittingly regal affect, decorated in the store’s trademark eau de nil (take that, Tiffany). There’s often a pianist tinkling away in the corner of the airy elegant room in the afternoon. The tea itself will leave even the most discerning of tea snobs with their mouths open. There are 50 different blends and tea sommeliers to help you chose which one is for you.

St. Paul's Cathedral Arrow

One of the most famous cathedrals in the world, St. Paul's (finished in 1708) is the masterpiece of architect Sir Christopher Wren, and its towering dome is probably second on the definitive list of symbols of London after Big Ben. It's awe-inspiring, magical yet somber and reflective, a place for prayer whether you're religious or not. 

Royal Academy of Arts Arrow

The Royal Academy of Arts, or the R.A., as it's more fondly known, has been around for 250 years run by artists, and is home to an incredible collection of global art. The R.A.'s collection is vast, including sculpture, drawing, painting and architecture. There are numerous classic works on show as well as themed exhibitions from the collection, and varied and regular temporary shows that sell out quickly. Annually there is the annual Summer Exhibition featuring plenty of new work from up and coming R.A. students and alumni, and major icons in the art world; it's well worth seeing. You can come for a short visit and still get plenty out of the R.A.—the buildings themselves are worth checking out alone if you like seeing 19th-century and modern 21st-century architecture blended together.

Liberty London Arrow

This is truly one of the most beautiful shops in London. A Grade II-listed boutique department store with an iconic mock-tudor façade constructed from the timbers of two ships, it’s well worth a visit for the shop itself. Founded by Arthur Lasenby Liberty in 1875 who wanted an emporium to show off the treasures from his travels, today the wood-paneled light-filled atriums and cozy side rooms are stuffed full of goodies, new and old. It’s atmospheric, eclectic and unlike any other department store we’ve ever visited. A visit to the store must include a peruse of the impressive fabric department: the rolls and rolls of colorful, intricate and fabulous prints that will make you wish you’d paid more attention in home economics. If sewing isn’t your thing, you can get ready-made bags, cushions, bedding and even chess boards adorned with the delicate Liberty patterns.

The Shard Arrow

Western Europe's tallest building at 309.6 metres, or 1,016 feet, high, The Shard houses London's first Shangri-la hotel , private apartments, offices and three high-end restaurants—Aqua Shard, Hutong and Oblix. All good reasons to visit of course but arguably the main one is the viewing gallery aka The View. Located on floors 68-72 and 244 meters above London, you have an unobstructed 360-degree, 40-mile view across the city.

West End Theatreland Arrow

London's answer to New York's Broadway cuts across a swathe of the West End of the city in Covent Garden, Soho, and Picadilly.  From Shakespeare to contemporary comedies and dramas like Hamilton, as well as countless famous musicals of old and many new, London's West End has it all. Who doesn't want to feel again the infectious glee of musical theatre choreography and the sweating happiness of curtain calls. With the shows coming back after a long closure due to coronavirus, the Criterion Theater is offering a wonderfully quirky musical version of Amelie—the popular French movie of the same name—for more affordable prices than the big-name shows.

National Gallery Arrow

Set in London’s busiest open space, Trafalgar Square, this is the grandmother of galleries with more than 2,300 paintings spanning the 13th to the 19th centuries: Heavyweights include Van Gogh’s Sunflowers, Velazquez's Rokeby Venus, and Constable’s six-foot long The Hay Wain . It gets packed at weekends, but its so large that you can usually find a quiet corner. You can download an audio tour covering the museum's highlights, but you can also curate your own by selecting the paintings you want to see before you arrive. The seasonal exhibitions are the only ones you’ll pay for, and as you'd expect, most are spectacular ranging from Lucian Freud to Titian.

Borough Market Arrow

The food hound's favorite London market (and the city's most atmospheric) occupies a sprawling site near London Bridge, both in a large covered area and spreading into the smaller maze of streets that surround it. Records show there’s been a market here since 1276 when it apparently caused traffic jams on London Bridge. What’s on offer? Gourmet goodies run the gamut and you’d be hard pressed not to find something you can’t get enough of and simply spend all day stuffing your face.

Highgate Cemetery Arrow

A graveyard is always a somber place, but Highgate is also a celebratory one. You’ll recognize parts of it if you’ve seen Francis Ford Coppola’s ‘Dracula,’ and you'll find the final resting place of writers like George Eliot and Douglas Adams, science pioneers like Michael Faraday and pop culture icons like George Michael (although his grave isn't named as such;  his Panayiotou family plot is in the West Cemetery next to Lucien Freud). And believe it or not, for somewhere with so many legendary men and women buried in it, Highgate Cemetery is one of the least visited of London’s landmarks. But those who come do it for both the ghostly mystery of the place itself, as well as the celebrity dead.

British Museum Arrow

You could spend several lifetimes in the British Museum, Britain’s largest museum, without running out of artifacts to ponder. The collection is one of the largest in the world, arranged by location (Ancient Egypt, Asia, Africa, the Middle East, and Greece and Rome), and the list of big hitters includes the Rosetta Stone and other finds from Ancient Egypt, Asia and the Middle East. Come early on a weekday for a less crowded experience, pick one gallery and stick to it, or go for a guided “eye-opener” tour.

Hampstead Heath Arrow

Forget the perfect lawns of London's Royal Parks, Hampstead Heath, the vast and, in places wonderfully overgrown, tract of countryside just north of the rock ‘n’ roll neighborhood of Camden Town is the wild heart of the city and an undisputed highlight, so much so it's said to have inspired CS Lewis’s Narnia. The Heath covers 791 acres of woodland, playing fields, swimming ponds and meadows of tall grass perfect both for picnickers and couples in search of privacy. It’s truly beautiful.

Portobello Market Arrow

Running through the center of the ever-fashionable Notting Hill neighborhood in West London, Portobello Road is know for everything from sixties models, photographers, artists and rockstars to rows of antiques stalls, hip pubs and Hugh Grant, but what we’re talking about is Portobello Market when the street is closed off Friday to Sunday and packed with people from far and wide. It’s that famous. Portobello is actually several markets rolled into one: There are antique and bric-a-brac shops, loads of food stalls and further up next to the Portebello Green arcade, emerging designers and vintage clothing shops.

Hyde Park Arrow

Hyde Park is big. At one and a half miles long and a mile or so wide, it's one of London's largest Royal Parks, originally appropriated from the monks at Westminster Abbey by Henry VIII to hunt deer, but now the sort of space where anything goes. Think gangs of roller-bladers on the paths, mad swimmers and chill boaters in the Serpentine Lake, rowdy protestors at Speaker’s Corner and kids aplenty riding horses and tipping their toes into the Diana Memorial Fountain.

Tayyabs Arrow

Most nights you’ll be waiting for at least half an hour before entering this famous, BYOB Punjabi diner in Whitechapel. Tayyabs is loud (and no one’s on a romantic date) but what you’re there for are the sizzling plates of meat. The main attraction is the lamb chops, served up spicy and marinated in a kadai masala with coriander, sliced onions, and chillies, and everything must be paired with freshly baked rotis, parathas, and naans. It’s a great spot for meat eaters and large groups looking for an affordable way to dine on exceptional Punjabi food.

Churchill War Rooms Arrow

This underground lair, just around the corner from 10 Downing Street, is where Churchill spent endless hours plotting Allied victory during the Second World War. Come for the Map Room, which looks exactly as it did when the members of the War Cabinet abandoned it at the end of the war, and the Transatlantic Telephone Room, where Churchill had secret conversations with U.S. officials. Entry is currently timed so you won't be crowded, and there are some pandemic restrictions still in place in terms of social distancing, but it's easy to get around and see everything. The audio guide comes with your ticket and provides an extra insight into the operations that went on during the war, including sounds and speeches of the time. The museum is also fully wheelchair accessible.

Ronnie Scott's Jazz Club Arrow

Nightlife institutions are institutions for a reason. And Ronnie Scott's, Soho’s premier jazz venue on Frith Street, never, ever disappoints. One rule: book your ticket in advance. Ronnie's is a concert venue, generally hosts two sittings a night—everyone from Nina Simone to Pharaoh Sanders has played here—and gigs get booked out quickly by tourists, aficionados and fellow musicians. You can, however, usually get into Ronnie’s Bar, a smaller more dance oriented venue upstairs, without advance notice, as well as into the 'late late' shows. The place itself is everything a jazz venue should be: dark, loud and enticing, romantic even, and so very Soho—you’ll probably feel like drinking whisky but Champagne always goes down better. When the music ends, and you fall out buzzing into the street, finish up with a bite at the legendary late-night favorite Bar Italia across the road. It’s just what's done.

Recommended

By signing up you agree to our User Agreement (including the class action waiver and arbitration provisions ), our Privacy Policy & Cookie Statement and to receive marketing and account-related emails from Traveller. You can unsubscribe at any time. This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.

🙌 Awesome, you're subscribed!

Thanks for subscribing! Look out for your first newsletter in your inbox soon!

Get us in your inbox

Sign up to our newsletter for the latest and greatest from your city and beyond

By entering your email address you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy and consent to receive emails from Time Out about news, events, offers and partner promotions.

Awesome, you're subscribed!

The best of London for free.

Sign up for our email to enjoy London without spending a thing (as well as some options when you’re feeling flush).

Déjà vu! We already have this email. Try another?

Love the mag?

Our newsletter hand-delivers the best bits to your inbox. Sign up to unlock our digital magazines and also receive the latest news, events, offers and partner promotions.

• Things to Do
• Food & Drink
• Coca-Cola Foodmarks
• Attractions
• Feeling Spontaneous?
• Los Angeles

The 101 best things to do in London

Discover the city with our list of the best things to do and see in London for visitors and locals. From free days out to top restaurants, this is your ultimate London checklist for 2024

September  2024:  September in London is when the city really comes alive. As you would expect from ‘back to school’ season, London’s cultural scene breaks out from its summer semi-hibernation mode with a slew of  new exhibitions, theatre  and  art . 

As autumn begins and we enter the tricky trans-seasonal season, there’s still time to hit up London’s best  rooftop bars  and  alfresco restaurants , while also getting cosy in iconic pubs  and eateries . 

It’s also time to get your diary out and start planning your cultural excursions, as in addition to the new roster of exhibitions, shows and events taking place this month, there’s also a  host of city-wide fests taking over the capital, including  Open House London ,  London Design Festival  and  Totally Thames . 

Get out there and soak it all up!

No matter what your vibe, tastes or interests, there is always something to do in London. When the sun’s out, London’s parks turn into leafy social clubs, restaurants dust off their outdoor seating  and  fountains erupt from dusty concrete squares.

Whether you want to see cutting-edge  art exhibitions , iconic attractions , secret spots , world-beating theatre , stunning g reen spaces, it’s all here and you can probably fit all this in and more still barely feel like you’ve scratched the surface of the city. And that’s before you factor in all those historic London pubs , the latest must-visit restaurants and vibrant LGBTQ+ venues . And if you need somewhere to stay? Check out London’s best hotels or Airbnbs .

This London bucket list (curated by our editors and always hotly debated in the Time Out office) is a good place to start because exploring this city can be a little daunting. There’s something for everyone here, but you need to know where to look. 

Plus, if you want to know what’s happening in London, like, right now , check out things to do in London this week and things to do in London this weekend . After a few days pottering about in the capital, you’ll be more than ready to reel off Dr Samuel Johnson’s famous quote: ‘When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life.’

Stay in the loop: sign up to our   free Time Out London newsletter   for the best of the city, straight to your inbox.

This article includes affiliate links. These links have no influence on our editorial content. For more information, click  here .

Been there, done that? Think again, my friend.

The best things to do in London

1.  eat your way around borough market.

• Things to do

What is it? Dating back to the thirteenth century, London’s oldest food market is a cornucopia of gourmet goodies – your go-to for artisanal finds.

Why go? It used to highlight British produce but nowadays you’ll find global traders and street-food vendors: enjoy French confit-duck sandwiches, Ethiopian stews and scotch eggs (elevated, of course).

Don’t miss:  Arrive early (get coffee from Monmouth), pick up from Neal’s Yard Dairy, Brindisa and Bread Ahead, and head for a riverside picnic.

2.  See free art at Tate Modern

What is it? A riverside icon on London’s South Bank dedicated to modern and contemporary art. It’s the younger, hipper sibling to Pimlico’s  Tate Britain .

Why go? To be inspired and challenged – even by the architecture. Tate Modern is based in what was Bankside Power Station. Its 2016 Switch House extension added gallery space and incredible 360-degree views of the London skyline. Step inside to discover works by the likes of Warhol, Matisse and Bourgeois, all part of the free permanent collection.

Don’t miss:   The Tate Boat (decorated with Damien Hirst dots) runs up and down the Thames between Tate Modern and Tate Britain every 30 minutes during gallery opening hours. Just tap in and out with an Oyster or contactless card as you would on the tube or bus.

3.  Be a ‘groundling’ at Shakespeare’s Globe

• Shakespeare

What is it?  A reconstruction of William Shakespeare’s circular theatre, which was destroyed by a fire, sat a few hundred yards from its original site.

Why go?  It’s the closest you’ll ever get to experiencing the Bard’s plays as his Elizabethan audience did. To stand or not to stand, that is the question. In the era of Mr Shakespeare himself, many theatregoers would stay on their feet when watching a play. Known as ‘groundlings’, those who stood would get an ace and up-close view of the show. At the Globe, this tradition has endured and you can get a standing spot for as little as £5. Honestly, the action is so engrossing that by the time you realise your feet hurt, it’ll all be over.

Don’t miss:  A midnight performance. You’ll have to book well in advance for one of these late-night shows but it’s worth it for the raucous atmosphere. Pop to the pub beforehand for a pint or two – and maybe a coffee to keep you awake into the early hours. 

4.  Order the bone marrow toast at St John

• price 3 of 4

What is it?  The original branch of Fergus Henderson and Trevor Gulliver’s gastronomic mini-empire. 

Why go?  St John is quite possibly the most influential restaurant to have opened in London in the past 30 years. It’s credited with reacquainting the British with the full possibilities of native produce, especially anything gutsy and offal-ish. And it’s also bloody delicious.

Don’t miss This wonderfully simple dish of roasted vealbone marrow, parsley salad and grilled white sourdough has been a permanent fixture on the menu since St John opened in 1994. 

5.  Get cultured at the Southbank Centre

• Cultural centres

What is it? A riverside titan of arts and entertainment, the Southbank Centre is made up of multiple venues hosting some of London's most sought-after events.

Why go?  Whether or not there's an event on, it's  still great for a visit. Munch on vegan cake at the food market or pick up a rare first edition at the bookstalls. 

Don’t miss:  While you’re there,  head along the South Bank to the Globe and gawp at the hallowed Shakespearian playhouse .

6.  See a football match at Wembley Stadium

• Sport and fitness

What is it?  The largest stadium in the UK, and the home of English football. 

Why go?  Hosting the nation’s biggest sporting spectacles since 1923, Wembley has plenty of heritage to inspire any visitor, but its legendary status as a temple of sport was assured with England’s World Cup Final win over West Germany in 1966, and cemented more recently with the Lionesses Euro 2022 victory, also against Germany.

Don’t miss:  The Wembley Tour, which revisits the stadium’s golden moments from the 1920s to the present. The 75-minute tour includes the England Changing Rooms and Players’ Tunnel, as well as the chance to sit in the England manager’s press conference and to lift a replica FA Cup. 

7.  Dance under the lasers at Drumsheds

What is it? A massive club on the site of the old Ikea in Tottenham from the team behind Printworks and Manchester’s Depot Mayfield.

Why go? This cavernous, 608,000 sq ft party den is the joint largest capacity nightclub in the world and features three separate dancefloors, five bars – including a 25,000 sqft bar in the main 15,000 capacity room – 48-metre-long LED screens and an outdoor terrace and food court. Its hosted gigs from the likes of  Bicep, Marcel Dettmann, Kelly Lee Owens, Loco Dice, Girls Don’t Sync, Sherelle, Skepta and The Sugababes, along with takeovers from  BuggedOut! The Hydra and Radio 1 Dance.

Don’t miss:  Drumsheds’ owner, Broadwick Live, is promising eclectic cultural programming in the future; look out for orchestras, ballet, and community events.

8.  Discover drama (and comedy) at the National Theatre

• Public and national theatres

What is it? One of the UK’s most prominent performing arts venues, which sits proudly on the South Bank.

Why go?  To witness world-beating performances featuring luminaries of the acting scene and rising stars set to be the next big things.

Don’t miss:  The musical phenomenon that is 'Hadestown' or the Olivier Award-winning 'Dear England' . 

9.  Feast on a full English breakfast at E Pellicci

• Bethnal Green

What is it?  A good old-fashioned caff. Since 1900 this workers’ café has provided carbs and protein in eggy, meaty and pan-fried form to the good people of east London.

Why go? Traces of bygone eras, like art deco interior details and Formica tables have earned E Pellicci Grade II-listed status, but what diners love best is that the fry-ups, grills and Italian plates are still all dished up by the same family.

Don’t miss:  As strange as it might sound, you’re going to want to chase down your fry-up with a helping of bread-and-butter pudding – it’s a customer favourite.

Recommended: London’s best greasy spoon cafés

10.  Get a history lesson at the Tower of London

• Historic buildings and sites

What is it?  A real-life medieval castle by the Thames and, if we want to be technical, it's actually speaking, the Queen's Royal Palace and fortress.

Why go?  For all that bling (and the ravens, if we're honest). You can’t help but gawp at the staggeringly priceless collection of diamonds, tiaras and sceptres that make up the Crown Jewels. Arrive early to beat the crowds and catch a glimpse of these precious rocks that the Royal Family still uses on official occasions. This 900-year-old monument is one of the country’s finest historical attractions and has enough to see to fill a whole day.

Don’t miss:  A tour with one of the Yeoman Warders (aka Beefeaters) to get the Tower lowdown by someone who lives and works there. 

11.  Spend a Sunday at Columbia Road Flower Market

• Markets and fairs

What is it? One of London’s oldest and best-loved flower markets, packed to the brim with all manner of floral delights.

Why go? A weekend institution in east London, the Sunday flower market that lines Columbia Road is a hipster paradise and one of the best places in the city to buy flowers, bedding plants, cacti and even a banana tree if you’ve got the patio space at home and the upper body strength to carry it there. 

Don’t miss: The best blooms and bargains. The market goes on until 3pm in all weathers, but for the best buys you need to get there for 8am (or hold out to the end for a bargain on unsold stock). Head down side streets to find cute cafés, shops, antique dealers and galleries sticking to market opening hours.

12.  Go ten pin bowling at Rowans

• Games and hobbies
• Finsbury Park

What is it? A  Finsbury Park pleasure palace where you can bowl, dance, slurp slushies, play all manner of arcade games and sing your heart out in a karaoke booth until the wee hours.

Why go?  This old den of entertainment has been around since 1913, surviving two world wars and even playing host to The Beatles in 1963. It almost got torn down by Harringay council to make way for flats in 2014, but the adoring locals petitioned hard until the council gave in. And so they should! It’s a proper north London gem; in fact, we reckon you probably can’t call yourself a true Londoner until you’ve bowled a gutterball on its hallowed lanes.

Don’t miss:  The fact that you can order hot dogs and burgers right to your lane or karaoke booth. Heaven.

Recommended: An oral history of Rowans Tenpin Bowl

13.  Go on a dinosaur safari in Crystal Palace Park

• Parks and gardens
• Crystal Palace

What is it?  This south-east London park was once the grounds of an enormous glass exhibition hall known as The Crystal Palace, which burned down in the 1930s. 

Why go? For the dinosaurs. Yeah, you read that right. The park is populated with Victorian dinosaur sculptures, which are extremely anatomically incorrect. Hire yourself a pedalo and you’ll be able to admire the beasts which inhabit the shores of the lake from a brand new angle. You can even take a waterborne dinosaur selfie, which should win you a few Instagram likes. Other good reasons to visit the park include a maze and the ruins of the old Crystal Palace’s aquarium.

Don’t miss:  Capel Manor Urban Farm, where, when you’re done with the concrete animals, you can find real meerkats, pigs, horses and more. 

14.  See a world-class exhibition at the V&A

• Art and design
• South Kensington

What is it? A cathedral to culture, the V&A is a world-class museum championing the very best of decorative art and design.

Why go? High-profile ticketed exhibitions often sell out, but the permanent exhibits are fascinating and free to visit. 

Don’t miss: T he world’s first all-porcelain courtyard created by architect Amanda Levete with 11,000 handmade tiles. When it catches the sunlight, the glittering ceramics make London look like 1960s Rome. 

15.  Buy fancy fabric at Liberty

What is it?  Unapologetically eccentric and always original, Liberty is a whimsical department store near Oxford Circus. It was founded in 1875, but the mock-Tudor Marlborough Street incarnation – constructed with the timbers of two ancient warships – was built in the 1920s.

Why go? Although Liberty trades on its history, it squeezes fashion-forward innovation into its wood-panelled rooms. Browse silks, Liberty-print cottons and one-off designer collaborations.

Don’t miss:  The Liberty Christmas Shop. Open for a sizeable chunk of the year, it’s a magical, glitter-covered, gift-wrapped festive grotto, perfect for selecting weird and wonderful decorations for your tree. Brussels sprout bauble, anyone?

16.  Sip Martinis in the comfort of Dukes Bar

What is it? If you’re looking for a mind-blowingly strong and delicious cocktail in sumptuous surroundings, this hotel bar is the right place.

Why go? It’s Stanley Tucci’s go-to and was Ian Fleming’s when he was penning the Bond books. Cocktails are among the most expensive in the city, but bar snacks are fabulous. Stagger across the cobbles of St James’s on your way out (the drinks really are that strong).

Don’t miss: It’s famous for its theatrical presentation of Martinis, created from a trolley that’s wheeled to you.

Recommended: The best bars in London

17.  Go flower-spotting around Kew Gardens

What is it? Oh just 3,00 acres of beautiful green space, filled with stunning vistas, rare plants, Victorian glasshouses, a Chinese pagoda and a treetop walkway. You know, nothing too grandiose.

Why go? This world-leading botanic garden is captivating any time of year. Right now, you’ll find it at its blooming best, packed full of colourful flowers. As well as the weird and wonderful flora, you’ll also find its immersive summer installation ‘Food Forever’, as well as an outdoor cinema and theatre programme. 

Don’t miss: The restored Temperate House is a horticulturalist’s delight, home to encephalartos woodii , one of the rarest plants in the world, that outlived the dinosaurs.

18.  Walk the canals of Little Venice

• Rivers, lakes and ponds
• Little Venice

What is it?  A quaint and extremely instagrammable corner of London, it's known for its stunning waterways and narrowboats.

Why go?  It's a special spot, packed with a bustling community of boat-dwelling Londoners, Little Venice is a special spot. Wander through Rembrandt Gardens, feast on seafood at The Summerhouse or browse the plants and have a cuppa in the Quince Tree Café at charming Clifton Nurseries. Then hop on board a cruise travelling between Little Venice and Camden Lock, or wander east along the canal towpath to London Zoo or Primrose Hill. 

Don’t miss: The Puppet Theatre Barge . This intimate water-borne theatre is the setting for quality puppet shows that put a modern twist on traditional tales and kids’ classics. 

19.  Lose yourself in Dulwich Picture Gallery

What is it?  The UK’s first purpose-built public art gallery is a total south London gem.

Why go?  Sir John Soane is one of this country’s greatest ever architects and his genius design of this south London gallery is matched by its extraordinary collection. Its numerous Old Master paintings include no less than four Rembrandts as well as works by Canaletto, Gainsborough and Van Dyck. Not enough for you? It’s in picturesque Dulwich Village, does great family workshops, has intriguing temporary shows and a nice café.

Don’t miss  Rembrandt’s ‘Girl at a Window’ has been pinched on several occasions, so catch it while you can. Also, don’t miss the gallery’s extraordinary in-house mausoleum, creepily illuminated through Soane’s signature coloured glass.

20.  Admire the view from Primrose Hill

• Primrose Hill

What is it? A grassy hill on the northern side of Regent’s Park, and the name of the surrounding swanky neighbourhood.

Why go?  From Primrose Hill, London's skyline is picture-perfect and, while this might be your priority for heading to this spot, it shouldn't be the only one. This well-kept annexe of Regent’s Park is also surrounded by posh cafés and nice shops and frequented by some of London’s friendliest dog walkers, making it a great place to people-watch.

Don’t miss: The sunset. When the sun starts going down, it casts glorious rays across the city, so set your camera to ‘panoramic’ and play ‘spot the landmark’ as London is bathed in awesome orange light.

21.  Discover the Kyoto Garden in Holland Park

• Holland Park

What is it?  Holland Park is one of London’s loveliest green spaces, home to sports facilities, play areas, woodland, an eco centre and the remains of Holland House, which was badly damaged during World War II.  

Why go? The park is also home to a remarkable hidden treasure: a traditionally designed Japanese garden. Created as part of London’s Japan Festival in 1992, the carefully tended Kyoto Garden has water features, and traditional Japanese trees and plants.

Don’t miss: The most photogenic time of the year. Visit the garden in autumn to catch it at its vibrant best.

22.  Visit the animals at Spitalfields City Farm

• Spitalfields

What is it? A welcoming and brilliantly maintained urban farm, complete with cute animals, just off Brick Lane in east London.

Why go? You can get a little taste of the countryside in the East End at Spitalfields City Farm. Friendly residents up for a pat include Bayleaf the donkey and a lovable pair of hairy hogs. The farm shop sells homegrown produce like freshly laid eggs, and the range of veg grown is remarkable for the location. There’s always something going on, from the homely café and laidback weekend festivals to family volunteering programme Families Go Wild. A proper city gem with a lovely vibe.

Don’t miss:  The annual goat race. A rival to the famous Boat Race on the Thames, which sees Oxford and Cambridge universities go head to head, Spitalfields City Farm’s goat race pits two goats against each other on the same afternoon. It’s a lot more exciting than its riperine equivalent and over a lot quicker.

23.  Hunt for antiques at Portobello Road Market

• Vintage shops
• Portobello Road

What is it?  The world’s largest antiques market, on a pastel-painted, picturesque shopping street in Notting Hill .

Why go? Although home to fruit and veg stalls too, Portobello Market is best known for the antiques and bric-à-brac stalls featuring at the Chepstow Villas end of the road. Don’t be fooled by the fold-out tables – this isn’t cheap tat and there are some serious treasures here. For more secondhand goodies, head further up the road, beyond the Westway. Plus, you can grab yourself a selfie in front of the famed pastel houses in the area.

Don’t miss: The market at its antiquey best. Sections of the market are open six days a week but for vintage treasures, brave the crowds and go browsing on a Saturday. 

24.  Bathe in neon light at God’s Own Junkyard

• Walthamstow

What is it?  A whole lot of neon artwork on display at a salvage yard in Walthamstow. 

Why go?  Its late owner, artist Chris Bracey, collected lights for nearly 40 years, as well as crafting and restoring them. Now on display at a salvage yard in Walthamstow, some are seedy – having advertised the 1960s strip clubs and peep shows of Soho – while others are heartwarmingly nostalgic.

Don’t miss: The glowing grotto’s ‘Rolling Scones’ café serves hot drinks (or something stronger to suit the electrified vibes).

25.  Feast on amazing food in Chinatown

What is it? An intense hit of Chinese culture sandwiched between Soho and Theatreland, Chinatown is one of London's foodie gems.

Why go?  Bilingual street signs, colourful pagodas, lion statues and grand red-and-gold gates welcome you to an area packed with restaurants and shops. It’s now pedestrianised , making it easier to pay a visit to supermarkets like See Woo and fast-food spots like Chinatown Bakery.

Don’t miss:  Four Seasons , a restaurant famed for its Cantonese-style roast duck.

26.  Get lost in the Barbican Conservatory

What is it? A large, leafy greenhouse within the iconic performing arts and exhibition centre.

Why go? This labyrinthine arts complex is part of a vast concrete estate – an icon of brutalist London architecture – that also includes 2,000 covetable flats and lots of confusing walkways. Which makes the fact that it’s also home to the second-biggest conservatory in the city a very lush surprise. The indoor garden has 2,000 plant species. It’s like stepping into the happy ending of a dystopian thriller, when the characters finally find signs of life on an abandoned planet. 

Don’t miss:   Inside, the focus is on world-class arts, taking in every imaginable genre.

27.  Have a Hawksmoor Sunday roast

What is it? When it comes to Sunday roasts, London has something for every taste (if that taste is for comforting mounds of carbs in the colder months). But if meat makes your meal, head to Hawksmoor.

Why go? Holy cow, the British-reared rump of beef is delicious, cooked to a rosy medium-rare – first over charcoal, then in the oven. It’s served with potatoes roasted in dripping, greens, carrots and roasted shallots, plus lashings of bone-marrow gravy.

Don’t miss:  Your slot. Make sure you arrive well before 5pm to ensure you don’t miss this crowd-pleaser. When the roasts are gone, they’re gone. 

Recommended: London’s best Sunday roasts

28.  Smell the roses in Regent’s Park

• Regent’s Park

What is it?  A Grade I-listed Royal Park, which is home to London Zoo, a boating lake and lush rose gardens. 

Why go? Londoners’ nostrils have a pretty hard time of it, what with the traffic, the bin lorries and the lack of public loos. On balance, though, we really can’t complain, especially considering that we’ve got free and unticketed access to one of the country’s largest collection of roses in Regent’s Park. Queen Mary’s Gardens are home to around 12,000, of more than 85 varieties, including the unique Royal Parks rose. The fragrance is fantastic throughout the year, but visit in early June to see the blooms at their best.

Don’t miss: The Regent’s Park Open Air Theatre for further alfresco pleasures. It’s a magical way to enjoy excellent outdoor theatre from April to September.

29.  Decipher the Rosetta Stone at the British Museum

What is it?  One of the county's most famous institutions, dedicated to human history, art and culture.

Why go?  There’s so much to see at the British Museum –Parthenon sculptures, Lewis Chessmen, The Rosetta Stone. The world-famous Egyptian stone, the key to deciphering the hieroglyphs, is the most sought out item in the collection. If you think you’ve done it all, delve deeper by looking out for new acquisitions, or pop into one of the museum’s temporary exhibitions.

Don’t miss: The Mermaid in the Enlightenment gallery. It once belonged to Queen Victoria’s grandson Prince Arthur of Connaught and is said to have been caught in Japan in the eighteenth century. It’s not true, though... The head and torso of a monkey has been attached to the tail of a fish using the dark art of taxidermy to create what is possibly the capital’s most fascinating fake.

30.  Have afternoon tea at Claridge’s

What is it? The most quintessentially English thing you can ever eat at one of the most traditional and elegant hotels in London. 

Why go?  Forget brunch, afternoon tea is really where it’s at. With flattering lighting, the scent of fresh roses and classical musicians playing away in the corner, the Foyer at Claridge’s is a class act. This elegant art deco space is where chic A-listers and other ‘people with taste’ come to take tea. Expect tasty patisserie, sensational just-baked scones and incredible finger sandwiches. 

Don’t miss:  The drink at the heart of the ritual. Sip on a fine bone-china cup of Claridge’s Blend, a bespoke tea designed for this very occasion. 

31.  Catch a classic at BFI Southbank

• Independent

What is it? A four-screen cinema with a varied programme of films and events as well as food and drink options, from weekend brunch to weekday tipples. 

Why go? To make an evening (or day) of it under one roof. After work, arrive for dinner before a showing, see the film then head to the brand new riverside bar for a debrief over some movie-themed cocktails. Alternatively enjoy a leisurely breakfast beside the Thames before a lunchtime film. There’s also a recently opened bookshop, the Mediatheque – where you can discover treasures from British film and TV history – and an exhibition space, currently hosting ‘Musical Spaces’ which reveals the sets of bi g-screen musicals. 

Don’t miss The movie-and-meal offer for just £25 (£22 for members). Simply pick the film you fancy and call the BFI Bar & Kitchen to book your spot.

32.  Order the onglet and chips at Café Cecilia

What is it?  One of London’s best new restaurants  masquerading as a simple neighbourhood bistro in Hackney. 

Why go?  You can’t get better restaurant training than at The River Cafe and St John Bread and Wine , and head chef Max Rocha – son of fashion designer John Rocha and brother to Simone – did time at both. To say then, that the thirtysomething chef knows his way around a kitchen is an understatement, but t heir inspiration hasn’t just snuck through the elevated simplicity of the food. There’s something of St John’s minimal approach in Cecilia’s simple interiors, wooden tables and white washed walls, as well as the cheery but thorough service.  Cafe Cecilia is the whole package. Believe the hype.

Don’t miss:  The onglet, chips and peppercorn sauce absolutely bangs. But order the sage fritti as soon as you sit down, and leave some room for Guinness cake after. 

33.  Meet ‘Hope’ at the Natural History Museum

• Natural history

What is it?   A home to a rather impressive  80 million plant, animal, fossil, rock and mineral specimens. This South Kensington spot, which is also a  world-class research institution, is full of wonders.

Why go?   To come face-to-face with animatronic dinosaurs, a man-sized model of a foetus, a dodo, a giant sequoia tree, an earthquake simulator and glow-in-the-dark crystals. 

Don’t miss: A great big blue whale skeleton which hangs from the ceiling of the Hintze Hall and goes after the name ‘Hope’. 

34.  Hang out with the plants at Sky Garden

• Fenchurch Street

What is it?  London’s highest public garden – three storeys of lush landscaped gardens on the thirty-fifth floor of a City skyscraper. 

Why go?  Located on Fenchurch Street, right in the heart of the City, this beautiful venue caused quite a stir when it first opened. That’s because you can zip up 35 floors of the Walkie Talkie and be transported to a public garden with truly spectacular views. As well as all the lush greenery, you’ll find an observation deck, an open-air terrace, two restaurants, two bars and an uninterrupted panorama of the city’s skyline with the Thames snaking by below. Entry is free – you’ve just got to book in advance online. 

Don’t miss:  Unbe-leaf-able prices! The restaurants at Sky Garden have been putting on some great deals, and it’s free to visit at weekends . 

35.  Swim in Hampstead Heath Ponds

• Hampstead Heath

What is it?  Bathing ponds in the middle of the wild green space of Hampstead Heath, where you can splash about any time of year. In fact, it’s the only place in the UK to offer life-guarded open-water public swimming all year round.

Why go? With men’s, women’s and mixed ponds, there’s nowhere better – or more picturesque (the ponds are a short walk from Parliament Hill , with views over the city skyline) – to cool off on scorching London days. The mixed pond is members-only and not lifeguarded in winter. Competent swimmers aged eight-plus are allowed. Just jump right in: there’s no shallow end!

Don’t miss: Looking for a hot shower afterwards? You’ll only find them at the Ladies’ Pond. Sorry, chaps. 

36.  Admire the views from The Shard

• Towers and viewpoints
• London Bridge

What is it? Western Europe's tallest building and London's one and only 95-storey skyscraper, so it's certainly not to be sniffed at.

Why go? Despite only being just over a decade old,  The Shard has become a celebrated addition to London's iconic skyline.  It’s also an ace place from which to cop a look at London in all its glory.

Don’t miss : The very top. There are bars and restaurants all the way up, but at public visiting area The View from The Shard, the tower boasts floor-to-ceiling windows with amazing views. You can peer out over the city at 244 metres above ground level. It’s as if you’re perched over the capital on your own cloud — and it makes for one awesome snap. Say cheese!

37.  Browse cool brands on Carnaby Street

What is it?  This central London street is a buzzy shopping hotspot. Tucked just behind Oxford and Regent Streets, you'll find quirky independent brands next door to flagship favourites, as well as some of the finest places to eat and drink in the city. 

Why go? This pedestrianised street is one of London’s best shopping destinations. Creative Carnaby is known for being at the heart of the swinging ’60s in London, when the likes of Jimi Hendrix, The Beatles, The Rolling Stones and Elizabeth Taylor were all regular visitors. Nowadays the area is home to shops like Monki and The Kooples as well as dining and drinking destinations Dishoom, Cahoots, Pizza Pilgrims and Le Bab. 

Don’t miss: Carnaby’s Christmas lights . Carnaby Street’s annual winter display is always much anticipated and never disappoints. 

38.  Spot deer in Richmond Park

• Richmond Park

What is it? Strap in because this is the capital's biggest, grandest royal park.

Why go? With its ancient woodland, think open space and rural wilds in the heart of the city.  T his former royal hunting ground has changed little over the centuries,  but modern-day visitors are more likely to be wielding a kite than a bow and arrow. Look out for wild red and fallow deer but be sure to keep your distance (especially during autumn’s rutting season).

Don’t miss:  The Isabella Plantation for swathes of blossom in spring and summer. Rent a bike to really get to see the whole park. 

39.  Keep dancing at Fabric

What is it?  Fabric is  London’s most iconic club. T he former meat factory is a bastion of drum ’n’ bass. 

Why go? ‘It was the best of times, it was the worst of times.’ Not just the words of Charles Dickens, but of every exhausted clubber to emerge from Fabric at 4am. Numerous attempts have been made to shut down this treasured superclub over the years (we nearly lost it for good in 2016) but Londoners have always rallied around to save it. The queue might snake as far as Farringdon station some Saturday nights, but if you haven’t been to Fabric, you haven’t experienced London nightlife. End of story.

Don’t miss: A legendary extended set from Chilean-born Germany-based techno warrior and semi-regular at Fabric Ricardo Villalobos – you’ll never have a Saturday night like it.

40.  Spy Buckingham Palace from St James’s Park

• Sightseeing
• Westminster

What is it? A 57-acre park in Westminster, which is basically the Queen’s giant front garden.

Why go?  It's gotten a pretty big facelift since King Henry VII’s heyday when it was a swampy stretch of land, used mainly as a deer-breeding ground. King James I drained it and moved more animals in (including elephants, crocodiles and exotic birds). Today it remains as it was redesigned in the 1820s, all lush landscape and winding paths. Spot squirrels scampering around and pretty views of Buckingham Palace at the western end. 

Don’t miss:  The park’s famous avian tenants – the pelicans. In 1664 the Russian ambassador presented a pair of pelicans to the king, and today the birds are still offered to the park by foreign ambassadors. Find them at the big lake in the middle.

41.  Watch ‘Hamilton’ at the Victoria Palace Theatre

• Victoria Open run
• 5 out of 5 stars
• Recommended

What is it?   Lin Manuel-Miranda’s Pulitzer- and Tony-winning musical might well be the best (not to mention the most sought-after ticket) on the West End. 

Why go?  You can’t do London without seeing an all-singing, all-dancing West End show. Fact. We have  an insatiable appetite for Broadway transfers like ‘Hamilton’, ‘ The Book of Mormon ’ and ‘ Kinky Boots ’ , but there’s homegrown success, too: Andrew Lloyd Webber’s epic ‘ The Phantom of the Opera ’, Cameron Mackintosh’s ‘ Les Misérables ’ and the RSC’s ‘ Matilda ’ are among the hits that just keep on going.

Don’t miss:   Your shot. For ‘Hamilton’ try the £10 ticket lottery available online for all performances. For other shows, last-minute tickets from the Leicester Square ticket booths are usually your best bet for a bargain. 

42.  Visit the famous residents of Highgate Cemetery

What is it? A magnificently gothic, overgrown, 53,000-grave cemetery (housing 170,000 dead) in north London.

Why go? A stroll through a graveyard may seem like a  macabre way to spend an afternoon, but the chaotically overgrown Highgate Cemetery really is something special. It was one of London’s seven great Victorian cemeteries but fell into disrepair. Today, you can go and witness it in all its crumbling glory. The West Cemetery requires booking in advance for a guided tour. Entrance to the East Cemetery is £6 and must be bought in advance .

Don’t miss : The cemetery’s famous residents. Find the final resting places of, among others, ‘Hitchhiker’s Guide’ author Douglas Adams and poet Christina Rossetti. You can also visit Karl Marx. You can’t miss his spot – it’s topped with a massive sculpture of his head.

43.  Pop into Noble Rot for a glass of wine

What is it?  A Bloomsbury restaurant and wine bar from the people behind Noble Rot magazine

Why go?   Noble Rot is an egalitarian vision of what proper dining in London could and should be. This is a place where you’ll feel equally welcome popping in for a solo glass of wine at the bar or catching up with old friends over a sprawling lunch.  Everything is on point, from the mellow decor and personable staff to the excellent menu and wine list.

Don’t miss:  The unbelievably good value, daily changing set lunch menu. At three courses for £26, it’s one of the best deals in central London.

44.  Watch tennis at Wimbledon

• Leisure centres

What is it?  Wimbledon is a leafy south-west London suburb that plays host to the world’s greatest lawn tennis championship every summer.

Why go? There’s more to Wimbledon than the oldest tennis championship in the world – it’s home to a windmill and the fictional Wombles for starters – but summer is the best time to head to SW19. During July every year, the world’s best tennis players arrive to battle it out, while the world’s biggest tennis fans arrive to sip Pimm’s, guzzle strawberries and cream, and vicariously bask in sporting greatness. Bag seats on Centre Court, lounge around on Murray Mound or catch the action for free on a big screen just outside the grounds on Aorangi Terrace.

Don’t miss: Tickets. They’re hard to get your hands on. The top spots must be applied for by ballot (UK applications start the August before) but there are also tickets available each day during the tournament for those prepared to queue.

45.  Explore space at the Science Museum

• Science and technology

What is it? Founded in 1857, the Science Museum is one of London’s largest tourist attractions, and one of the world’s major museums.

Why go? From daytime play for little ones to lates for geeky grown-ups, the Science Museum is a happily noisy home of scientific discovery that’s free to visit for one and all. Head to Wonderlab, a state-of-the-art seven-zone area of the museum that’s ticketed, allowing you to see live experiments and shows away from the crowds, or explore how music shapes our lives in the interactive Turn It Up: The power of music.   

Don’t miss:  Amazing objects that have shaped the last few decades, from the first Apple computer to Apollo 10, which orbited the moon in 1969.

46.  Feast on pasta at Padella

• price 2 of 4

What is it?  A carb-lover’s paradise near Borough Market, which more or less only serves pasta.

Why go? With a small menu of six antipasti and ten totally delicious pasta dishes, Padella’s whole ‘less is more’ formula has proven immensely successful. Ever since opening in London Bridge in 2016 it has been nearly impossible to get a table without queuing first.

Don’t miss: Padella’s sister site, Trullo. The hugely popular Islington restaurant was owners Tim Siadatan and Jordan Frieda’s first venture. You’ll recognise some menu items, like the famous pappardelle with beef shin ragú. Head there instead if you can’t stand the wait.

47.  Visit Hogwarts at the Harry Potter Studio Tour

• Hertfordshire

What is it?  Sure, there are lots of Harry Potter locations in and around London, but the Warner Bros Studio Tour in Watford is the most magical. 

Why go? The capital is heaving with Harry Potter hotspots. Locations like Diagon Alley were set here and scenes from the world-famous movie franchise were filmed here. There’s walking tours and photo ops at the actual Platform 9¾ in King’s Cross. But you can’t beat the Warner Bros Studio Tour: The Making of Harry Potter, just outside of the capital, to get up close with incredible props and sets from all eight of the HP films.

Don’t miss: The chance to fly your very own broom. Or drink butterbeer. Or wander in the Forbidden Forest. Or pose in the Great Hall. Or window-shop on Diagon Alley. Do you need any more reasons?

48.  See Tower Bridge lift up

• Tower Bridge

What is it? The capital’s most famous bridge, which crosses the Thames near the Tower of London. Not to be confused with London Bridge as it rather frequently is.

Why go? The historical structure is a little bit of a stunner. It lifts up in the middle when large vessels are passing underneath (you can check out lift times on its website) and it gained a daring glass floor on the high walkways in 2014, allowing slightly braver visitors to look straight down to the road and river 42 metres below. Each of the six glass panels is 11 metres long and weighs more than 500kg. Just don't think about it too much when you’re walking across them. 

Don’t miss:  Your chance to stand inside Tower Bridge’s Bascule Chambers. These underground caverns allow for the movement of the huge counterweights when the bridge is raised. The subterranean space is normally out of bounds but is sometimes used for concerts and events. 

49.  Get lunch to go from Brick Lane Beigel Bake

What is it?  A charmingly scruffy bakery that has been serving Londoners fresh bagels since 1977.

Why go?  Ah, the salt beef beigel (or bagel). It’s salty, it’s beefy, the mustard will singe a layer of skin from the inside of your mouth (you have been warned) and it’s an absolute classic. Beigel Bake allegedly churns out 7,000 of the boiled bready beauties a day! That’s why they’re consumed by everyone from night-shift taxi drivers and party people to savvy tourists and local pensioners. At less than a fiver a pop, it’d be rude not to.

Don’t miss: Your place in the queue. Much like the fast-paced delis in New York, Beigel Bake offers fairly brusque service. Know exactly what you’re having before you order, and have your cash ready.

50.  Take a tour of Sipsmith’s gin distillery

What is it? The home of Sipsmith gin. It planted its copper stills here in west London in 2009.

Why go? Sipsmith was the first of the new wave of London gin distilleries, becoming the first copper pot still in London for nearly 200 years. Now you can sip a G&T while listening to a little history of gin in London, tour the Sipsmith stills and get a tutored tasting. To drink deeper, book on to the Sipsmith Sipper Club every Tuesday – after the distillery you head to Charlotte’s Bistro for a gin-themed slap-up meal.

Don’t miss: The wall of weird and wonderful gin experiments in the bar. This is where Sipsmith’s master distiller gets creative, cooking up unusual flavour combinations that don’t go on general sale. If you’re lucky you might get to try one. 

51.  Pick up something to read at Daunt Books

What is it? A totally beautiful, independent bookshop, founded by James Daunt in 1990. 

Why go? Daunt Marylebone, the small chain’s flagship store, might be London’s most beautiful bookshop. Occupying an Edwardian building on Marylebone High Street, it boasts an incredible galleried main room and stained-glass windows that feel like they’re from a long-lost world. All the books are arranged by country – regardless of content – which makes for a fun and unique browsing experience. Take home your books in a branded tote bag for the true Daunt experience. 

Don’t miss: The other amazing bookshops in London , like King’s Cross bookshop barge Word on the Water, tech-free Libreria in Shoreditch, Persephone Books on Lamb’s Conduit Street, which sells pretty reprints from female writers, and the stellar London Review Bookshop in Bloomsbury.

52.  See a seasonal movie at Prince Charles Cinema

• Leicester Square

What is it? The legendary Prince Charles Cinema in Leicester Square is central London’s coolest movie house.

Why go?  It’s a breath of fresh air in tourist-trap central. The two-screen independent shows an eclectic mix of new releases, cult and arthouse titles. It’s comfy, cheap and very cheerful, and the programming is as good as it gets.

Don’t miss:  Expect double bills, seasonal classics, singalongs and all manner of unusual screenings – epic 70mm presentations of ‘2001: A Space Odyssey’ take place in one screen while people acapella-along to ‘Pitch Perfect’ in the other. 

53.  Pretend you’re a parcel on the Mail Rail

• Clerkenwell

What is it? Built by the Post Office a hundred years ago, this underground train line was once used to move mail around the city. Now a chunk of the network has been opened up for visitors. 

Why go? While everyone knows about the London Underground, the Mail Rail was shrouded in secrecy until recently. Shuttling letters and parcels across the city for nearly eight decades and delivering post through six-and-a-half miles of tunnels, it was taken out of service in 2003. But its tracks are now humming again, encouraging visitors to make like a letter and hop aboard the tiny electric tube train to discover a secret subterranean London.

Don’t miss: The Postal Museum’s calendar of events, from historical walking tours to papermaking workshops for kids. 

54.  See a play at the Boulevard

• Private theatres

What is it? This new London theatre incorporates an innovative performance space (featuring Europe’s most advanced revolving stage) and a stunning art deco-style restaurant and bar.

Why go? For Instagrammable interiors, a pre-theatre fixed-price menu that draws inspiration from the production you’re about to see and a members-club vibe without the extortionate joining fee.

Don’t miss: The inventive cocktail menu which has been curated by renowned barman Fin Spiteri. It ranges from classic cocktails with unexpected twists to exciting new flavours and combinations, including alcohol-free options.

55.  Go back in time at Museum of the Home

What is it?  A venerable East End insitution only lattery called the Museum of the Home. Housed in a set of 18 th -century almshouses, this lovely little venue has for more than a century offered a vivid physical history of the English interior.

Why go?  This place displays original furniture, paintings, textiles and decorative arts, the museum recreates a sequence of typical middle-class living rooms from 1600 to the present. It’s an oddly interesting way to take in domestic history.

Don’t miss:  There are tons of intriguing pieces to catch your eye- from a bell jar of stuffed birds to a particular decorative flourish on a chair.

56.  Spot wildlife at Walthamstow Wetlands

What is it? Europe’s biggest urban wetland nature reserve, which opened to the public in 2017.

Why go?  The scenery is dreamy. It’s a peaceful oasis just a short tube ride from Zone 1. Bird-watching enthusiasts will be able to spot all sorts of different feathered friends, from kingfishers to peregrine falcons, wildfowl and more (54 species, in fact). Entry is totally free but permits are available if you take your birding seriously, and are necessary for angling too. 

Don’t miss: The Larder caf, which is housed in the wetlands’ Victorian Engine House, serving comforting classics like fry-ups, toasties, jacket potatoes and homemade soups. It’s the perfect place to warm up after a weekend stroll.

57.  Neck a half-pint outside the French House

• price 1 of 4

What is it?  An iconic, Grade II-listed Soho watering hole, which famously only serves beer in half-pints.  This is Soho history. Come and drink it in. 

Why go?  If you like to drink in places where the history’s as important as the booze on offer, the French House needs to be on your list. Charles de Gaulle used the pub as a workplace during World War II; Dylan Thomas and Francis Bacon both drank here; Fergus Henderson ran the upstairs dining room right before heading off to start St John...the list goes on.  

Don’t miss:  You’ll likely find yourself joining the regulars on the pavement outside if you visit during busy hours, do make time to visit the upstairs restaurant. Headed up by Neil Borthwick, formerly of the Merchants Tavern, it offers up  seasonal, gutsy and stripped back French and British fare.

Recommended: The fifty best pubs in London

58.  Have bottomless brunch at Darcie & May Green

What is it? A funky floating restaurant by Paddington station.

Why go? London boasts plenty of great brunch spots, but how many of them are on an actual boat? Part of the Daisy Green group, Darcie & May Green is cute and colourful; it even has a rooftop bar. At £49.90 a head, the bottomless brunch deal gets you two dishes and as many glasses of prosecco or mimosas as you fancy in 90 minutes (there is a one-drink-at-a-time rule, mind).

Don’t miss: We love the sweetcorn and spring green fritters topped with feta, as well as the avo and perfectly poached eggs. Also good is the banana bread with berries.

59.  Time-travel at Dennis Severs’ House

What is it? A remarkable house on east London’s Folgate Street has been dressed to resemble the home of eighteenth-century Huguenot silk weavers.

Why go? To imagine you’ve stepped into a painting by an Old Master. Walking into Dennis Severs’ House is rather like that. It’s open for tours throughout the year: visitors silently pass through its ‘still-life drama’, visiting each room to see evidence of an eighteenth-century silk weaver’s family life without meeting a soul. It’s a unique, unnerving experience.

Don’t miss: The Annual Christmas Installation. Visit on a frosty winter’s night for a truly atmospheric experience.

60.  Visit Wilton’s, the oldest music hall in the world

• Performing arts space

What is it? The  oldest grand music hall in the world. This Grade II*-listed building is home to  plays, opera, puppetry, classical music, cabaret, dance, magic shows and more. 

Why go? If ever there was a venue that embodied the term ‘shabby chic’, Wilton’s Music Hall is it. It started life as five houses back in 1690. Then it was an ale house serving sea captains. Fast forward to 1858 and pub landlord-cum-entrepeneur John Wilton built the magnificent auditorium. Since then Wilton’s has been a base for the East End Methodist Mission, a soup kitchen, a shelter during the Blitz and a rag warehouse. After a tasteful restoration, it’s still standing as a place to enjoy a great night out. 

Don’t miss: Those shabby-chic vibes. You don’t need a ticket to eat and drink at Wilton’s. Feast on seasonal dishes at the Mahogany Bar or revisit the era of the gin palace in the Cocktail Bar. 

61.  Climb the roof at the O2 Arena

• Music venues
• Greenwich Peninsula

What is it? Built as the Millennium Dome to mark the year 2000, these days the O2 Arena is best known for being a major live music venue.

Why go?  It welcomes amazing artists from all over the world, so there’s that. But there is loads to do here even when the likes of Katy Perry or Jay-Z aren’t strutting their stuff. Think restaurants, bars, a bowling alley, a cinema, an Oxygen Freejumping trampoline park and new outlet shopping centre Icon. 

Don’t miss: The opportunity to scale the dome. Book a dusk slot for Up at the O2 – a 52-metre climb up and over the venue’s roof – and look westward for one of the most spectacular city views going. You’re welcome. 

62.  See the Magna Carta at the British Library

• Libraries, archives and foundations
• King’s Cross

What is it? The UK’s national library (not to mention the largest in the world).

Why go? The British Library’s collection includes well over 150 million items, in most known languages around the world. It receives copies of every publication produced in the UK and Ireland. And it’s also home to some extraordinary treasures, like the world’s earliest dated printed book, the Diamond Sutra, and one of Leonardo da Vinci’s notebooks.   The foundation of English law, the Magna Carta, manuscripts by Shakespeare and Dickens and copies of The Beano – they all have a home at the British Library.

Don’t msis: O riginal manuscripts handwritten by some of the world’s greatest musical talents in the Sir John Ritblat: Treasures Gallery. See early drafts by John Lennon of The Beatles hits ‘In My Life’, ‘She Said She Said’ and ‘Strawberry Fields Forever’ written on a piece of Lufthansa-headed notepaper.

63.  Bike along the South Bank on a Santander Cycle

What is it? Santander Cycles (formerly known as Boris Bikes) is L ondon’s  bike hire scheme , designed to make cycling around the city hassle-free. 

Why go? Find a dock, jump on a bike and head off around town, skirting the crowds and covering much more ground than you would on foot. Our recommendation? Take a spin beside the Thames and spot a who’s who of London’s riverside landmarks on National Cycle Network’s Route 4. Packed full of highlights – the London Eye, the Globe, Tate Modern – the route combines quieter roads with traffic-free paths, letting you sightsee to your heart’s content.

Don’t miss: Anything. See something you’d like to explore en route? Just find a dock, ditch your bike and do as you please. You can pick up another when you’re ready to set off again. 

64.  Catch fringe theatre at The Yard

• Off-West End
• Hackney Wick

What is it? An extensive programme of classical theatre, live art and contemporary performance at a stripped-back venue in Hackney Wick.

Why go? Whether you’re a seasoned Edinburgh Festival-goer or on your first foray into the world of fringe theatre, the programme of shows and events here is not to be missed. It’s a chance to experience contemporary stories in ever-inventive ways, and an affordable alternative to the big-budget, Broadway-style productions in the West End.

Don’t miss: An opportunity to explore the theatre before your chosen performance starts. Built out of salvaged materials by a team of 50 volunteers, this venue boasts quirky details everywhere.

65.  Book the Proms at the Royal Albert Hall

What is it?  The Proms are an eight-week summer season of orchestral concerts held inside iconic, circular concert venue the Royal Albert Hall.

Why go? From mid-July to mid-September, The Proms’ annual festival of classical music takes over the Royal Albert Hall and Hyde Park. Founded in 1895, the Proms are a quintessential London tradition. As a venue, the RAH is unbeatable too – it’s a total stunner both inside and out. 

Don’t miss: Getting your hands on tickets. For each concert there are about 1,400 cheap standing tickets, but if you want to wave your Union Jack flags at the famously rousing Last Night, apply by ballot online from mid-spring. Alternatively, for last-minute tickets on the day, join the (fun) queues on the Queen’s Steps.

66.  Step inside the Palace of Westminster

• Parliament and civic buildings

What is it?  The Palace of Westminster is the home of Parliament, made up of the Houses of Parliament (the House of Lords and House of Commons) and clocktower Big Ben.

Why go?  The Palace of Westminster is a wonderful mish-mash of architectural styles, dominated by neo-gothic buttresses, towers and arches. It contains 1,000 rooms, 11 courtyards, eight bars and six restaurants, for use by staff, MPs, lords and their guests. Members of the public are welcome, too. Book a tour to follow in the footsteps of the King at the State Opening and get a sense of how Parliament functions. You can even have afternoon tea at the end of your tour in a room beside the Thames. 

Don’t miss:  ‘New Dawn’, a sculpture by Mary Branson in Westminster Hall which commemorates the long campaign for women to get the vote. Or the statues in St Stephen’s Hall, one of which was damaged when members of the suffragette movement chained themselves to it in 1909. 

67.  Slide down the ArcelorMittal Orbit

• Olympic Park

What is it? The UK’s tallest sculpture,   Anish Kapoor’s curiously curvaceous 114.5-metre-high ArcelorMittal Orbit was one of the more unexpected sights at the Olympic Park in 2012. Then German artist Carsten Höller added the world’s longest and tallest tunnel slide to it. As you do.

Why go? We consider a good hurtle down the slide all the way to the ground a pretty thrilling experience. It’ll speed you from top to bottom in just 40 seconds. 

Don’t miss:  Those impressive views. There are windows at strategic points so you can see out – if you dare to take the plummet without closing your eyes. 

68.  See a movie with a view at Rooftop Film Club

What is it? A collection of outdoor cinemas around the capital, offering a premier viewing experience of both London’s skyline and the best films out there. Choose from the Bussey Building in Peckham, the Queen of Hoxton in Shoreditch and Roof East in Stratford. 

Why go? Cinema seats have definitely become comfier over the years, but the deckchairs at all three of Rooftop Film Club’s locations make for an incredibly relaxed time. With a spectacular sunset vantage point, headphones to ensure you don’t miss a moment and plenty of great drinks and snacks, you’re in for a real treat. Make the most of the city without having to move! 

Don’t miss The bottomless popcorn ticket option. Need we say more?

69.  Sample some cocktails at The Connaught Bar

• price 4 of 4

What is it? One of the best bars in the world, dontcha know.

Why go? With its mirrors, low lighting, Gatsbyish silver leaf and plushly upholstered nooks, this is a seriously glamorous spot for a cocktail. Nothing here comes cheap, but it’s worth making your martini last so you can soak up the glamour.

Don’t miss: The martinis, of course – they’re mixed on a trolley in front of you and pepped up with a selection of special Connaught bitters. 

70.  Visit the Whispering Gallery at St Paul’s Cathedral

• Religious buildings and sites

What is it?  The Grade I-listed St Paul’s Cathedral is one of the most famous buildings in Britain and an iconic feature of the London skyline. 

Why go? Sir Christopher Wren’s baroque beast is a marvel to look at, with an enormous dome and gorgeous interiors, but it actually still operates as a working church. All the services are free and open to all people of all faiths, including the incredibly popular Midnight Mass on Christmas Eve. But to really nose around, climb the dome and head down into the crypt you’ll need a sightseeing ticket. Adult tickets are £25 on the door and include a multimedia guide or guided tour and access to an exhibition about the cathedral’s fascinating history.  

Don’t miss: The Whispering Gallery. That’s the indoor balcony at the base of the dome, where the acoustics of the cathedral’s architecture create a bizarre aural phenomenon. Stand on the exact opposite side of the dome as a friend, whisper something (‘I’m watching you’ is good) and they’ll hear you loud and clear, despite being more than 100 feet away. Spooky.

71.  Climb aboard the Cutty Sark

• Ships and boats

What is it? The world’s last surviving tea clipper, Cutty Sark was once the fastest ship of her age. That was over a century ago now, but she is still a spectacular sight, perched on her glass pedestal at the Thames’s edge in Greenwich.

Why go?  The ship was nearly destroyed by fire in 2007, but reopened to the public in 2012 looking more handsome than ever. The £30 million restoration has seen her elevated three metres above the dry dock, allowing visitors to get closer than ever to its 65-metre-long gilded hull. D iscover the ship’s history and explore the many cargoes that filled the Cutty Sark’s hold, from tea and whisky to wool and buffalo horns.

Don’t miss: The nearby National Maritime Museum. Continue your nautical education in Greenwich with a trip to NMM. The collection includes great works of art, incredible treasures and the actual blood-stained uniform that Lord Nelson was wearing when he was fatally wounded on board HMS Victory.

72.  Take on the Crystal Maze

• Quirky events
• Piccadilly Circus

What is it?  It’s the TV show that used to be presented by Richard O’Brien. Only now there’s no Richard O’Brien, or TV. 

Why go? The rise in puzzle-oriented escape-game attractions around London has created a new kind of experience for mates who like something more challenging than a pub quiz, and we think this is the best of them: a lovingly recreated version of the TV show, complete with the glass dome and all the physical, mental and mystery challenges you’d expect. Even if your team loses, it’s a proper giggle.

Don’t miss:  The crystals! You’re playing for those shiny, shiny gems, remember?

73.  Play a round of crazy golf at Swingers

• Sport events

What is it? A 1920s-inspired crazy golf club in a former department store on Oxford Street. 

Why go?  An ode to the English Riviera, the Swingers West End course includes a helter-skelter and big wheel, with beach huts and bandstands – plus lush palms for a ‘Miami Vice’-meets-Torquay vibe. Think of your best childhood seaside holiday, then add booze. Lubrication is provided on-course in the form of cocktails delivered by roving caddies, and you can refuel between rounds with street food by Made of Dough, Patty & Bun and Hackney Gelato. Striped blazers and straw boaters at the ready, old sport – we’ll see you on the first tee. 

Don’t miss: The original Swingers site, 16,000 square feet of crazy golf in an office block next to the Gherkin.

74.  Indulge in brunch with views Duck & Waffle

• Contemporary European
• Liverpool Street

What is it? Sky-high dining destination Duck & Waffle is open 24 hours a day, meaning you can enjoy epic round-the-clock views of London’s skyline over any meal you fancy.

Why go? There’s something wildly indulgent about ordering bottomless brunch any day of the week. Enjoy dishes such as the signature confit duck leg, fried duck egg, maple syrup and waffles – with the most spectacular background views.

Don’t miss: Stay put with a champagne negroni to watch the sun come down over the city.

75.  Show your support for London Zoo

• Zoos and aquariums

What is it? London’s world-leading zoo, in Regent’s Park. These zoological gardens have been entertaining visitors of all ages since Queen Victoria was on the throne. 

Why go?  A visit to London Zoo and its exotic inhabitants has been a must for animal-mad Londoners since it first opened to the public in 1847. The 36-acre gardens have been designed to make animal encounters into an incredible experience. Hit the South American coastline to spy lively penguins or explore  a huge, living indoor rainforest inhabited by sloths, armadillos, monkeys and more. 

Don’t miss:  The zoo needs your support right now in tough times. Pay a visit or even volunteer to help out with the resident animals . 

76.  Hunt ghosts at Hampton Court Palace

What is it?  A grand Tudor pile that Henry VIII ‘acquired’ from Cardinal Wolsey. It was later home to royal Stuarts and Georgians too, who all left their mark on the palace.

Why go? The remarkable thing about Hampton Court Palace is that you can stand in the very rooms where history was made. Wander down the corridor where Catherine Howard was dragged screaming, see how George I’s chocolatier prepared the king’s favourite tipple and take a gander at King Charles II’s royal bog. There are also ace gardens and the UK’s oldest surviving hedge maze. 

Don’t miss: The wintertime Ghost Tours. These after-hours adventures, with tales of paranormal activity and regal apparitions, are frighteningly good.

77.  Experience heaven on the dancefloor at Horse Meat Disco

What is it? This disco-loving DJ collective first got started in a basement in London’s Chinatown, and now pump out endorphin-boosting tunes at their current home, Eagle London in Vauxhall (in between running parties all over the world).

Why go? With a mind-bogglingly in-depth knowledge of all things disco, these guys have built quite the reputation for delivering truly groove-tastic events. Tunes are varied – with a little soul, funk and house all thrown in – and the queer-friendly venue has a brilliant ‘everyone’s welcome’ vibe.

Don’t miss: Every Sunday night, 8pm-3am, you can catch Horse Meat Disco at the Eagle. If you want to feel the funk at home too, look out for HMD’s weekly radio show on Rinse FM.

78.  Hear the voices of war at the Imperial War Museum

• Military and maritime

What is it? London’s Imperial War Museum was founded in 1917 with the intention of documenting Britain’s participation in the First World War. It’s now a powerful look at conflicts both past and present. 

Why go? The IWM’s First World War Galleries examine the politics and legacy of the 1914-1918 conflict, but also day-to-day life in the trenches. In photographs, artefacts like tins of food and a collection of letters (many from combatants who never came back), the museum tells a powerful story. There’s also the Holocaust Exhibition, featuring personal stories, incredibly moving testimony, clothes and artefacts from the death camps of Europe (not suitable for under-14s). 

Don’t miss:  You can hear real voices from the First World War via the museum’s sound archive. As you might expect, it’s an emotional experience.

79.  Buy doughnuts at Maltby Street Market

What is it? A market in Bermondsey, only open at the weekend. It’s a foodie paradise with a community feel.

Why go? Whether you’re on your way home from a night’s clubbing or you’ve been up since 5am with your three-year-old, seek out the embrace of Maltby Street. Nestled  around the atmospheric Victorian rail arches of the Ropewalk you’ll find around 30 artisan food and drink traders selling everything from craft beer to Mozambique-style peri-peri meats. If you’ve got a sweet tooth, Bad Brownie’s gourmet chocolate brownies are definitely recommended. If you’re on a health kick, grab a green juice from the good folks at Bumpin’ Rinds.

Don’t miss: St John Bakery for its famous freshly made doughnuts oozing with jam, or go full Proust with just-baked madeleines.

80.  Ride a Routemaster at the London Transport Museum

• Covent Garden

What is it?  A museum in  Covent Garden which explores the history of the capital’s world-famous transport system in an interactive way that is fun for vehicle (and London) enthusiasts of all ages.

Why go? To see the first (steam-powered) Underground engine,  sit in the driver’s cab of a red bus and guide a tube simulator through the tunnels of the Northern Line.   Though no longer a constant feature of London’s roads anymore, the classic Routemaster bus can still be admired in the LTM’s vaults (and hey, there’s no waiting for it to turn up). Hop aboard for a taste of what it’s like to navigate London from the driver’s seat of a bus or tube train; kids even get their own fleet of miniature versions to play on.

Don’t miss: The posters. D esign buffs should head straight for the classic poster displays. Many are design icons, though none is greater than Harry Beck’s original tube map.

81.  Grab a seat by the fire at The Holly Bush

What is it? A traditional eighteenth-century boozer right in the heart of Hampstead. 

Why go? Nothing beats sitting by an open fire drinking a decent pint in a charming old pub (reading Dickens while you toast your toes is optional). On a cobbled street above Hampstead village, The Holly Bush is a perfect spot for just that. The menu is reliably gastropub, but the low-beamed bar and eighteenth-century interiors are charmingly antiquated.

Don’t miss: Nearby Hampstead Heath . A stomp around in crunchy autumn leaves followed by a warming tipple beside The Holly Bush’s roaring fire might just be the perfect London day out. 

82.  Embark on a global food tour at Arcade Battersea

What is it?  A second outpost for Oxford Street’s Arcade Food Hall, this time in the revamped Battersea Power Station.

Why go?  With authentic street food flavours from a stellar roster of thirteen cult London vendors, Arcade has turned southwest London’s slick new shopping centre into a proper foodie destination with this vast, 500-seater space. Diners can dive into a global pick’n’mix of flavours that includes everything from Siu Siu’s Cantonese comfort dishes and Indonesian street food from Bebek! Bebek! to Manna’s US-style smash burgers, all done to a seriously impressive standard. 

Don’t miss:  Whatever else you’re ordering, make sure to leave room for Bao’s classic bao on the side, or forever live in a world of regret.

83.  Visit the Serpentine Gallery’s pavilion

What is it? A small but beautiful lakeside gallery exhibiting modern and contemporary art.

Why go? From outdoor sculptures in Kensington Gardens to the well-programmed exhibitions in the galleries, there’s always a good reason to visit the Serpentine. There’s a great little art bookshop there too, which handily stays open between exhibitions while the gallery space itself closes. Also, be sure to check out the Sackler Gallery, the Serpentine’s sister venue, which resides in a refurbished, Grade II-listed, former gunpowder depot a short walk away. 

Don’t miss:  The Serpentine Summer Pavilion. Every summer, the Serpentine Gallery invites a different so-hot-right-now architect to design a temporary outdoor space for visitors to lounge around in. Zaha Hadid, Frank Gehry and Ai Weiwei are among the famous names to create a pavilion. The results make London’s increasingly faceless corporate architecture look even less inspiring than usual. 

84.  Go swimming at the Olympic Park

What is it?  The Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park in Stratford was created for the London 2012 Olympics, and there’s still plenty to do there these days. Go for a swim at the London Aquatics Centre, in a pool where Ellie Simmonds broke records and Michael Phelps won all those golds.

Why go?  To swim in the pool of champions and by some kind of peculiar chloriney osmosis, perhaps become one yourself. You can use the ten-lane 50m competition pool, which is 3m deep, and the training pool, where you can just splash about if you like.

Don’t miss: The diving pool and dry-land diving facility for both newcomers and Tom Daley-level twizzlers. It’s all there and it’s the same price as your local community pool, so why not give it a go?

85.  See outdoor attractions at Somerset House

What is it?  An eighteenth-century neoclassical palace between the Strand and the river. It’s an art gallery, event space and music venue.

Why go? There’s loads to see and do all year round. In lieu of summertime gigs and outdoor cinema, find outdoor art installations.

Don’t miss: The many cultural events and activities the venue plays host to, alongside its usual exhibitions. At any given time, you'll find dance workshops, parties and celebratory mini-festivals taking over the space.  

86.  Party all weekend at Notting Hill Carnival

• Until 26 Aug 2024

What is it?  Europe’s biggest street party, the annual Carnival takes over the streets of Notting Hill every summer.

Why go?  This yearly celebration of London’s Caribbean communities, their culture and traditions, has been taking place since 1966. Over the Sunday (family day) and Monday of the late August Bank Holiday there’s a parade and fantastic live music, including reggae, dub and salsa, as well as 37 static soundsystems, soca floats, steel bands and a whole lot of delicious Caribbean food. 

Don’t miss: The warm-ups and after-parties. Soundsystems on the street and in the squares are a big draw, but that’s where you’ll hear some of best DJ sessions. 

87.  Get in focus at the Photographers’ Gallery

What is it? The UK’s leading centre for exploring photography. Camera keenies, this is your place.

Why go? This gem is tucked down an alleyway off Oxford Street and although modest, packs a punch when it comes to exhibitions. It’s all about lifting the lid on all walks of life. A visit is a must for any arty dabbler or committed photo fan. Also, it’s free every day before 12 noon. Oh, and the shop is excellent.

Don’t miss:  The gallery’s calendar of courses and workshops. Learn about photography curation over ten sessions, explore the art of the photographic essay in two parts or sit in on a discussion about street photography. 

88.  Revel in a drag show at Dalston Superstore

What is it?  A scene-defining anything-goes gay bar on Kingsland High Street in Dalston.

Why go?  Since opening in 2009, Dalston Superstore has lived up to its name by using an airy two-level space in a way that’s fun, fresh and flexible. Pop in for bar snacks from noon, grab a drink upstairs as dusk descends or shimmy on down to the basement sweat pit – which has hosted everyone from Honey Dijon and the Blessed Madonna to Derrick Carter and Andrew Weatherall – for a midnight boogie.  

Don’t miss:  On weekends it plays host to one of the longest-running and best drag brunches in the city, starring a rotating cast of east London’s most out-there drag queens, kings and things.

89.  Eat amazing Turkish food on Green Lanes

• Green Lanes

What is it?  The lengthy thoroughfare of Green Lanes is home to one of London’s biggest Turkish communities. 

Why go? For the best Turkish food this side of Istanbul. Think amazing pastries, verdant vegetable shops, life-changing kebabs and thick coffee that will have your eyes on stalks. Green Lanes runs for six miles from Newington Green to Palmers Green, but you want to head to the stretch nearest Harringay Green Lanes station to soak up the atmosphere and feast on meze at Gökyüzü .

Don’t miss: Dessert. Pop into Antepliler ’s sweet side for boxes full of honeyed, sticky baklava. 

90.  See the Hogarths at Sir John Soane’s Museum

What is it? The former home of genius architect Sir John Soane, who in the nineteenth century turned his central London house into an eccentric museum, offering the public the chance to see his impressive collection of art, furniture and architectural ornamentation.

Why go? Among the museum’s biggest crowd-pullers is a series of paintings by fellow Londoner William Hogarth entitled ‘A Rake’s Progress’, which, in eight scenes, charts the downfall of a young man who inherits and squanders a fortune.

Don’t miss: The monthly late events the museum hosts which allow guests to explore the sprawling art collection by atmospheric candlelight.

91.  Go to a gig at the Union Chapel

What is it? A nineteenth-century gothic revival church in Islington with a packed programme of music, comedy and special events.

Why go? For the atmosphere and the architecture. You’ll find old wooden pews flanked by impressive stonework, and a stage which is close enough to touch backdropped by a beautiful rose window.

Don’t miss: Daylight Music offers a chance to just drop in and listen to some wonderful sounds. The concerts take place some Saturday afternoons and visitors pay what they can to enter. Bring a little extra cash to buy cake from the charity café.

92.  Take a ride on the London Eye

• Event spaces

What is it?  A giant ferris wheel on the South Bank, with equally enormous views of the city.

Why go? Turning at a stately 0.6 miles per hour, the London Eye is more like a graceful pirouette than a fast spin cycle, providing astounding views of the skyline and cityscape. Many of London’s landmarks are visible from this 135-metre-high wheel. Spot Big Ben, Tower Bridge and a tea-sipping Queen at Buckingham Palace.

Don’t miss:  After-dark views. Book an evening spot to see the city sparkling at night. Even better, take a spin near Christmas for extra glitter. 

93.  Spend an evening at Ronnie Scott’s jazz club

What is it? An iconic jazz club opened in a Soho basement in 1959 by saxophonist Ronnie Scott. He wanted to create a space where musicians could play in an intimate setting rather than big concert halls. 

Why go? To soak up the vibes. From Miles Davis and Count Basie to Nina Simone, all the legends have played at Ronnie’s. It moved to its present home on Frith Street decades ago and remains a must on any great jazz musician’s itinerary.

Don’t miss: Upstairs at Ronnie’s. Missed out on tickets to the main show? The upstairs bar has live music every night of the week.   

94.  Hunt for treasures at Alfies Antique Market

• Lisson Grove

What is it? A huge (London’s largest, in fact) indoor antiques market in Marylebone, that is a total treasure trove for dedicated lovers of all things vintage.

Why go? It can attract a bit of a luxury-loving Chelsea crowd (Kate Moss and Keira Knightley have been known to browse here) but this Marylebone antiques emporium is a precious London timewarp. The multi-storey art deco building is a maze of milliners, furniture sellers and lovable misfits flogging bronze sculptures. Everything looks like it’s seconds from falling over.

Don’t miss:  Alfies has a cracking rooftop space where you can have a coffee surrounded by your haul of vintage hat boxes and old custard tins.

95.  Curl up in the Wellcome Collection’s Reading Room

What is it? A  gallery housing a vast collection of (sometimes grisly but always fascinating) implements and curios relating to the medical trade. 

Why go? Medical research charity the Wellcome Trust created its free-to-visit gallery on the Euston Road to help foster a wider appreciation and understanding of medicine. Innovative exhibitions, talks, performances and events reflect themes of medicine and the body in all kinds of creative ways, often through art. The permanent collections include an image library so you can see X-rays from over 100 years ago.

Don’t miss: The Reading Room. Home to over a thousand books and a bunch of objects, it’s a quiet space to explore, read or strike up an intelligent conversation with fellow visitors. 

96.  Watch the fireworks at Ally Pally

• Alexandra Palace

What is it?  Alexandra Palace, aka Ally Pally, was built in the 1870s as an entertainment and education venue for the people of London and it’s still doing that job today by, among other things, hosting an incredible firework display to mark Bonfire Night every November.

Why go?  Well, what can’t you do at Ally Pally? It’s  long served as a music venue, attracting big name bands. It’s  home to a forest adventure ground, a skate park, a farmers’ market, an ice rink, a garden centre, a boating lake and a golf course. T he palace’s ‘hidden’ theatre is also set to  reopen, having been closed to the public for the last 80 years. Look out for seasonal food festivals like StrEATlife, too, or crafting events and vintage expos if that’s more your bag. Alternatively, pack a picnic and simply soak up those sensational views of the city skyline in Alexandra Park. 

Don’t miss: That enormous mast. Alexandra Palace is known globally as the birthplace of television. In 1935 the BBC leased the eastern part of the Palace, from which the first public television transmissions were made. Cool, huh?

97.  Discover Roman London at the Mithraeum

What is it?  The recently revealed ruins of a Roman temple deep beneath the City of London.

Why go? What a surprise it must have been to discover a Roman temple during the 1954 construction of an east London office building. It took an excavation led by the director of the Museum of London (WF Grimes) to establish that the site was home to a Roman Mithraeum – a temple erected by worshippers of the god Mithras around the third century AD. The temple was relocated to a nearby 3.2 acre site, where it now stands, open to the public. Visitors can also view hundreds of artefacts left or lost by the very first Londoners.

Don’t miss: The contemporary art gallery, located on the ground floor of the London Mithraeum. The regularly changing exhibitions are designed to complement the site’s unique history.

98.  Dance through the streets of Soho at Pride in London

What is it?  London’s annual Pride festivities.  Why go? Dating back to 1972 and attracting an annual turnout of up to 1.5 million people, London’s pride parade is the oldest and largest in the UK. The parade itself boasts around 30,000 participants from 600 groups, and takes about six hours to make its way across the central London route. There are also a variety of performances on the Main Stage in Trafalgar Square and various smaller stages dotted around Soho and the West End. And unlike many of the larger events elsewhere in the UK, Pride in London is free and unticketed.  Don’t miss:  The afterparties! Once the parade is over, the streets of Soho fill up with revellers dancing and drinking until the early hours, but you’ll also find epic parties at queer venues across London, from Dalston and Hackney Wick to Clapham and Vauxhall.  Recommended: The best gay bars in London .

99.  Go behind the scenes at the Royal Opera House

• Classical and opera

What is it? A major opera house and performing arts venue  in the heart of London. It’s a Covent Garden institution, and one of the best opera houses in the world. 

Why go?  For opera, of course, or breathtaking ballet from The Royal Ballet, who also call this iconic building home. The smaller spaces offer a line-up of experimental and independent dance and music works. You can book on to a  backstage tour, which takes you around the auditorium and behind the scenes, often with a chance to see the Royal Ballet in class. The Velvet, Gilt and Glamour Tour offers a look at the building’s architecture as you hear stories of the opera greats who have performed there.

Don’t miss: The best seats in the house. If you’ve got the dosh, the seats on the third floor balcony are said to have the finest sound quality.

100.  Get some interiors inspiration at the Design Museum

What is it?  A fascinating museum that completely devotes itself to contemporary design in every form. 

Why go?  Relocated in 2016 from its former home near Tower Bridge, the new-and-improved building in Kensington is both an awe-inspiring presence and also a trove of the world's finest design. Its recent exhibition programming has encompassed everything from football to Barbie, via ASMR, London’s fashion scene and the design work of Tim Burton, Enzo Mari, Ai Weiwi and Yinka Ilori. 

Don’t miss:  The museum’s excellent and ecclectic programme of design workshops, where you can learn how to throw a clay pot, screen print a t-shirt or build a wooden chair. 

101.  Sample Mr Lyan’s inventive cocktails at Seed Library

• Cocktail bars

What is it?  A stylish hotel bar in the basement of One Hundred Shoreditch. tasteful hotel Oncan be a staid and stuffy thing. 

Why go?  With its terrazzo tables, cool pine panelling and soft 1960s-stylings, Seed Library feels like being invited to a cocktail party at a wealthy architect’s house.  Megastar mixologist Ryan Chetiyawardana – aka Mr Lyan – is behind the short, well-considered and ever-changing menu of delicious, inventive drinks. which are just as delicious and creative s you would expect from a man dripping with booze-world awards and who is also behind the much-lauded Lyaness on the South Bank. 

Don’t miss:  The food menu. With pop-ups from the likes of Ruben’s Reubens, Norman’s Cafe and My Neighbours The Dumplings, the bar snacks here are just as worth sampling as the drinks. 

[image] [title]

Discover Time Out original video

• Press office
• Investor relations
• Work for Time Out
• Editorial guidelines
• Privacy notice
• Do not sell my information
• Cookie policy
• Accessibility statement
• Terms of use
• Modern slavery statement
• Manage cookies
• Claim your listing
• Time Out Offers FAQ
• Advertising
• Time Out Market

Time Out products

• Time Out Offers
• Time Out Worldwide

London Travel Guide

Last Updated: September 6, 2024

London is one of the most popular cities in the world. It’s home to charming pubs, world-class (and often free) museums, tons of history, some of the best theater performances in the world, a diverse population, incredible food, and a wild nightlife.

I know it’s cliche to say there’s something for everyone but, in this sprawling metropolis, there really is!

I’ve been visiting London since 2008 and, with every subsequent visit, the city has grown on me. The more I go, the more awesome stuff I see, the more I fall in love with it. There’s always something new to do here and there’s an energetic vibe to the city.

Unfortunately, it’s also an expensive destination. A visit here can eat a hole in any budget if you aren’t careful.

Luckily, there are tons of free and cheap things to do in London . While budget travelers need to be frugal here, you can still visit London on a budget and have an amazing time.

This London travel guide can help you plan your trip, save money, and make the most out of your time in this cosmopolitan capital!

Table of Contents

• Things to See and Do
• How to Stay Safe
• Where to Stay
• Typical Costs
• Suggested Budget
• Money-Saving Tips
• How to Get Around
• Best Places to Book Your Trip
• Related Blogs on London

Click Here for City Guides

Top 5 things to see and do in london.

1. Visit Big Ben and the House of Parliament

Although you can’t go up the tower, you can view this Gothic structure from the street and hear its chimes four times an hour. Big Ben is actually the name of the Great Bell of the Great Clock of Westminster which can be found inside Elizabeth Tower at the north end of the Palace of Westminster, but is often used to refer to the clock and the tower as well. To learn about the UK government, take a tour of Parliament, founded in 1801, while you’re here (get there early or reserve tickets online) . Guided tours cost 29 GBP while self-guided multimedia tours are 22.50 GBP. The best view of the tower is from the opposite side of the river on the South Bank, near the London Eye.

2. See the Tower of London and Tower Bridge

Built in 1070, the Tower of London has expanded many times over the years. It was built as a double-leaf bascule bridge in the middle (both sides lift up) to maintain river access to the Pool of London docks while easing congestion on each side of the river. You can visit inside the tower and walk along the glass walkways. Weapons, armor, and coins were made here until 1810 and today you can view the famous crown jewels, walk the battlements, wander recreated medieval palace rooms, see the iconic Yeoman Warders (known as the Beefeaters as they were allowed to eat as much beef as they wanted from King Henry VII’s table), and spot the legendary black ravens that live in the tower. Skip-the-line tickets are 29.90 GBP.

3. Admire Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace is only open to the public for 10 weeks during the summer, but you can join the crowds and watch the changing of the guard at 11am every Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday throughout the year (get there in good time to find a good place to stand). Admission to the palace isn’t cheap, with tickets costing 30 GBP online (33 GBP on the day), while exclusive guided tours are 90 GBP. Check the Royal Collection Trust website for details on other events happening throughout the year.

4. See Westminster Abbey

A working royal church, the Gothic Westminster Abbey was founded by Benedictine monks in 960 CE. More than 3,300 people are buried here including 17 monarchs and numerous royal funerals have been held here over the centuries. It’s the traditional coronation site for British monarchs and has been the setting for every coronation since 1066, as well as for many other royal occasions, including 16 weddings. Other famous British figures buried here include Charles Darwin, Sir Isaac Newton, Aphra Behn, and Charles Dickens. Tickets cost 27 GBP , but you can visit for free if you go during a service. Just make sure to dress (and act) appropriately as it is a place of worship.

5. Hang out in Trafalgar Square

Stroll around and admire the fountains and the famous monuments, such as the four bronze lion statues and Nelson’s Column (which honors Admiral Nelson’s victory at the Battle of Trafalgar in 1805). It is bordered on all sides by a number of museums, galleries, cultural spaces and historic buildings so there’s plenty to do as well. Trafalgar Square is also known to be a center of national democracy and protest so peaceful rallies and demonstrations are frequently held (usually at weekends). Even if there aren’t any official events, lots of people still hang out here so it makes for a good place to people-watch.

Other Things to See and Do in London

1. take a free walking tour.

London has tons of different walking tours on offer. From free tours to specialty tours to paid tours to literary tours to quirky tea tours, London has it all. Free London Walking Tours and New Europe Walking Tours are two of my favorite companies to go with when it comes to free tours. They’re the best way to see the sights and learn about the city on a budget. Just remember to tip at the end!

If you’re looking for more in-depth and specific tours, check out Take Walks. They offer affordable tours that go into a lot of detail. And if you’re a Harry Potter fan, Get Your Guide runs an awesome Harry Potter tour around the city for 15 GBP.

2. Go museum hopping

London has more museums than you could see in a single visit, and many of them are free. You can spend days visiting world-class museums like the Tate, the British Museum, the City Museum, the National Gallery, the Historical Museum, and many others — all without spending a penny. One of my favorites is the Natural History Museum, a beautiful Romanesque building that contains over 80 million items, including specimens collected by Charles Darwin. It also has an expansive collection of fossils, making it a fun and educational stop. The Victoria and Albert Museum (named after Queen Victoria and Prince Albert) is another favorite of mine. It’s home to over 2,000 works of art covering over 3,000 years of human history.

3. Grab some food in Borough Market

Established in 1756, London’s Borough Market has something for every foodie. It’s home to some of the best British and international produce and dishes. Come here hungry and leave satisfied. It’s great for people-watching too. The market is open daily but the crowds are terrible on Saturdays so be sure to get there early.

4. Enjoy some theater

London is known for its famous theater scene. Attend a show while you’re here and see some of the incredible performances that make London famous. Tickets can be pretty cheap, and something is playing every night (check out TKTS for discounted tickets to shows in the West End). Otherwise, catch a Shakespeare show at The Globe in South London — tickets range from 5-62 GBP depending on the show and seat you choose.

5. Stroll along Brick Lane

Known for vintage clothing, cheap eats, and art, this East London street is a local favorite. Sunday is the best day to come, as this is when the outdoor street market takes place, though the restaurants and shops lining the street are open daily. Brick Lane has some of the best (and cheapest) food in London, especially when it comes to curry, as this is the hub of London’s Bangladeshi community. This street is also a great place to bring a camera, as its walls are basically a gallery for London’s best street artists, including Banksy, D*Face, and Ben Eine.

6. Ride the London Eye

The London Eye is a 152-meter (500-foot tall) Ferris wheel. While a little cheesy, it’s nevertheless one of the most popular attractions in London. It’s across the street from Parliament and provides excellent views of London and the city’s most iconic buildings, especially on a clear day. Tickets are 32.50 GBP , but if you want to play tourist and take in the view, it might be worth it. The ride lasts 30 minutes and tickets start at 32.50 GBP.

7. Visit the London Dungeon

The London Dungeon calls itself “the world’s most chillingly famous horror attraction.” It covers 2,000 years of London’s gruesome history and is a morbid but interesting museum. Although you can learn about popular torture methods in England, this place has turned into more of an “amusement park” type attraction. But if you like things like escape rooms and scary boat rides, it’s enjoyable. Tickets cost 29 GBP when you book online (32 GBP in person).

8. See St. Paul’s Cathedral

St. Paul’s is a striking English Baroque cathedral with a world-famous dome. Architect Christopher Wren’s masterpiece, the iconic building dates from the 17th century. Inside, you can visit the crypt to see the resting places of famous figures including The Duke of Wellington, Christopher Wren, and Admiral Nelson, or just enjoy the cathedral’s glittering mosaics and elaborate stone carvings. If you don’t mind climbing some stairs, a highlight is to climb to the Stone Gallery or Golden Gallery for panoramic views over surrounding London. Admission costs from 18 GBP when you buy online , which is cheaper than the London Eye and offers similarly breathtaking views.

9. Explore Covent Garden

Covent Garden, a popular West End neighborhood, is a fun place to hang out for an afternoon. It’s home to lots of quirky stalls, busking musicians, an artsy market, and a selection of unusual pubs and coffee shops. Covent Garden is also within walking distance of all the big musical theater shows, so it’s a great place to spend a few hours before catching a performance. Make sure to visit Covent Garden Market, which has been open since the 1830s. It’s a good place to grab a bite to eat or shop at some of the artisan craft stalls. It’s open Monday to Saturday from 8am-6pm, with an outdoor farmer’s market on Saturdays between April and December.

10. Visit Shakespeare’s Globe

An integral part of England’s history, Shakespeare’s Globe is a reconstruction of the original Globe Theatre, the venue for which the famous playwright wrote his plays. It’s a must-see for lovers of Shakespeare, with performances embracing near-perfect replicas of Elizabethan staging practices. You can even sit in front where the groundlings did, for shouting and heckling! The theater is open-roofed, so bundle up in the winter. Tickets cost 5-62 GBP depending on the production and the seat (you can stand just as they did in Elizabethan times). You can also take a guided tour for 17 GBP to learn more about the history of the theater (more specialized ones such as the Ghosts and Ghouls tour or the Pride tour cost 20 GBP).

11. Explore Camden Market

A long-time counter-culture haven, Camden Market is home to over 1,000 independent shops, stalls, cafes, restaurants, bars, buskers, and everything in between. It’s enormously popular and busiest on the weekends (it sees over 250,000 visitors each week). Camden Market is actually a series of six separate markets, so you can literally wander the labyrinth of alleyways for hours and not see it all.

12. See the Royal Observatory

Since its founding in the late 17th century, the Royal Observatory at Greenwich has played an important role in astronomy and navigation. The observatory is divided into two sections, with one half focusing on time while the other half is devoted to astronomy. In the Meridian Courtyard, you can stand on either side of the Prime Meridian, which separates the Earth’s eastern and western hemispheres. The Peter Harrison Planetarium is also housed here, where you can see a show for 10 GBP. The Royal Observatory itself costs 16 GBP .

13. Walk around the Strand

In the 12th century, rich noblemen built elegant homes and gardens along the shore (the strand) of the Thames, making it one of the most prestigious places to live (a fact that remains true to this day). Walk down this thoroughfare and be treated to a grand display of wealth and beauty. It was dubbed “the finest street in Europe” by Prime Minister Benjamin Disraeli in the 19th century. The Strand, which runs from Trafalgar Square to Temple Bar, is home to numerous shops, pubs, landmark buildings, and classic hotels.

14. Drink beer at Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese

This historic pub has been around since the great fire of 1666 (and there has been a pub at this location since 1538). It’s surprisingly large inside, and in the winter, fireplaces keep pub-goers warm. The wood paneling, atmospheric lack of natural lighting, and vaulted cellars make stepping inside feel like stepping back in time. Famous literary figures like Charles Dickens, R.L. Stevenson, Mark Twain, Oliver Goldsmith, and others used to frequent (and write about) this particular pub.

15. See the Churchill War Rooms

Located beneath the Treasury Building in the Whitehall area of Westminster, the Churchill War Rooms include the government’s command center during World War II and a museum about the life of Winston Churchill. The centerpiece of the whole place is an interactive table that enables visitors to access digitized material from the Churchill archives. If you are like me and a huge history nerd, this is one of the best attractions in the city. I highly, highly encourage you to visit. It’s worth the price! Admission is 29 GBP.

16. Relax in Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens

If you’re looking to get away from the hustle and bustle of the city, head to Hyde Park or Kensington Gardens for some reprieve. Both parks, which are (conveniently for the visitor) right next to each other, are designated as Royal Parks of London. Hyde Park is the most famous park in London. Originally the private hunting grounds of Henry VII, it opened to the public in 1637 and is a great place to stroll, picnic, or catch one of the many events that are hosted here throughout the year. Kensington Gardens are home to the Serpentine Galleries as well as Kensington Palace. The park and the gardens cover almost 250 acres!

17. Take a Jack the Ripper tour

Jack the Ripper is one of London’s most infamous killers — and his true identity was never figured out. Every night, there are tons of people in the East End learning about Jack the Ripper on a ridiculous number of similar tours. The tour guides you through dark alleyways, stopping at historic locations connected with the infamous serial killer. Tickets cost 15 GBP .

For more information on specific cities in England, check out these guides:

• Bath Travel Guide
• Brighton Travel Guide
• Bristol Travel Guide
• Cambridge Travel Guide
• Liverpool Travel Guide
• Manchester Travel Guide
• Oxford Travel Guide

How to Stay Safe in London

London is a safe city and the risk of violent crime here is low. Scams and pick-pocketing can occur around high-traffic areas, especially around tourist attractions like London Tower and on crowded public transit. Pick-pockets tend to work in teams, so stay alert and be aware of your surroundings. Keep your valuables secure and out of reach at all times just to be safe.

Solo travelers, including solo female travelers, should generally feel safe here, however, the standard precautions apply (never leave your drink unattended at the bar, never walk home alone intoxicated, etc.).

Although there are no super seedy neighborhoods in London, avoid wandering around late at night alone — especially if you’ve had a pint or two. As an extra precaution, only bring the money you need when you go to the bar. Leave the rest of your cards and cash in your accommodation.

Scams here are rare, but if you’re worried about getting ripped off you can read about common travel scams to avoid here .

If you do experience an emergency, dial 999 for assistance.

Thanks to a few high-profile terrorist attacks and riots across Europe (including London), I frequently get emails inquiring whether or not Europe is safe to visit. The short answer: yes! I wrote a whole post about why Europe is safe to visit.

The most important piece of advice I can offer is to purchase good travel insurance. Travel insurance protects you against illness, injury, theft, and cancellations. It’s comprehensive protection in case anything goes wrong. I never go on a trip without it as I’ve had to use it many times in the past. You can use the widget below to find the policy right for you:

Where to Stay in London

While the city may be expensive, its popularity means there are lots of hostels here. I’ve stayed at dozens of hostels over the years. Here are some of my favorites:

• Astor Hyde Park
• St. Christopher’s
• Clink261 Hostel
• Generator London
• Onefam Notting Hill

For more hostel suggestions be sure to check out my list of the best hostels in London.

And, to find out exactly where in the city you should stay, here’s a post that breakdowns the best neighborhoods in London.

London Travel Costs

Accommodation

• Hostel dorms – 13-25 GBP per night
• Hostel private rooms – 50-180 GBP per night
• Budget hotels – 70-200 GBP per night
• Airbnb private rooms – 45-100 GBP per night
• Airbnb apartments – 90-150 GBP per night
• Market lunch – 10-15 EUR
• Pre-made sandwiches – 5-9 GBP
• Sit-down restaurants – 14-35 GBP
• Fine dining – 70-100 GBP
• Casual take-out places – 7-12 GBP
• Fast food (think McDonald’s) -13 GBP
• Beer – 6-8 GBP
• Glass of wine – 7-10 GBP
• Cappuccino/latte – 3-4 EUR
• Bottled water – 1-2 EUR
• Groceries for a week – 50-60 GBP

Note: A great way to save money is to get the Taste Card. This diner’s club card offers 50% discounts on tons of restaurants as well as two-for-one specials. It can really pay off, especially on any nice meals you want to have. You can only live on fish and chips for so long!

London Suggested Budgets

Backpacker – 60 gbp per day.

If you’re backpacking London, this budget covers a hostel dorm, taking public transit, cooking all your meals, limiting your drinking, and sticking to free activities like parks, free walking tours, and museums. If you plan on drinking, add another 10 GBP to your daily budget.

Midrange – 150 GBP Per Day

A mid-range budget covers staying in a private Airbnb or hostel room. You’ll be able to eat out for most meals, have a drink or two at the pub, take public transit and the occasional taxi, and do some paid activities such as Tower Bridge or Westminster Abbey.

Upscale – 300 GBP Per Day

On a “luxury” budget, you can stay in a hotel, eat out anywhere you want, drink more, take more taxis, and do whatever activities and tours you want. This is just the ground floor for luxury, though. the sky is the limit!

London Travel Guide: Money-Saving Tips

London is one of the most expensive cities in the world. But thanks to its free museums, cheap pubs, and numerous hostels, there are a lot of ways to cut your costs and save money here. Here are my top tips for saving money in London:

Bring a water bottle – The tap water here is safe to drink so bring a reusable water bottle to save money and reduce your plastic use. LifeStraw is my go-to brand as their bottles have built-in filters to ensure your water is always clean and safe.

Visit all the free museums – Most of the museums in London are free, including the Museum of London, the British Museum, the Natural History Museum, and the Science Museum. The National Gallery and the Tate Modern are also free and are two of my favorites.

Buy an Oyster Card – This prepaid transit card saves you about 50% on each tube, bus and tram ride. If you plan on using the tube a lot, get this card! You can get a refund for the balance left on the card at the end of your trip. If you aren’t charged international transaction fees and have a contactless credit or debit card, you can also use this for travel and the system automatically caps your travel so you never pay more than you would have if you had bought a travel card. Just make sure to tap in and out and the beginning and end of each ride to make sure you’re charged the right fare.

People watch at the markets – Sunday is market day in London, with Camden Market, the Portobello Market, the Flower Market, being some of the more popular options. People watch, snap some photos, and enjoy local London life without spending a dime.

Watch the changing of the guards – Both the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace (4 times a week) and the changing of the horse guards (daily) at Whitehall take place at 11am (10am at Whitehall on Sundays). Take in true British flare with these interesting and free ceremonies.

Just walk and explore – London is a huge city and beautiful, historic buildings abound. I once walked for four hours and barely made a dent in the route I was going to take (hence the need to get the Oyster Card.) However, once you get out of the tourist area around the Thames, you get to see London the way the locals do. You can pick up free maps of showing walking routes around the capital from any of London’s tourist information shops.

Snag last-minute theater tickets – You can get last-minute tickets to the theater from the official booth in Leicester Square. Availability varies every day, so be sure to get there early. And if you don’t want to shell out a lot of money to see The Lion King or Les Misérables , check out smaller shows and comedy nights at theaters like Leicester Square Theater, where prices start at about 17 GBP.

Skip the cabs – Taxis are incredibly expensive in London and can destroy your budget. I stayed out past when the tube closed one night and the taxi to my hotel was 31 GBP! If you start taking taxis everywhere, you’ll end up spending hundreds of dollars per day, so keep this in mind.

Master the night bus – In London, the tube closes around 12:30am (the Central, Jubilee, Northern, Piccadilly, and Victoria lines do run all night on Friday and Saturday nights). To avoid taking expensive taxis, make sure you get a map of the night bus routes so you can get back to your hotel/hostel on the cheap. These buses go all over the city and into the suburbs.

Take a free walking tour – London, like most big cities in Europe, has a wide array of free walking tours given throughout the city. For a historical view of the city, try New Europe , and for off-the-beaten-path tours, try Free Tours by Foot .

Get the Taste Card – This diner’s club card offers 50% discounts on thousands of restaurants as well as two-for-one specials. It can really pay off, especially on any nice meals you want to have.

Get the London Pass – If you get the London Pass, you can enjoy access to over 80 London attractions, including the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, and St. Paul’s Cathedral. A one-day pass is 89 GBP, a two-day pass is 115 GBP, and a three-day pass is 135 GBP. You can get all the way up to a ten-day pass for 199 GBP although they often have deals on giving discounts to this. This pass makes for good savings if you’re planning on doing a ton of sightseeing! Other passes available include the London City Pass from Turbopass which includes an option to add transport costs, and the London Sightseeing Pass.

How to Get Around in London

Public transportation – London has excellent public transportation and is the cheapest way to get around. A one-way fare on the tube in Zone 1 costs 6.30 GBP, but getting a Visitor Oyster Card reduces tariffs to 2.50 GBP per ride. No matter how many trips you take per day, your Oyster Card caps your travel at 7.70 GBP for travel in Zones 1 and 2. This is applicable across all public transit, including buses and trams, saving you a ton of money.

The Visitor Oyster Card costs 5 GBP, and then you choose how much credit to add to your card. Remember that you can get back any remaining balance at the end of your trip.

The bus system in London also uses the Oyster Card and costs 1.65 GBP per ride. However, a day of unlimited bus- and tram-only travel costs a maximum of 4.95 GBP. Buses do not accept cash; you must use either an Oyster card, a Travelcard, or your own contactless payment card.

The tram system in London works the same way as the bus system, with rides costing the same.

Bicycle – London’s public bike-sharing program is Santander Cycles. With 750 docking stations and 11,500 bikes, they’re available all over the city. Renting a bike costs 1.65 GBP for up to half an hour and 1.65 GBP for each additional 30 minutes, though you can always dock a bike and take out another one to restart the free timer.

Keep in mind, however, that London isn’t a super bike-friendly city, especially if you’re used to biking with cars driving on the other side of the road!

Taxis – Taxis are readily available, with prices starting at 3.80 GBP and going up around 3 GBP per mile (the tariff is more expensive at night). Given how expensive they are, I wouldn’t take one unless absolutely necessary.

Ridesharing – Uber is available in London but it still costs an arm and a leg if you use it a lot. Stick to public transportation.

Car rental – Cars can be rented for 20-30 GBP per day for a multi-day rental. However, traffic is terrible in the city so I wouldn’t rent a car here unless you are heading out on some day trips. Remember that driving is on the left and that most cars have manual transmissions. There’s also a 15 GBP daily Congestion Charge for driving in the center (7am-6pm Mon-Fri and noon-6pm Sat/Sun/public holidays) and parking is expensive too. Drivers need to be 21 to rent a car as well.

For the best car rental prices, use Discover Cars .

When to Go to London

London doesn’t get too cold, but it’s notoriously foggy and rainy. Summer is peak tourism season, and temperatures are the warmest during this time — but rarely are they ever above 30°C (86°F ). London is bursting at the seams during the summer, but the city has a fun, lively atmosphere. People make the most of the warm weather and there are constantly tons of events and festivals happening.

Spring (late March-June) and autumn (September-October) are also fantastic times to visit, as temperatures are mild and the city isn’t as packed.

Winter lasts from December to February, and tourism crowds thin out dramatically during this time. Temperatures can dip below 5°C (41°F), and prices are slightly lower as well. Expect grey weather and be sure to dress warmly.

Since it is frequently rainy here, pack a light rain jacket or an umbrella no matter when you visit.

London Travel Guide: The Best Booking Resources

These are my favorite companies to use when I travel. They consistently have the best deals, offer world-class customer service and great value, and overall, are better than their competitors. They are the companies I use the most and are always the starting point in my search for travel deals.

• Skyscanner – Skyscanner is my favorite flight search engine. They search small websites and budget airlines that larger search sites tend to miss. They are hands down the number one place to start.
• Hostelworld – This is the best hostel accommodation site out there with the largest inventory, best search interface, and widest availability.
• Booking.com – The best all around booking site that constantly provides the cheapest and lowest rates. They have the widest selection of budget accommodation. In all my tests, they’ve always had the cheapest rates out of all the booking websites.
• HostelPass – This new card gives you up to 20% off hostels throughout Europe. It’s a great way to save money. They’re constantly adding new hostels too. I’ve always wanted something like this and glad it finallt exists.
• Get Your Guide – Get Your Guide is a huge online marketplace for tours and excursions. They have tons of tour options available in cities all around the world, including everything from cooking classes, walking tours, street art lessons, and more!
• The Man in Seat 61 – This website is the ultimate guide to train travel anywhere in the world. They have the most comprehensive information on routes, times, prices, and train conditions. If you are planning a long train journey or some epic train trip, consult this site.
• Rome2Rio – This website allows you to see how to get from point A to point B the best and cheapest way possible. It will give you all the bus, train, plane, or boat routes that can get you there as well as how much they cost.
• FlixBus – Flixbus has routes between 20 European countries with prices starting as low 5 EUR! Their buses include WiFi, electrical outlets, a free checked bag.
• SafetyWing – Safety Wing offers convenient and affordable plans tailored to digital nomads and long-term travelers. They have cheap monthly plans, great customer service, and an easy-to-use claims process that makes it perfect for those on the road.
• LifeStraw – My go-to company for reusable water bottles with built-in filters so you can ensure your drinking water is always clean and safe.
• Unbound Merino – They make lightweight, durable, easy-to-clean travel clothing.
• Top Travel Credit Cards – Points are the best way to cut down travel expenses. Here’s my favorite point earning credit cards so you can get free travel!
• Fat Tire Tours – For bike tours, use this company! They have fun, interactive tours led by expert local guides. You’ll get to see all the main sights without breaking the bank!
• BlaBlaCar – BlaBlaCar is a ridesharing website that lets you share rides with vetted local drivers by pitching in for gas. You simply request a seat, they approve, and off you go! It’s a cheaper and more interesting way to travel than by bus or train!
• Take Walks – This walking tour company provides inside access to attractions and places you can’t get elsewhere. Their guides rock and they have some of the best and most insightful tours in all of England.

GO DEEPER: Nomadic Matt’s In-Depth Budget Guide to Europe!

There’s a lot of free information online but do you want to spend days searching for information? Prob not! That’s why guidebooks exist.

While I have a lot of free tips on Europe, I also wrote an entire book that goes into great detail on everything you need to plan a trip here on a budget! You’ll get suggested itineraries, budgets, even more ways to save money, my favorite restaurants, prices, practical information (i.e. phone numbers, websites, prices, safety advice, etc etc), and cultural tips.

I’ll give the insider view of Europe that I got from years of traveling and living here! The downloadable guide can be used on your Kindle, iPad, phone, or computer so you can have it with you when you go. Click here to learn more about my book on Europe!

London Travel Guide: Related Articles

Want more tips for your trip? Check out all the articles I’ve written on London travel and continue planning your trip:

The 7 Best Hotels in London

Where to Stay in London: The Best Neighborhoods for Your Visit

How to Spend a Week in London

70+ Free Things to Do in London

The 9 Best Walking Tour Companies in London

The 8 Best Hostels in London

Get your  free travel starter kit.

Enter your email and get planning cheatsheets including a step by step checklist, packing list, tips cheat sheet, and more so you can plan like a pro!

• Where To Stay
• Transportation
• Booking Resources
• Related Blogs

24 Top-Rated Tourist Attractions in London

Written by Bryan Dearsley and Shandley McMurray Updated Mar 20, 2024 We may earn a commission from affiliate links ( )

Author Bryan Dearsley has visited London many times, most recently on an extensive tour of England in the spring of 2022. Author Shandley McMurray lived in London and always enjoys returning.

London is one of the world's most mesmerizing cities . Modern architectural marvels like the Shard line medieval laneways peppered with historic monuments, high-end shops, and award-winning theaters. Picturesque streets and avenues connect renowned attractions like Buckingham Palace, Westminster Abbey, and St. Paul's Cathedral, causing visitors to gape at their beauty and exhaust their phone's photo storage.

With so many impressive tourist attractions and captivating things to do, it's no wonder London is one of the most popular places to visit in the world , attracting over 20 million tourists each year. Britain's bustling capital offers something for everyone, including shopaholics, foodies, adventurists, historians, and kids, making it tough to choose what to do first.

Should you hit one of the top museums, many of which are free to enter, or enjoy a picnic in one of the city's expansive parks ? Maybe tour a royal palace, or wander around a breathtaking garden? Perhaps you'd prefer to take in a show; enjoy a horseback ride; see the city views from atop the London Eye; or enjoy a traditional afternoon tea in Harrods, the world's poshest department store?

Use our list of the best attractions and things to do in London to help decide what to see and do in this phenomenal city you'll want to visit again and again.

See also: Where to Stay in London

Visit Buckingham Palace and Watch the Changing of the Guard

See the crown jewels at the tower of london, beat the crowds: take a morning stroll across tower bridge, get cultured at the british museum, big ben and the houses of parliament, get creative at the national gallery, tour the art displays at the victoria and albert museum, wander around piccadilly circus and trafalgar square, journey to the top of the shard, get your art fix at tate britain and tate modern, walk the hallowed halls of westminster abbey, head underground to the churchill war rooms, walk with dinosaurs at the natural history museum, enjoy a picnic in hyde park, climb the dome of st. paul's cathedral, shop at london's best markets, be entertained by buskers at covent garden, take flight on the london eye, meet henry viii at hampton court palace, straddle the meridian line at greenwich, the imperial war museum & hms belfast, explore the london docklands & canary wharf, visit picturesque richmond park, ogle the flora and fauna at kew gardens, where to stay in london for sightseeing, tips and tours: how to make the most of your visit to london, map of tourist attractions & things to do in london, best time to visit london, england.

One of Britain's most iconic buildings, Buckingham Palace is also the scene of London's most popular display of pomp and ceremony: the Changing of the Guard.

Drawing crowds at 11:30am most days regardless of the season, this colorful display of precision marching and music also takes place at St. James's Palace . One of the top free things to do in London , you can then follow the band along The Mall as they march between sites.

Buckingham Palace was built in 1837 and has been the London residence of the Royal Family since Queen Victoria's accession. If you're wondering whether the King is in, look at the flagpole atop the building: if the royal standard is flying day and night, he's at home. On special state occasions, he and members of the Royal Family may even emerge on the central balcony.

When the King's away at the Royal Family's summer residence in Balmoral Castle, Scotland , visitors can purchase tickets for tours of the State Rooms, the Queen's Gallery, and the Royal Mews.

From prison to palace, treasure vault to private zoo, the magnificent Tower of London has fulfilled many different roles over the centuries. One of Britain's most iconic structures, this spectacular World Heritage Site offers hours of fascination for visitors curious about the country's rich history, so much of which happened here.

Inside the massive White Tower, built in 1078 by William the Conqueror, is the 17th-century Line of Kings with its remarkable displays of royal armaments and armor. Other highlights include the famous Crown Jewels exhibition, the Beefeaters, the Royal Mint, and gruesome exhibits about the executions that took place on the grounds.

The Bloody Tower is also worthy of a visit. Here you'll find stories of ancient torture, and you can learn about the mystery of two princes who disappeared many years ago.

For the best use of your time, especially during the busy summer season, purchase the Tower of London Entrance Ticket Including Crown Jewels and Beefeater Tour in advance, to bypass the ticket office lines. This pass guarantees the lowest price, helps avoid the crowds, and saves time and hassle.

Located adjacent the Tower of London, Tower Bridge features two huge towers rising 200 feet above the River Thames.

This is one of London's best-known and most photographed landmarks. While fascinating behind-the-scenes tours are available, you can easily walk across the bridge from the Tower of London.

For the best Tower views, as well as a glimpse of HMS Belfast and London Bridge (which many mistakenly believe Tower Bridge to be), find a spot mid-way across. While it can be crowded, especially around sunset, an early morning arrival before the throngs of tourists get there is well worth the effort.

Afterwards, head over to the renovated Butlers Wharf district on the bridge's south end for a unique twist on the classic "full English" breakfast at WatchHouse Tower Bridge. This now ritzy area is fun to wander and is home to a funky selection of restaurants, luxury housing, and shops.

Address: Tower Bridge Road, London

Official site: www.towerbridge.org.uk

Displaying one of the world's finest collections of antiquities, the British Museum contains more than 13 million artifacts from the ancient world. With priceless objects from Assyria, Babylonia, China, Europe, and elsewhere, it's hard to know where to begin in this expansive attraction.

Most tourists head first for the museum's most famous exhibits: the controversial Elgin Marbles from the Parthenon, the Rosetta Stone , the colossal bust of Ramesses II, the Egyptian mummies, and the spectacular hoard of 4th-century Roman silver known as the Mildenhall Treasure .

In addition to a well-stocked, on-site bookshop boasting an exhaustive array of titles on ancient history, archaeology and art history, there's a shop selling kids' games and souvenirs, along with one that sells replica sculptures and jewelry.

For those able to linger longer, the museum offers a variety of lectures and workshops, plus a restaurant and café.

Address: Great Russell Street, Bloomsbury, London

Official site: www.britishmuseum.org

Nothing screams "London" more emphatically than the 318-foot tower housing the giant clock and its resounding bell known as Big Ben. It's as iconic a landmark as Tower Bridge , and the tolling of Big Ben is known throughout the world as the time signal of the BBC.

Below it, stretching along the Thames, are the Houses of Parliament . The seat of Britain's government for many centuries, it was also once the site of the royal Westminster Palace occupied by William the Conqueror.

The best view of the parliament buildings can be had by crossing Westminster Bridge and looking back. Or, turn left after crossing the bridge and walk along the path towards the SEA LIFE London Aquarium (a fun spot to take kids). Gather your crew along the wall for a perfect photo with Big Ben in the background.

Tours of the Houses of Parliament offer a unique chance to see real-time debates and lively political discussions. From Parliament Square, Whitehall is lined by so many government buildings that its name has become synonymous with the British government.

Official site: www.parliament.uk/bigben

It's almost impossible to visit London without catching a glimpse of the impressive National Gallery. This iconic, columned museum is set at the edge of Trafalgar Square , home to incredible masterpieces that make it one of the best attractions in London.

Ranking among the top art museums in the world, London's National Gallery represents an almost complete survey of European painting from 1260 until 1920. The museum's greatest strengths are in its collections of Dutch Masters and Italian Schools of the 15th and 16th centuries.

Among its highlights are a cartoon (preliminary sketch) of the Madonna and Child by Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo's The Entombment , Botticelli's Venus and Mars , van Gogh's Sunflowers , and The Water-Lily Pond by Monet.

Address: Trafalgar Square, Charing Cross, London

Official site: www.nationalgallery.org.uk

The Victoria and Albert Museum (aka the V&A) is part of a South Kensington-based group of museums that includes the Natural History Museum and Science Museum . Founded in 1852, the V&A covers close to 13 acres and contains 145 galleries spanning some 5,000 years of art and related artifacts.

Exhibits include ceramics and glass, textiles and costumes, silver and jewelry, ironwork, sculpture, prints, and photos, and are conveniently arranged into four main categories: Asia; Furniture, Textiles, and Fashion; Sculpture, Metalwork, Ceramics, and Glass; and Word and Image.

It's impossible to get around this vast museum in a single visit, so the best plan to tackle it is to decide in advance which sections you most want to see. Taking a V&A tour is highly recommended, and often free, with options including everything from daily introductory tours to specific gallery or themed tours.

The Main and Garden Cafés are more impressive than any museum eatery you've seen. The intricate detailing on everything from the floor to the columns to the ceiling make them worthy pieces of art themselves. Plus, the food is quite tasty. Also, don't miss an opportunity to luxuriate in the John Madejski Garden , which is so beautiful and serene, you'll forget you're in the center of one of the world's largest cities.

If you're around, check into one of the fun "Friday Late" programs held on the last Friday of the month (except for March and December). These fun events are popular for their food and drink experiences, along with late-night exhibition openings.

Address: Cromwell Road, Knightsbridge, London

Official site: www.vam.ac.uk

Two of London's best-known tourist spots, Piccadilly Circus and Trafalgar Square lie not far apart and mark the gateway to Soho , London's lively theater and entertainment district. The walk from one to the other is truly enjoyable, lined with eclectic boutiques, tasty cafés, ice-cream shops, and winding laneways evoking a bygone era when only horses and buggies traipsed through these historic streets.

Trafalgar Square was built to commemorate Lord Horatio Nelson's victory over the French and Spanish fleets at Trafalgar in 1805. Nelson's Column , a 183-foot granite monument, overlooks the square's fountains and bronze reliefs, which were cast from French cannons. Admiralty Arch, St. Martin-in-the-Fields , and the National Gallery surround the square.

Piccadilly Circus marks the irregular intersection of several busy streets, including Piccadilly, Regent, Haymarket, and Shaftesbury Avenue. Overlooking this somewhat untidy snarl of traffic stands London's best-known sculpture, the winged Eros delicately balanced on one foot, bow poised.

"It's like Piccadilly Circus" is a common expression among Londoners to describe a busy and confusing scene.

Since it opened in 2012, The Shard has taken its place as one of the most-recognizable and most-visited landmarks in London.

Standing 1,016 feet tall and encompassing some 95 stories, this remarkable structure is so-named for its resemblance to a shard of glass. Yet, while it dominates the skyline south of the River Thames, its pleasing design doesn't seem at all out of place when seen next to neighbors such as Tower Bridge.

In addition to its office space on the lower levels, The Shard is home to a stunning Shangri-La Hotel and three superb restaurants, all boasting some of the most incredible views over London. For those not staying here, the upper-most levels consist of a choice of viewing platforms: indoor and outdoor.

Another London skyscraper that's worth a visit is the "Walkie Talkie" with its popular Sky Garden attraction. Located around the corner from the Tower of London and set on the building's 34th to 37th floors, the garden's terraces offer some of the best views over the city. If you've got the time, reserve a table at one of the restaurants here in order to enjoy the views while you dine.

Address: 32 London Bridge Street, London

Official site: www.the-shard.com

Art lovers cannot visit London without touring its most impressive art museums: the two Tates. Located on opposite sides of the Thames, Tate Britain and Tate Modern together comprise one of the world's most important art collections .

The original gallery opened in 1897 as the basis of a national collection of significant British art, and continued to make acquisitions, needing more space to properly display its collections. The end result was the establishment of Tate Britain, in Millbank on the north side of the Thames, as home to its permanent collection of historic British paintings.

A superbly transformed power station across the Thames became home to the modern art collections. Art lovers can spend a whole day viewing both sites, conveniently connected by high-speed ferry. Better still, walk across the Millennium Bridge , a footbridge that connects the two banks of the river close to the Tate Modern. The views are spectacular.

Tate Britain

• Address: Millbank, London
• www.tate.org.uk/visit/tate-britain

Tate Modern

• Address: Bankside, London
• www.tate.org.uk/visit/tate-modern

Another location with a long association with British royalty, Westminster Abbey stands on a site that's been associated with Christianity since the early 7th century. Officially known as the Collegiate Church of St. Peter in Westminster, Westminster Abbey was founded by Edward the Confessor in 1065 as his place of interment.

From his burial in 1066 until that of George II almost 700 years later, most sovereigns were not only crowned here but were buried here, too. More recently, it's become famous as the preferred location for Royal Weddings.

This masterpiece of Gothic architecture not only has the highest Gothic nave in England (102 feet), it's also one of London's most popular tourist attractions, drawing well over a million visitors each year.

Highlights of a visit include seeing the more than 600 memorials in the Nave, including the Tomb of the Unknown Warrior; Poet's Corner in the Transepts , with its memorials to the likes of Shakespeare, Chaucer, and Dickens; the Westminster Abbey Museum; and the attractive gardens.

Address: 20 Dean's Yard, Westminster, London

Official site: www.westminster-abbey.org

Among the most fascinating and evocative of London's historic sites are the perfectly preserved Churchill War Rooms.

The nerve-center from which Prime Minister Winston Churchill directed British military campaigns and the defense of his homeland throughout World War II, their simplicity and cramped conditions underline the desperate position of England as the Nazi grip tightened across Europe.

You'll see the tiny cubicle where Churchill slept and the improvised radio studio where he broadcast his famous wartime speeches. Simple details, such as Clementine Churchill's knitting wool marking the front lines on a map of Europe, bring the era to life as no other museum could possibly do.

Audio guides are available (a thorough self-guided tour takes about 90 minutes), and a café and bookshop are located on the premises.

Address: Clive Steps, King Charles Street, London

Official site: www.iwm.org.uk/visits/churchill-war-rooms

Established in 1754, London's spectacular Natural History Museum remains one of the most-visited such attractions on the planet. It's easy to spot for its huge Romanesque façade, and a visit is something you'll not want to rush. Arrive early as it can get quite crowded.

Many of the museum's original exhibits are still on display centuries later, and together comprise a massive collection of more than 80 million items showcasing everything from botany to zoology, plus pretty much everything in between. A highlight of a visit is seeing the preserved specimens that Charles Darwin collected on his epic journeys.

If you're not in a hurry, start your visit by joining one of the formal guided tours on offer, ranging from 30 to 50 minutes. You'll be introduced to highlights you may wish to return to at a later date to explore in greater detail.

A variety of fun events are held regularly, from workshops for kids to late night openings. Shopping opportunities are located on-site, along with a number of dining options.

Address: Cromwell Road, South Kensington, London

Official site: www.nhm.ac.uk

Covering 350 acres, Hyde Park is London's largest open space and has been a destination for sightseers since 1635. One of the park's highlights is the Serpentine, an 18th-century man-made lake popular for boating and swimming. Hyde Park is also where you'll find Speakers' Corner , a traditional forum for free speech—and heckling.

Another Hyde Park landmark is Apsley House , former home of the first Duke of Wellington and purchased after his famous victory at Waterloo. Now a museum, it houses Wellington's magnificent collections of paintings, including Velázquez's The Waterseller of Seville , along with gifts presented by grateful European kings and emperors. England's greatest hero is also commemorated at the Wellington Arch.

Another lovely London green space to explore is Regent's Park . Just a short walk away from Westminster, this 410-acre attraction is a delight to stroll around. If you're traveling with kids, be sure to visit London Zoo , located within the grounds of the park and one of the most popular things to do for families visiting the city.

• Read More: Top-Rated Attractions around Hyde Park

The largest and most famous of London's many churches, and undoubtedly one of the most spectacular cathedrals in the world, St. Paul's Cathedral sits atop the site of a Roman temple. The previous church structure was destroyed in the Great Fire of 1666, and Sir Christopher Wren designed the rebuild .

Today, the twin Baroque towers and magnificent 365-foot dome of St. Paul's are a masterpiece of English architecture. If you're up to it, be sure to walk the stairs with their spectacular views of the dome's interior, including the Whispering Gallery , undoubtedly one of the top things to do in London.

• Read More: Exploring London's St. Paul's Cathedral: A Visitor's Guide

Whether you're a fan of food, flowers, art, or clothes, you'll find something to love in London's best markets . While most open only on weekends (Fridays included), some of the most eclectic venues, like the vibrant Camden Market in North London, welcome shoppers daily.

Camden Market is home to over 100 stalls, shops, and eateries offering everything from gluten-free goodies to hand-made jewels to bohemian clothing. If you're looking for a distinct urban feel, you'll find it here.

Borough Market is a must-visit for foodies in central London. This popular venue, which is situated near London Bridge, is so busy on weekends, you'll have to fight your way through crowds to nab the best produce or mouthwateringly good sample of giant paella.

Arrive early (we'd suggest no later than 10am) to enjoy a little more elbow room. The line for coffee can extend for blocks, so head there first. While some stalls are open during the week, most don't unveil their goods until Friday morning.

Old Spitalfields Market is another beloved spot offering some of the city's most gorgeous flowers, interesting antiques, art, jewelry, and more. Built in 1876, this is one of the best examples of a Victorian Market Hall.

Other popular markets include, Maltby Street Market , Brick Lane Market , and Portobello Road.

Read More: Best Places to Shop in London

The market halls of Covent Garden are only the beginning of the neighborhood, which encompasses the shops and restaurants of Long Acre and other adjacent streets, those of Neal's Yard and Seven Dials, as well as the Central Square with its incredibly talented, and unique, street performers.

The halls and arcades of Covent Garden Market are lined with specialty shops and kiosks selling everything from teas to fine handcrafts to tacky souvenirs. A few restaurants are sprinkled in as well, some offering patios for you to enjoy a tasty treat while people-watching.

Housed in the former flower market, you'll find the London Transport Museum , a kid-centric haven for those who love all things vehicular. Filled with historic buses, trolleys, and trams, children and adults alike will love this interactive transportation hub. "Drive" a London bus, pilot a tube train, or sit on an ancient trolley.

This area is also where you'll find the Royal Opera House and a variety of other leading London theaters.

Built to mark London's millennium celebrations in 2000, the London Eye is one of the world's largest observation wheels. Its individual glass capsules offer the most spectacular views of the city as you embark on a circular tour rising 443 feet above the Thames. The journey lasts close to 30 minutes, often quicker than the time spent lining up for your turn.

If you can, reserve your time in advance. Better still, skip the line completely with a London Eye: Skip-the-Line Ticket . This advance ticket allows you to take a flight at any time on the day you plan to visit. If you can afford it, rent one of the private capsules and share the experience with friends and family.

Another fun way to view London for above is aboard the Emirates Air Line , a cable car system that crosses the Thames between Greenwich and the Royal Victoria Dock. The journey travels one kilometer and lasts 10 minutes, long enough to enjoy spectacular views and grab a few memorable selfies.

Official site: www.londoneye.com

Another great Thames-side attraction, Hampton Court is one of the world's most famous and grandest of royal palaces, and a truly remarkable place to visit in London. Its Great Hall dates from Henry VIII's time (two of his six wives supposedly haunt the palace), and it's where Elizabeth I learned of the defeat of the Spanish Armada .

Meet Henry VIII himself or have a chat with Anne Boleyn, both of whom wander the grounds and involve guests in their interesting antics at random points throughout the day. Depending on the time and date you visit, you may even be asked to participate in a session in court.

Grab an audio guide upon your arrival and choose a velvet cloak to wear as you tour the grounds, if you're hoping to feel a bit more authentic. Get lost in the palace's famous Maze , or grab a bite in the on-site café,

Other interesting features include the Clock Court with its fascinating astronomical clock dating from 1540, the State Apartments with their Haunted Gallery, the Chapel , the King's Apartments , and the Tudor tennis court. Don't miss the Tudor Kitchens and their massive fireplaces.

The gardens are also worth visiting, especially in mid-May when in full bloom. Highlights include the Privy Garden, the Pond Garden, the Elizabethan Knot Garden, the Broad Walk, and an area known as the Wilderness.

Although a little farther outside the city center, Hampton Court is a must-do sightseeing trip when visiting London. It's a bit of a haul on the tube, but taking a taxi, renting a car, or even grabbing a car service will make this trip more than worthwhile.

• Read More: Visiting Hampton Court Palace: Top Attractions, Tips & Tours

For centuries the hub of Britain's naval power, Greenwich is best known to tourists as the home of the Cutty Sark , the last of the 19th-century tea clippers to sail between Britain and China. The ship is located adjacent to the Discover Greenwich Visitor Centre with its exhibits showcasing more than 500 years of maritime history, and the Palladian mansion known as Queen's House .

The impressive collections of the National Maritime Museum , the largest of its kind in the world, illustrate the history of the Royal Navy. And one of the most unusual things to do in London is standing with one foot in each hemisphere, astride the Meridian Line in the Meridian Building in the Royal Observatory.

Read More: Top Attractions in Greenwich & Docklands Districts, London

If you've time in your travel itinerary, two other military attractions related to the Churchill War rooms are also worth visiting: The Imperial War Museum and HMS Belfast .

Located a short distance from the popular Southbank cultural district, the Imperial War Museum London can easily occupy the best part of a day with its fascinating exhibits and collections of military vehicles, weapons, and aircraft.

Set in chronological order, displays portray the very real experiences of participants and victims in the world's major conflicts, with many hands-on exhibits allowing unique incites into their place in history. The Holocaust Galleries are particularly sobering.

A shop and café are located on-site, and before leaving, grab a selfie standing next to the huge shells and guns located out front.

The other must-see under the Imperial War Museum umbrella, HMS Belfast is a well-preserved WWII-era cruiser that served during D-Day. Located on the River Thames opposite the Tower of London, this historic vessel can be explored as part of a guided or self-guided tour.

For a truly memorable experience, consider booking a fun family tour. A gift shop is located on the premises.

The revitalized Docklands area of East London has been transformed into an international place of business and recreation, filled with some of London's smartest new restaurants and entertainment experiences.

The revitalized Docklands area also includes Canary Wharf. This important financial and business hub offers a variety of fun things to do, including shopping and dining.

The excellent Museum of London Docklands is the place to visit to learn more about the area. Located in a series of old Georgian warehouses on Canary Wharf, it brings to life the river, port, and its people from Roman times to the present through hands-on displays that are especially interesting for children.

A little closer to the Tower of London, St. Katherine Docks is fun to explore, too. Redeveloped as a mixed commercial and residential area, here you can spend time wandering the marina or enjoying a great meal or respite while watching the world go by.

It's hard to believe you're in London (well, technically just outside London) when on a visit to Richmond Park. One of the most captivating of the eight Royal Parks, this lavish natural wonderland has everything you'd look for in an English park: winding paths, verdant woodland, sparkling lakes, horse stables and trails, bike lanes, and multiple picnic spots.

Enjoy unparalleled views of St. Paul's Cathedral from King Henry's Mound , a picturesque hilltop surrounded by wild deer. Luxuriate in a warm tea and traditional scones at the Pembroke Lodge Tea Room , or rent a bike and cycle through this spectacular 2,500-acre nature reserve.

If visiting during spring, particularly late April or early May, make your way to the Isabella Plantation , a remarkable Victorian woodland garden set within the park. Its vibrant 40 acres are filled with colorful rhododendrons, azaleas, and camellias so resplendent, you'll think you're walking through a fairy tale.

Official site: https://www.royalparks.org.uk/parks/richmond-park

Spending at day at Kew Gardens is one of the best things to do in London. A UNESCO Heritage Site , this phenomenal spot is home to over 50,000 living plants and some of the most majestically manicured gardens in England.

Officially called the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew is situated in southwest London on the south bank of the Thames and offers visitors a serene escape from the hustle and bustle of central London, and a welcome breath of fresh air. Located on a flight path, you'll spot multiple jumbo jets, but these add to the allure for little ones.

Also family-friendly is the expansive indoor and outdoor playground, which comes complete with a zipline. Visit on a sunny day, and you should prepare to jostle for a picnic spot on the lush lawns, as this is a popular spot for families to enjoy a lunch out. Didn't pack snacks? Visit one of the on-site restaurants for a tasty treat-they even offer dairy and gluten-free options.

Laid out in 1759, the gardens became government property in 1841. In 1897, Queen Victoria added Queen's Cottage and the adjoining woodland. A variety of tours are available free with admission, and many musical and cultural events are held here throughout the year.

Don't miss the towering Pagoda ; Japanese gardens ; Treetop Walkway ; and the remarkable Palm House , an indoor rainforest with an aquarium in the basement. The impressive Rhododendron Dell is a breathtaking treat popping with vibrant blooms during spring.

• Read More: Exploring the Top Attractions of London's Kew Gardens

London's top tourist attractions are spread out over several different areas of the city. If you want to spend time sightseeing, it's a good idea to base yourself in a central location and use the city's excellent public transport system to travel between the sites. Here are some highly rated hotels in Central London:

Luxury Hotels:

• When it comes to posh hotels, the grande dames still grace the list of London's best. Pampering guests for more than a century are The Goring , a stone's throw from Buckingham Palace.
• The Langham , in the heart of the West End, has played host to royals and celebrities for more than 150 years.
• A few steps from Trafalgar Square is the Corinthia London , with a rooftop terrace and luxurious afternoon teas.
• The Ritz London , also known for teas, is handy to the posh shops of Mayfair.

Mid-Range Hotels:

• The Fielding Hotel , a popular boutique property, places you right near Covent Garden, one of the city's most touristy areas. Handy for those arriving by train from Heathrow or Gatwick airports,
• The Clermont, Victoria is right over Victoria Station.
• About a 15-minute stroll from Covent Garden, Bloomsbury was once London's literary hub and is now home to one of the city's top attractions, the British Museum, as well as highly rated mid-range hotels such as The Montague on the Gardens and The Bloomsbury . Both are also a short stroll from Oxford Street shopping.

Budget Hotels:

• If you're watching your wallet, the Premier Inn London Kensington (Earl's Court) Hotel is an affordable option minutes from museums and Earls Court tube station.
• You can also head north and try The Alhambra Hotel or Jesmond Dene Hotel , both near busy King's Cross tube station, a major transport hub.
• In-depth tours. It's hard to choose the best sights to see in London; there are so many awesome spots on offer. This nine-hour, Best of London Sightseeing Tour makes sure you don't miss anything essential. In addition to taking you to some of the city's top spots like Westminster Cathedral and Buckingham Palace, guests receive pre-arranged tickets for a boat cruise, as well as comprehensive tours of the Tower of London and St. Paul's Cathedral, plus a stop to watch the Changing of the Guard. Upgrade to receive a cream tea at Harrods or a flight on the London Eye.
• Seeing the Sights . One of the best ways to see the sights of London is on a traditional, double-decker Hop-On Hop-Off London Sightseeing Tour . This has been the classic sightseeing tour for years, and it's popular for good reason: it's easy, convenient, informative, and ensures you see the most important attractions. Tickets are flexible, with open dates, and are valid for a 24-hour period. Even if you are in London for several days, this is a great way to spend a day getting oriented, especially for first-time visitors to the city.
• Day Trips . Beyond the city, there are some excellent sightseeing opportunities that can be easily undertaken on a day trip tour from London. The Stonehenge, Windsor Castle, and Bath Day Trip from London is an 11-hour guided trip that takes visitors to these must-see places to visit. It's a great way to see the surroundings without the hassle of driving, navigating, and parking.
• Harry Potter Experience. Fans of Harry Potter will definitely want to take the Warner Brother's Studio Tour - The Making of Harry Potter for a behind-the-scenes look at the creation of the movie and a walk through the incredible sets where the film was made. Visitors can explore the site on their own, see the costumes and props, wander through the Great Hall, and learn about the whole experience of filming. The tour includes transportation to and from the studios from central London and an entrance ticket.

Let's be honest: no one travels to London for its weather. Frequented by cloudy skies that release smatterings of mist and rain, the UK's epic capital city is best visited with an umbrella in hand.

That said, London receives less annual rainfall than its tarnished reputation would have us believe, and less than many European cities . And rather than heavy rainfalls, the norm is "little and often." Yes, you'll likely run into a sprinkle or two during your visit, but a little rain never ruined a vacation, especially when touring a historic metropolis with so much to offer.

When those beautiful, bright sunny days do appear, visitors receive front row seats to the city's remarkable transformation. Locals smile more easily, the city's best parks and gardens fill with sun worshippers and picnickers, and a sparkling hue adds another level of magic to the city's most magnificent buildings. There's nothing better!

London is a tourist hot spot throughout the year. In other words, there's never a bad time to visit. If you're looking for a better chance of glimpsing the sun and avoiding masses of tourists, however, the best time to visit London is from March through May . That said, if you don't mind rubbing elbows with a zillion other tourists, a good time of year to travel to London is during the summer months from June to September.

More Related Articles on PlanetWare.com

Other English City Destinations : Given its relatively small size, it's easy to travel from London to other great English cities, including lovely Liverpool , famous as the birthplace of The Beatles. The industrial city of Manchester is also within easy reach and is popular for its historic canal network and fine museums. Birmingham is another northern city worth visiting and celebrates both its rich industrial past along with modern museums, art galleries, and other cultural attractions.

Easy Escapes : From London, you're only a short train ride away from the idyllic countryside of the Lake District , a popular walking destination and known for the stunning scenery around Lake Windermere. The historic city of Bath , named after its well-preserved Roman baths, is another great escape, whether for a weekend or a week. So, too, is the cathedral city of Durham , which is also home to one of the most-visited castles in England.

Top UK Vacation Ideas : Scotland makes for an excellent UK vacation, and is where you'll find the spectacularly beautiful city of Edinburgh , recognizable the world over for its lovely castle. The tiny nation of Wales , too, is worth exploring, especially its capital city of Cardiff and the stunning scenery of Snowdonia in North Wales .

More on England

• Search Please fill out this field.
• Manage Your Subscription
• Give a Gift Subscription
• Newsletters
• Sweepstakes

We independently evaluate all of our recommendations. If you click on links we provide, we may receive compensation.

• Destinations

London Travel Guide

Ah, London — home to world-class restaurants, an unparalleled music scene, fantastic hotels , and some seriously rich history. Plus, tea. Who could forget the tea? London is a beautiful city to visit, and with England's fantastic public transportation, it's a breeze to get from point A to point B. You could easily spend a week or more exploring all that each London neighborhood has to offer and still have things left over for your next visit.

With sites and cultural hubs like the National Portrait Gallery, Trafalgar Square, the Tower of London, Tower Bridge, Kensington Gardens, and all manner of food, drink, shopping, history, and culture, it's no wonder why the 'Big Smoke' is a top travel destination.

Greenwich Mean Time during the winter, British Summer Time during the rest of the year (starting at Daylight Saving Time).

Best Time to Go

England experiences relatively mild and somewhat rainy weather year-round, and when you should go depends on what you'd most like to experience. Spring, summer, and fall allow for taking in the parks and getting the most out of how walkable London is, while winter is beautiful and festive for those looking to get their fill of Christmas markets and traditional cheer.

Things to Know

London is filled with neighborhoods brimming with great things to do, and England's exceptional public transportation makes it simple and stress-free to travel between them.

Londoners, and English people in general, have a much different manner of interacting with one another than Americans do. While an American might think nothing of smiling at a stranger they pass on the sidewalk or asking about work in the first few minutes of a conversation, etiquette in London errs on the more private, respectful, and more distant. Don't mistake this for aloofness or consider those you meet unfriendly; it's just a difference in cultural norms. Instead, talk about things like movies, TV shows, books, your travels, and the like, instead of work or family.

A fun and somewhat reassuring fact is that London has much better takeaway sandwiches than the U.S. If your day is too packed to have a sit-down lunch, a sandwich from a chain will be legitimately delicious. Most importantly, almost all British museums are free , meaning anyone can wander to their heart's content, no matter their budget.

How to Get Around

Getting around London is unbelievably easy thanks to the well-maintained and extensive Underground (also known as the Tube). Tickets for riding the Underground, unlike American transportation systems, which often pay per ride or per trip length, are paid in zones. Fare also varies based on the time of day and the method you use to pay. It's worth getting an Oyster card — the Underground's MetroCard or SmarTrip Card — to simplify your vacation.

There are 11 Underground lines servicing all nine zones. Maps of these zones are in every Tube station. Most of the popular sites in London are in Zone 1, which covers central London. The Tube runs daily from 5 am to midnight and with reduced hours on Sunday. Some late-night services are available on the weekend, but generally, you'll want to be prepared to take one of the easily-found London taxis or use a rideshare app if you're out and about after midnight.

Best Hotels

Address: Strand, London WC2R 0EZ, United Kingdom Phone:+44 20 7836 4343 Book Now

The only luxury hotel on the River Thames, The Savoy is a five-star experience known worldwide for its luxurious and beautiful accommodations. As the first hotel built for the purpose of being a luxe hotel in all of London, it has a rich and storied history; seeing its beautiful architecture and dramatic decor is worth doing even if you don't end up staying here.

The Connaught

Address: Carlos Place, Mayfair, London W1K 2AL, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7499 7070 Book Now

The Connaught has known a few names and owners over the course of its more than 200-year history, but its main throughline has always been luxury. Chef Hélène Darroze runs a restaurant with the distinction of two Michelin stars, and the bar was awarded Europe's Best in 2019. For a spectacular experience in the heart of London, The Connaught can't be beat.

Address: 27 Poultry, London EC2R 8AJ, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 3828 2000 Book Now

Once an abandoned bank building, The Ned found new life in 2012 as a five-star luxury hotel. Outfitted in a style reminiscent of the 1920s and with ten restaurants under its roof, The Ned is an experience unto itself — much less a great retreat from your London adventure. In addition, The Ned features a spa with treatments from massages to vitamin IV drips. Trendier than other 5-star hotels but certainly with style, The Ned is a great choice for a young couple or friends traveling in style.

Chiltern Firehouse

Address: 1 Chiltern Street London W1U 7PA, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7073 7676 Website

Originally a fire station, the Chiltern Firehouse is small and cozy. Each of the 26 rooms features at least one working fireplace and range from standard rooms to lofts and suites. The Chiltern Firehouse restaurant is a Michelin-starred eatery with seasonal offerings. A unique and domestic experience, the Chiltern Firehouse truly does feel like a home away from home.

Address: 15 Beeston Place, London SW1W 0JW, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7396 9000 Book Now

The Goring is a century-old, family-owned luxury hotel with 69 uniquely decorated rooms. Along the same road as Buckingham Palace, The Goring is the last word in having a truly royal stay. The Goring offers an excellent restaurant and bar and several packages that let you tailor your trip to exactly what makes you happiest.

11 Cadogan Gardens

Address: 11 Cadogan Gardens, London SW3 2RJ, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7730 7000 Book Now

Built in the late 19th century as four separate townhouses, 11 Cadogan Gardens has a resulting unique and eclectic interior of winding corridors and staircases. Located in upscale Chelsea, the hotel is within walking distance from Harrods, the Saatchi Gallery, Hyde Park, and many other can't-miss tourist spots.

Address: 252 High Holborn, London, WC1V 7EN Phone: +44 20 7781 8888 Book Now

Near the British Museum and Covent Garden, the Rosewood is a centrally located luxury hotel boasting lush, classic decor. The five-star hotel has carefully renovated its Edwardian architecture, melding the historic and modern seamlessly. Enjoy contemporary afternoon tea modeled after the art of British sculptor Antony Gormley in the intimate Mirror Room, then step out into the bustling heart of London. During busy times there is a minimum stay required to book, so be sure to check early and often if you have your heart set on staying at the Rosewood.

The Lanesborough

Address: 2 Lanesborough Place SW 1, London, SW1X 7TA Phone: +44 20 7259 5599 Book Now

Once an elegant country house, The Lanesborough is now a five-star hotel with a Michelin-starred restaurant, private spa and fitness club, cognac lounge, and award-winning afternoon tea service. With elegant and warm decor, The Lanesborough is an iconic and world-class option for travelers looking to stay somewhere in style.

Best Restaurants

Address: 593 High Road Leytonstone, Leytonstone, London E11 4PA Phone: +44 020 8281 4801 Website

Singburi is a gem of a Thai restaurant, beloved for its rotating menu of delicious and authentic curries, noodles, and seafood. Try something new here — don't stick to your usual takeout Pad Thai order (as delicious as Pad Thai is). A crispy omelette, like their delectable Kai Jeow (a crispy omelette with oysters), should do the trick.

Westerns Laundry

Address: 34 Drayton Park, Highbury East, London N5 1PB Phone: +44 020 7700 3700 Website

This beloved, sustainably-focused restaurant focuses on fresh seafood and small plates — and bread. So, so much bread, some of the best you'll ever eat. Stop in for a pastry or a sandwich, enjoy their small plates, or order a loaf of bread ahead of time to set yourself up with delicious breakfast for a week.

The Palomar

Address: 34 Rupert Street, Soho, London W1D 6DN, United Kingdom Phone: +44 020 7439 8777 Website

The Palomar is walking distance from Trafalgar Square and some of the most enjoyable museum-going in London, so chances are you'll have the opportunity to enjoy their modern-day Jerusalem menu in a beautiful, mosaic-scattered space. Try the octopus glazed with harissa oil or the Bayt al Maqdis Chicken just for the artichoke crisps.

Address: 51 Lamb's Conduit Street, Holborn, London WC1N 3NB, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7242 8963 Website

A seasonal wine bar with a classic British menu, this flashy restaurant puts the "British food is boring" rumor to rest. There's a wine for every dish, and more — their list is outstanding, and the bold and unique twists on classic British dishes make this a must-taste spot even for folks for which (gasp) wine isn't that exciting.

Address: Tea Building, 56 Shoreditch, High Street, Shoreditch, London E1 6JJ, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 3011 5911 Website

Lunch is a la carte at Lyle's, meaning you have the opportunity to order and share a few dishes between yourself and your friends and get the best of all worlds. The dinner menu is set, offering a prix fixe three-course meal with a few options for your appetizer, entree, and dessert. The space is beautiful and minimalist — a calm, understated place to focus entirely on your incredible food.

Address: 39 Endell Street, West End, London WC2H 9BA, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 3422 0221 Website

A small, sustainable seafood restaurant in Covent Garden, Parsons has an unpretentious, always-fresh menu. Parsons has mastered the art of updating classic British flavors, like smoked eel, for the modern palette. Their fish pie is heavenly, and you'd be remiss not to enjoy a sticky toffee pudding if you've got room for it.

Black Axe Mangal

Address: 156 Canonbury Road, Highbury, London N1 2UP, United Kingdom Phone: No phone number, email only: [email protected] Website

What this Turkish restaurant lacks in size, it makes up for in personality — up to and including their occult buns (which are hot cross buns, but with pentacles on them). It's loud, but most importantly, it's fun: nothing about Black Axe Mangal takes itself too seriously, from the hard rock soundtrack to the delicious food. Edible glitter, tongue-in-cheek dish names, and an excellent beer list all make Black Axe a top spot for a good time.

Address: 40 Doric Way, Somers Town, London NW1 1LH, United Kingdom Phone: +44 020 4580 1282 Website

Roti King is in a basement — this is just something to know because otherwise, it might be a touch difficult to find. "Hidden gem" isn't a metaphor here: you're going to have some of the best Malaysian food you've had in some time, possibly ever. If you're having trouble finding the entrance, just look for the line; there's almost always at least a short one of people waiting for their chicken murtabak and char kuey teow.

Dishoom Shoreditch

Address: 7 Boundary Street, London, E2 7JE Phone: +44 020 7420 9324 Website

London restaurant recommendations wouldn't be complete without at least one Indian food recommendation, and to be fair, most places are going to be incredible. Dishoom is something special, though — its airy, Bombay-style decor, beautiful views from the veranda, and house recipes have earned it a dedicated following. As a reminder, chicken tikka masala is sweet in England, so if you want something savory, try a new dish — like gunpowder potatoes or the masala prawns.

Things to Do

Tower of london & tower bridge.

Address: St Katharine's & Wapping, London EC3N 4AB, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7403 3761 Website

The bridge most associated with London isn't actually the London Bridge, it's Tower Bridge — this is the bridge you almost certainly have in your mind's eye when imagining London. The Tower of London has an infamous reputation, but its history is even more interesting than most know. Tudor buffs will love tracing the steps of Queen Elizabeth I, and there are free tours given throughout the day.

St. Dunstan in the East

Address: St Dunstan's Hill, Billingsgate, London EC3R 5DD, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7374 4127 Website

Built in 1698, St. Dunstan in the East was once a church. It was firebombed during World War II, and the ruins were converted into a public park — certainly one of the most unique and beautiful. Though small, stepping into the park feels like stepping into another world. Bring a camera; you won't want to miss snapping shots of the ivy-covered ruins.

National Gallery

Address: Trafalgar Square, Charing Cross, London WC2N 5DN, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7747 2885 Website

The National Gallery has one of the most incredible collections in the world, including pieces by Botticelli, Raphael, Titian, Rubens, Rembrandt, Cézanne, Monet, Van Gogh, and many, many more. Their 2,300-piece collection is frequently rotated, so be sure to see what sometimes-stored pieces are on display when you go.

St. James's Park

Address: London SW1A 2BJ, United Kingdom Phone: +44 300 061 2350 Website

Not to be confused with the football (aka soccer) stadium in Newcastle-Upon-Tyne, St. James's Park in London is one of its most famous, right alongside Buckingham Palace and perfect for a rest during a busy day of sightseeing. It is known for its waterfowl — ducks, specifically, but also a small flock of pelicans.

Address: Hyde Park has several entrances, convenient to the neighborhoods surrounding it. Phone: +44 300 061 2000 Website

Hyde Park is a massive 350 acres, nestled smack dab in the middle of London, and worth a day's focus all on its own. With events, historical monuments, walking tours, and gardens, it is a truly stunning and fun place to be. It's famous for its Speakers Corner, which has been a stage for free speech and debate since 1872.

Shakespeare's Globe

Address: 21 New Globe Walk, London SE1 9DT, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7902 1400 Website

Shakespeare's Globe is a reconstruction of the original Elizabethan playhouse for which Shakespeare wrote his plays, and his entire body of work is rotationally performed. The Globe's performances are heavily influenced by what is known historically as the experience of seeing them in Shakespeare's day, for an immersive experience impossible to find elsewhere.

Highgate Cemetery

Address: Swain's Ln, Highgate, London N6 6PJ, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 8340 1834 Website

Ghost-chasers and history buffs alike will love to walk around Highgate Cemetery, where 170,000 people are buried. It is also a nature reserve, and the entire grounds are lush, beautiful, and feel a bit out-of-time. Notable graves to pay your respects at include Douglas Adams, George Eliot, Karl Marx, Leslie Hutchinson, and many more.

Buckingham Palace

Address: Westminster, London SW1A 1AA, United Kingdom Phone: +44 303 123 7300 Website

In the heart of Westminster, Buckingham Palace is a beautiful and awesome (in the traditional sense of the word) piece of architecture and history. You can actually go inside the famed Buckingham Palace — tours of certain rooms in the palace are available.

Address: Riverside Building, County Hall, South Bank, London SE1 7PB, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7967 8021 Website

Also known as the Millennium Wheel, the London Eye is the best view of London — it was literally built to be exactly that, and its construction is known as an observation wheel, not a Ferris wheel. It's a touch expensive, but visited by millions of tourists for a reason: the view from the top is absolutely stunning.

St. Paul's Cathedral

Address: St. Paul's Churchyard, London EC4M 8AD, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7246 8350 Website

One of the most recognizable sites in London, St. Paul's Cathedral dates from 1690 and still has most of its original stained glass. It's known for its extensive and stunning mosaics, soaring Gothic architecture, and large, beautiful Cathedral library.

Address: Westminster, London SW1A 0AA, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7219 4272 Website

Everyone's must-stop for a classic London Insta snap, the iconic clock is nearby to other points of interest and featured in most driving and walking tours. Tours of the tower itself are limited to UK residents.

British Museum

Address: Great Russell St, Bloomsbury, London WC1B 3DG, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7323 8299 Website

The British Museum differs from the National Gallery in that it is as much an anthropological museum as an art museum. Collections are organized by era and country of origin, and frequent exhibitions are curated around themes to explore human experiences across ages. Their total collection is estimated to be around 8 million pieces, with many taken out only for specific reasons, so it's worth seeing what special exhibitions are on display.

Westminster Abbey

Address: 20 Deans Yd, Westminster, London SW1P 3PA, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7222 5152 Website

Even people for whom history is not necessarily a thrill, gothic Westminster Abbey is an overwhelming, stunning experience. Every coronation of an English monarch since 1066 has happened here, and the Abbey is the final resting place of Queen Elizabeth I, Elizabeth of York, Geoffrey Chaucer, The Unknown Warrior, and dozens of others. Westminster Abbey also pays homage to great poets, artists, and writers with a series of beautiful memorials.

Best Shopping

Covent garden.

Address: 14 James Street, London WC2E 8BU, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7420 5856 Website

Covent Garden is both a neighborhood and a famed market, first established in 1694. The center is the beautiful Piazza, where walking is made easier and more pleasant by the lack of cars. In addition to an array of unique shops, Covent Garden is home to the London Transport Museum, St. Paul's Cathedral, and several high-end restaurants.

Borough Market

Address: 8 Southwark Street, London SE1 1TL, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7407 1002 Website

The motto of London markets is: if it ain't broke, don't fix it. Borough Market is large and primarily focused on food, and is one of the longest-running in the city. Officially established in the 19th century, there is one area that dates back to at least the 12th — so definitely buy yourself a sandwich and think how pleased your ancestors would be at your bounty.

Address: 107 Charing Cross Road, Soho, London WC2H 0DT, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 7437 5660 Website

There are a few equally-convenient locations for the famed, enormous bookstore Foyles, but the flagship — and most impressive — store is in Soho, at Charing Cross. Even folks who wouldn't describe themselves as readers travel to visit Foyles for the sheer scale of it, including the gorgeous architecture and the vast collection of books.

Camden Market

Address: Camden Lock Place, London NW1 8AF, United Kingdom Phone: +44 20 3763 9900 Website

Camden Market was established in 1791 and has been charming London and travelers ever since. Near enough to Regent's Park and the London Zoo to walk, Camden Market is full of shops, cafes, nightlife, and live music.

Oxford Street

Address: From Tottenham Court Road to Marble Arch Website

Oxford Street is one of the busiest shopping areas in Europe, greeting about half a million visitors every day across its 300-plus shops. Whatever you're looking for, Oxford Street probably has it. Notable shops include Topshop, Dr. Martens, Flying Tiger, Muji, and Selfridges.

Regent Street

Address: From Piccadilly Circus to Park Crescent Website

Intersecting with Oxford Street is the equally impressive Regent Street, home to the flagship stores for Burberry, Kate Spade, Tory Burch, and more. Regent Street was built to be London's dedicated shopping street, a place for Londoners to get anything and everything they might need. There might be a few more now, but Regent Street is the original — and some might say the best.

Carnaby Street

Address: From Beak Street to Great Marlborough Street Website

The third in the shopping street trifecta is Carnaby Street. A few streets over from Regent Street, Carnaby is much shorter and largely fashion-focused, especially vintage shops specializing in threads from the '60s. Shorter doesn't mean less diverse, though — Carnaby Street is home to over 100 shops, restaurants, and cafes.

Seven Dials

Address: Center of St. Giles District Website

Seven Dials, sometimes considered part of Covent Garden, is truly unique: a circular road junction that has a slower, calmer pace than the rest of London. Seven Dials is named for the seven sundials at its center and is surrounded by about 90 shops and restaurants.

Neighborhoods to Know

Shoreditch : A trendy neighborhood chock full of vintage shops, cafes, art galleries, and clubs. The neighborhood skews young and boasts everything from artisan coffee shops and fine dining to chain restaurants. Wander around here for some of the best shopping in London.

Notting Hill : Yes, that Notting Hill. It's as charming as you imagine it to be. Famed for Portobello Road Market and the antiques and vintage stores that line it, Notting Hill is also home to high-end restaurants, the Ladbroke Square Garden, and some of the most charming and beautiful residential streets in London.

Covent Garden : Synonymous with the Covent Garden Market, this much-loved neighborhood is filled with odd little gems like tiny toy stores, bookstores, clothing boutiques, and more — plus an array of restaurants and eateries. Covent Garden is not a mall; it is, truly, a garden, and a lively and beautiful place to sit, have a coffee, and people-watch.

Camden : Also known as Camden Town, though no one really calls it that anymore. Home to Camden Market and the famed venue Electric Ballroom, it abuts The Regent with easy walking access to the London Zoo and a bit of a longer walk to Queen Mary's Rose Gardens.

Kings Cross : Not only a rail station but a neighborhood, too! Historic Kings Cross Station is a big draw, though, with a photo area for Platform 9 ¾ and a "Harry Potter" gift shop right nearby. Kings Cross was once heavily industrial but has been made over with gardens and small green sitting areas.

Soho : Lively, theater-dotted Soho in the West End is the place to go for nightlife of all stripes. Take in a show, go dancing, enjoy a late-night movie or dinner, or a few of the above. It's one of the most popular tourist destinations in London, being an easy walk from Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.

The West End : The West End is London's Broadway. But don't be fooled — it's not just international stagings of Broadway shows. The West End is a thriving theater scene with original work going up regularly.

On one hand, the weather in London does not tend to fluctuate between highs and lows, no matter the season. On the other, it rains in London — a lot. About nine to 10 days a month , on average. No matter when you go, pack some waterproof layers; odds are you'll be glad you brought them.

Spring: Spring in London, and England as a whole, is beautiful. London is a very green city, and spring brings the parks and gardens to blooming, fragrant life. Early spring can be a little chilly, but it might be worth going then to beat the tourist boom from late spring through summer.

Summer: Summer in England is mild and lovely, and London is no exception. Temperatures rarely climb above 75°F. For this reason, it is by far the most popular season for travel, and hotel and flight prices tend to reflect that — however, it's also inherently a bit more lively, with a lot going on.

Fall: Again, fall is temperate, with a little more rain than summer. If you want to beat the summer rush but still want warmer weather, you might want to wait until fall for your trip.

Winter: Winter can get cold, but not bitterly so; average temperatures rarely fall below 30°F. England is big on Christmas, and holiday markets and cheer abound. If you love the winter holidays, London might be a perfect choice for you — it's hard not to feel festive in the land of A Christmas Carol.

Apps to Download

London Tube Live : Up-to-date info on delays, updates, departure information, and routes. iOS | Android

The Pub Finder : Crowdsourced app for pubs and bars, including reviews and tips. iOS | Android

London Pass : Free interactive London guidebook. iOS | Android

Related Articles

Savvy Travel Advice

3 Days in London: A Perfect 72 Hour London Itinerary

Last updated: July 22, 2024 - Written by Jessica Norah 162 Comments

London is one of the world’s largest and most exciting cities, offering visitors thousands of things to do, including museums, royal palaces, beautiful parks, historical sites, and world-class theatre.

With all these options, planning a trip to London can be a bit overwhelming, especially for first time visitors. We’ve put together a recommended 3 day London itinerary that will help you see the city’s highlights if you have at least 3 days in London.

Our suggested 3 day itinerary has you visiting all the city’s most famous attractions (e.g., Westminster Abbey, Windsor Castle, Tower of London) as well as some of the city’s lesser-known attractions.

In addition to the 3 day itinerary, we also provide tips on how to get around London, a map that plots out each day’s suggested itinerary, and tips on how to save money during your 3 days in London.

Table of Contents:

Planning Tips for 3 Days in London 

Before we share the 3 day London itinerary, we wanted to make sure you have all the planning information to make the most of your 3 days in London. So we first share information on how to get around London, how to save money on sightseeing, day trip recommendations, advice on where to stay, and further trip planning resources.

How to Get to London

London is well-connected to the rest of the world and easy to reach by plane or train. Most international visitors arrive by air.

London has six main airports, and you can get to London from almost any part of the world. If you are arriving from an international location outside Europe, Heathrow  is likely to be your arrival airport. For helping in getting into London from an airport, see our London airport guide  which covers transport options from all 6 airports.

If you are arriving by train, London is well-connected to train routes throughout the UK and Europe with a number of train stations in and around central London. Those planning to travel by train throughout the UK might want to see if a BritRail Pass might save you money, or another rail pass if traveling throughout Europe by train.

Those arriving from Scotland can check out our Edinburgh to London guide , and might want to consider taking an  overnight sleeper train .

If you are arriving from continental Europe by train or car, you’ll need to travel across the English Channel on the  EuroStar  train or take a ferry.

How to Get around London

London is best explored either on foot or by public transportation. Cabs and bike hires are also options.

London has a great public transportation network and most visitors spend at least some time traveling on it. This includes public bus, tram, and rail services (including “the Tube”) within the city. You can buy individual tickets for each ride, but many visitors get an Oyster Card  which allows you to travel on almost all the city’s public transit options and can save you time and money.

If you are considering an Oyster Card, you can read our full Oyster Card review . For more information and tips on getting around London, check out our detailed  public transport guide to London .

We do not recommend driving in London unless you are planning to stay on the outskirts of the city as driving and finding parking in central busy locations can be a nightmare. Parking is also expensive in many areas and there are congestion fees for driving in the city center.

If you are driving to London, I’d park your car when you arrive in the city and then use public transport to get around the city.

If you need to book a taxi in London, we recommend using minicabit to compare prices and make a booking.

How to Save Money on Sightseeing in London

London can be an expensive destination for visitors and the costs of a trip here can quickly add up. There are a number of London discount passes you can purchase before your trip to help you save money (and time) at London’s most popular attractions and museums.

Our favorite London discount pass is the  London Pass which allows free entry into over 80 of London’s top attractions, including the Tower of London , Westminster Abbey, View from the Shard, Windsor Castle, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and many more.

The Pass also comes with a free hop-on, hop-off bus ticket, hop-on hop-off river boat, and additional discounts on food, shopping, theatre tickets, and tours. You can see a full list of attractions and benefits here .

We’ve used the London Pass on a number of visits and have written an in-depth London Pass review  which you can read to help determine if the London Pass would help you save money or time on your trip.

Although London can be expensive, it also has a number of fantastic free attractions including beautiful green parks, historic sites, and world-class museums like the British Museum, National Gallery, and Victoria & Albert Museum. Also be sure to check for special events and festivals that may be happening during your visit. 

Possible Day Trips from London

If you only have 3 days in London you certainly won’t need to leave the city for want of things to do. If this is your first visit, we actually would recommend spending the full 3 days in London as there is so much to see, do, eat, and take in! But we know that for many visitors, there is a must-see attraction outside of London that they want to see such as Stonehenge, Oxford, or the Warner Brothers Harry Potter Studio tour .

If there is something you really want to see in southern England and you only have the three days, then you can visit it as a day trip from London. For most places, you’ll have the option to see it as part of a guided tour, take public transit, arrange a private transfer, or rent a car and drive yourself.

We recommend taking public transit, joining a tour, or booking a private transfer to do a day tour from London. Unless you arrived by car or are planning to drive in the UK after your visit to London, we don’t really recommend having a car in central London as it can be a headache with the traffic, lack of parking, high overnight parking rates, and congestion charges.

Below are some popular London day trip options to consider:

• Stonehenge – This ancient and mysterious stone circle is one of the most popular stops on a day trip from London. Most commonly done as a bus day trip, but you can also do it via public transit (train plus shuttle), rent a car, or book a private transfer. Read about our Stonehenge day trip experience here , which was a version of this tour  of Stonehenge, Bath, and the Cotswolds. A couple other suggestions for guided tours are this express half-day trip  to Stonehenge or this full day trip which includes inner stone access at Stonehenge and a stop in Bath.
• WB Harry Potter Studio – Harry Potter fans will likely want to make time to visit the Warner Brothers Studio located outside the city in Leavesden where all of the Harry Potter films were filmed. The Harry Potter Studio Tour  (fee) includes loads of original sets, clothing, props, interactive exhibits, and a giant gift shop. You can get here from London via public transit (train plus shuttle) or by booking a tour or transfer. Tickets must be booked in advance. You can also  book a tour  from central London that will take you directly to and from the studio so you don’t have to take the train and shuttle. If you want to take a walking tour of the Harry Potter London filming sites consider this guided tour .
• Oxford – Oxford is a compact and scenic historical city that is home to England’s oldest university. You can read our post about things to do in Oxford and how to plan your own Oxford day trip from London . It is easy to reach by train. If you are interested in a guided tour, you might consider this tour which visits Oxford plus the Cotswolds.
• Highclere Castle  – Highclere Castle is the country house home of the Earl of Carnarvon, but it is better known as Downton Abbey from the hit British period TV series. The best way to get here is by car or by joining a tour. Here is a suggested guided tour option that includes a visit to Highclere Castle, Bampton (used as Downton village), and other Downton Abbey filming locations. Open seasonally so check opening dates before planning a visit.
• Stratford-upon-Avon  – Stratford-upon-Avon is a picturesque Midlands market town that is best known as the birthplace of William Shakespeare and for its well-preserved Tudor buildings. Best ways to get here is by car, train, or guided tour. Here is a  guided tour option that includes a visit to Stratford-upon-Avon and the Cotswolds. See our guide to things to do in Stratford-upon-Avon here .

Where to Stay in London for 3 Days

If you are planning to do a visit that is similar to our suggested 3 day London itinerary, we’d recommend staying in central London to avoid added travel time. We’d suggest staying somewhere in the region between Kensington in the west and Canary Wharf in the east.

London has every type of accommodation option that you can imagine, from  inexpensive hostels  to self-catering  apartments  to 5-star  luxury hotels .

London is home to some really classic luxury hotels like  The Ritz ,  The Dorchester ,  Brown’s , and  The Savoy , but it also has a number of mid-range and budget friendly chains like  Holiday Inn Express ,  Travelodge ,  Best Western ,  Premier Inn , and  Ibis.

London is an expensive city so expect to pay a bit more than you might normally in less expensive destinations. But if you book in advance and compare prices, you should be able to find something that will fit most budgets.

To find the best rates on hotels in London, we recommend searching on Booking com or Hotels.com as in our experience these two sites tend to have the best prices and widest choice on both hotels and a range of apartments.

If you are looking for self-catering apartments or rooms, we recommend checking out Plum Guide . In our experience they offer some of the best options. See their listings for London here . There are also loads of other apartment booking sites  you can check.

Here are a few suggestions across budgets (lowest to highest):

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel  – A well reviewed centrally located hostel, only a 15 minute walk from the Palace of Westminster (Big Ben) and Parliament Square.
• SoHostel – Another well-reviewed hostel located just at the edge of Westminster, only a 15 minute walk from Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.
• Point A Hotel – This is a hotel within the well-priced Point A hotel range, and this one is well-reviewed and located in Westminster. A 17 minute walk to Parliament Square and Westminster Abbey. We’ve stayed here; rooms are tiny but clean and a great budget option.
• Premier Inn – This well-rated mid-range 3-star option is located hotel is located near the Borough Market and London Bridge.
• Hilton Tower Bridge – This well-rated hotel offers a good value for what it offers and is located within a short walk of Tower Bridge, London Bridge, and Borough Market.
• The Resident Victoria Hotel – A centrally located 4-star hotel offering excellent value for money located near Buckingham Palace. We’ve stayed here; the lower priced rooms are small but the hotel is very well-located.
• Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
• Brown’s – If you are looking for a classic 5-star London luxury hotel, you can’t go wrong with Brown’s which provides intimate boutique luxury. It is the oldest hotel in London and is located in Mayfair within a 12 minute walk from Buckingham Palace.
• The Savoy  – Another classic 5-star luxury hotel, this one much larger, located in central London. Less than 10 minute walk to Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.

For many more options, see our complete guide to where to stay in London , which also has tips on what to look for and the different neighbourhoods in the city.

Have More or Less than 3 Days in London?

If you have less than 3 days in London, we have also written a suggested guide to spending  1 day in London  as well as a  2 day London itinerary . We also have a guide to seeing the best of the city and its royal sites in a  one day London walking tour .

If you have more than 3 days, we also have a 6 day London itinerary  that should give you plenty of ideas of how to spend up to 1 week in London.

If you’re in London for longer than 1 week and want some advice, feel free to leave us a comment and we’re always happy to provide some suggestions based on what you enjoy doing and seeing.

Further Information & London Resources

We have written a lot about London on both of our travel blogs, so you can check out our  London articles on Finding the Universe  and our  London articles  on this blog for more info and to see where we’ve been.

For additional planning resources, the  city tourism website  and  Visit Great Britain  websites also offer tons of helpful information for visitors. If your travels are taking you beyond London, you can check out Laurence’s suggested  2-week UK itinerary  to get you started.

If you are looking for a London guidebook, we recommend either the latest Rick Steves guidebook or Lonely Planet guidebooks .

Most of our suggested itinerary has you walking and using the Tube, so we recommend picking up a decent walking map for London. We really like the London  laminated Streetwise map  (it also includes a central Underground Tube map), but you can also probably find a free paper map at your hotel or at a visitor center.

If you are looking for packing tips for your trip, check out our suggested  London packing list .

3 Day London Itinerary: How to Spend 3 Days in London

Now, we’ll share our suggested 3-day London itinerary. Our itinerary is geared to the first-time visitor to London who has 3 days in London (or more), and is interested in visiting a number of historic and cultural attractions as well as some green spaces and scenic viewpoints.

As with all of our suggested itineraries, we recommend that you use this as a guide for your trip and tailor it to suit your individual interests, needs, and speed of travel. If you have any questions as you are planning your trip to London, please feel free to leave us a comment in the Comments section at the end of this post.

Be sure to check on the opening dates and hours for any must-see attractions before you set out as many attractions close for one day per week, or may be closed due to renovation or a special event.

For all attractions with an entrance fee, we’ve noted there is an entry fee by writing “(fee)” next to them. Since many visitors use the  London Pass , the attractions that are included on the London Pass are starred (*) denoting that passholders receive free entry so these attractions have “(fee*)” next to them. We do our best to keep this information updated, but things change so you may want to double-check fees and London Pass inclusions before your trip.

The map below shows the suggested walking routes for each of the three days in London with all major London itinerary locations noted. Click  here  or double click on the map below for a closer look and to see exact locations in Google maps:

London Itinerary Day 1 – Explore Westminster

We recommend starting your trip to London in Westminster as it is the geographical, cultural, and political center of the city. The City of Westminster is actually its own city within London! Here you’ll find some of London’s most iconic buildings, including Buckingham Palace, Palace of Westminster, and Westminster Abbey.

Many people enjoy taking a sightseeing bus or walking tour to get a good overview of a city before heading off to explore on their own. If this is you, I’d recommend doing it on your first day in London to get a good orientation.

• If you like hop on hop off buses, the City Sightseeing bus covers many of London’s highlights. A  free sightseeing bus is included for those with a London Pass.
• If you enjoy walking tours we can recommend  Take Walks which offers several tours in London as well as many other locations in Europe. We have used them several times and all their tours are well-rated.
• If you are looking for a full day walking tour that will cover most of the highlights of Westminster, we recommend this one  or this one . Both cover many of the highlights including a visit to Tower of London , a Thames river cruise, and seeing the Changing of the Guard. You can read a full description of the full day London walking tour I did on my very first visit to London to get an idea of what these are like.
• If you are looking for a half day tour, you might consider this 4 hour tour .
• If you are a Harry Potter fan, consider a Harry Potter guided walking tour like this one
• If you are looking for a private walking tour of London or a customized tour, we recommend checking out the London tours offered by Context Travel.

Our suggested Day 1 London itinerary starts and stops near Parliament Square, but you can begin it at any point along the route. Today’s route is walkable but you can also get around via public transit, taxi, or a sightseeing bus as well.

Parliament Square & Houses of Parliament

We’re going to start off our itinerary at Parliament Square which is a well known public square in Westminster that is easy to get to via public transport and is a stop on all the main sightseeing buses as well. Around the square you’ll also find the statues of a number of famous people, including Winston Churchill, Abraham Lincoln, Robert Peel, and Gandhi.

This popular square is surrounded by famous buildings, including Westminster Abbey, St. Margaret’s Church, the UK Supreme Court, and the Palace of Westminster. The Palace of Westminster, better known as the Houses of Parliament, is probably best known for its famous Big Ben bell which sits within the iconic golden Elizabeth Tower.

The large government building is named after the former medieval palace of the same name. A few sections of the medieval palace of Westminster still remain, including the 14th century  Jewel Tower  (fee*) which you can visit.

Although perhaps not a priority stop with only 3 days in London, the public can tour the  Houses of Parliament  (fee) on certain dates. Tours include visits to the Westminster Hall, St. Stephens Hall, Commons Chamber, and the Lords Chamber. UK residents can contact their local MP or a Member of the House of Lords to arrange a free tour. Otherwise, you can  book a tour ticket online  for a self-guided audio tour or guided tour. Tours must be booked in advance.

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey  (fee*) is one of the most famous and impressive churches in England. It dates back to 1245 and was mostly built in the Gothic style. Inside the church are tombs and memorials to a number of the most famous British people from the past 1,000 years, including royalty, scientists, aristocrats, and artists. It has also been used for all English and British coronations since William the Conqueror in 1066 as well as being the site of numerous royal weddings, including the 2011 wedding of Prince William and Catherine Middleton.

If you plan to visit Westminster Abbey be sure to leave extra time to get in and see everything as it is a popular place and it takes a while to explore. An audioguide is included and will help you make the most of your self-guided visit. You can skip the line and get fast track entry by booking your ticket online in advance here .

In summer 2018, the  Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries  (fee) via the new Weston Tower of Westminster Abbey Tower was opened. The galleries house exhibits about the history of the abbey as well as a number of priceless artifacts. Admission to the Galleries is currently an extra £5.00 and you will receive a timed ticket since space is limited.

Guided tours of the main sections of the Abbey are also possible for a small extra fee (currently £5/person), check at arrival or on the Abbey website for tour times.

Churchill War Rooms

The  Churchill War Rooms (fee) is made up of two connected museums: the Cabinet War Rooms and the Churchill Museum. The Cabinet War Rooms allows visitors to explore the huge underground secret bunker where the majority of the World War 2 effort was directed from 1939 to 1945. An audioguide and interpretive exhibits help visitors understand the maze of underground rooms and what happened here.

The Churchill Museum is a large room dedicated to the life of Winston Churchill. It provides information on his life from his early years to his death in 1965, with a focus on his long political career. This is the most comprehensive museum I’ve ever visited on Churchill and our favorite site of the many  Winston Churchill sites in London . Book your tickets online in advance here .

For those with an interest in the London Blitz, we can also recommend the  London Churchill War Room tour  (save 10% off any Context tour using this link) by Context Travel which includes a guided visit to the Churchill War Rooms as well as a guided tour of parts of London related to the Blitz.

Those interested in military and war related history, should check out this list of London war museums and memorials .

St. James’s Park

We now recommend walking through St. James’ Park in the direction of Buckingham Palace for a bit of greenery. The 50-acre park is one of the city’s 8 Royal Parks and is known for its famous pelican residents. There is a café located within the park if you need a tea or coffee break or a light lunch.

Near the park is the  The Guards Museum  (fee*) which tells the history of the British Army Guards regiments as well as St. James’s Palace , a 16th century palace that was once the main residence of the British monarch. Today the palace is still used as a residence for members of the British royal family (although not the monarch) and as a meeting place. The palace is not open to visitors.

Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace is the most famous palace in the UK and serves as the primary London residence for the reigning sovereign of the United Kingdom. The royal palace dates back to 1703 and was originally built as a townhouse for the Duke of Buckingham, but was later acquired by King George III. Queen Victoria was the first monarch to officially reside in the palace.

If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, you’ll need to skip either the morning visit to Westminster Abbey or the Churchill War Rooms (you can visit one later in the afternoon instead) to get to Buckingham Palace before 11am. The Changing of the Queen’s Guard ceremony takes place on most days at the forecourt of Buckingham Palace around 11am, and lasts about 45 minutes. If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, check the  schedule online  in advance (may be cancelled last minute due to weather or security issues) and show up early to get a good viewing spot.

If you want a spot to watch part of the Changing of the Guard with fewer people, you might consider watching from in front of Friary Court in front of St. James Palace (the Old Guard normally lines up and starts here). Another alternative is to watch the Changing of the The Queen’s Lifeguard (horse guards) at the  Horse Guards Parade .

Most visitors are happy to just get a look at the palace and perhaps see the Changing of the Guard, but you can also tour the State Rooms at Buckingham Palace (fee) in the summer (generally August and September only). You need to book tickets in advance if you want to tour the palace, you can get tickets here for a tour and self-guided tours include audioguides.

Even if you can’t visit the State Rooms of Buckingham Place, there are places on the palace grounds that are open to the public year round. At the  Royal Mews  (fee) you can see a large number of royal carriages and coaches, including the Diamond Jubilee State Coach. At the Queen’s Gallery  (fee*) you’ll find excellent art exhibitions from the royal collection which change regularly throughout the year.

Piccadilly Circus

We now recommend heading to Piccadilly Circus en route to Trafalgar Square. Piccadilly Circus  doesn’t have any clowns, but it is a famous circular road junction well-known for its neon signs and advertising. You’ll find the well-known Shaftesbury Memorial Fountain  here.

From here, it is a short walk to many of London’s West End theaters (head up Shaftesbury Avenue) or to London’s West End shopping area (follow Regent Street).

Trafalgar Square & the National Gallery

Trafalgar Square is one of the most popular public squares in London and is home to Nelson’s Column (a monument to Admiral Horatio Nelson) and London’s famous stone lion statues. The square also features performing street artists and contemporary art (a changing featured piece of art occupies the square’s Fourth Plinth ).

Here you’ll also find two of London top art museums, the  National Gallery  and the  National Portrait Gallery . We’ve spent a lot of time in both over the years and they include world-class art from artists such as Picasso, Turner, Titian, and Monet. If you love art, I’d plan to spend some time at one or both of these museums. Entry is free (special exhibitions may cost extra) at both museums although donations are greatly appreciated.

If you are traveling with kids, they may enjoy creating a brass rubbing they can take home with them at the nearby  London Brass Rubbing Centre (fee) located underground within St. Martin-in-the-Fields. Note that this isn’t always available, check the website for when you can do it.

Now we recommend walking down Whitehall, which is the street running south from Trafalgar Square towards Parliament Square. Whitehall is so named for the Palace of Whitehall, a large medieval royal palace complex that stood here until it was destroyed by fire in 1698. It was the largest palace in the world at one time with over 1,500 rooms!

A small well-preserved section of the Whitehall palace complex, the  Banqueting Hall (fee), can still be visited today. The Banqueting House was designed by Inigo Jones and features a beautiful ceiling painted by Peter Paul Reubens.

Today Whitehall is still the center of the UK Government and you’ll pass a number of government buildings along your walk. You’ll also pass the  The Household Calvary Museum  (fee*), a small museum dedicated to the history of the Household Cavalry which is located in the 18th century stables of the Horse Guards. In the middle of the street, you’ll also see The Cenotaph , the UK’s national war memorial.

You’ll also pass by the entrance to Downing Street which is where the Prime Minister (at 10 Downing Street) and other UK government ministers reside. The street is gated and guarded, but you can peek through and should be able to get a glimpse 10 Downing Street, which is the headquarters of the UK government and official residence of the UK Prime Minister.

As you continue your walk, you’ll end back in Parliament Square where we started our day.

Westminster Bridge

Now we recommend walking across Parliament Square and onto Westminster Bridge. This bridge dates back to 1862 but there has been a bridge here since 1750. From the bridge, you’ll have a fantastic view back of the Houses of Parliament and the River Thames. You can then take a walk along the Thames or head off to dinner.

London Dungeon

If you still have time and stamina you might want to continue on across Westminster Bridge to where you’ll find several attractions located along the Thames, including the London Dungeon and the London Eye (fee*).

The  London Dungeon (fee) is a popular interactive walkthrough attraction that uses costumed actors, special effects, and rides to share some of London’s darker and more gory history and provide some laughs and screams along the way.

The educational and historical part of the experience here is a bit questionable, but if you enjoy amusement parks and haunted houses, you’ll probably enjoy this. Not recommended for young children or those with a nervous disposition.

Next door to the London Dungeon are two family-oriented attractions, the Sea Life London Aquarium (fee) and DreamWorks Tours: Shrek’s Adventure (fee).

The  London Eye (fee*) is Europe’s tallest observation wheel and a great place to get some nice views over London and the Thames. Visitors stand in large enclosed glass pods on this giant ferris wheel like attraction and it spins very slowly to give visitors expansive views. You can also add champagne to the experience or even get a private pod.

The London Eye is open late (depending on the time of year) making it a great last stop or even after dinner visit. Around sunset is a nice time to do this ride. Great in good weather, I’d skip if the weather is too bad as it will spoil the views.

You can save money (and time) by purchasing your tickets in advance. Online prices are usually much lower than if you buy at the ticket desk.

You can buy tickets for the London Eye from the official site here . It’s also included on the London Pass.

We also have a complete guide to visiting the London Eye here .

London Itinerary Day 2 – City of London & Southwark

Today we recommend exploring the City of London. The City of London is another “city within a city” like Westminster. It is home to much of the city’s financial and banking services, and is also the oldest part of the city. This area was named “Londinium” by the Romans and you’ll find an interesting mix of the city’s oldest landmarks and most modern buildings here.

Across the River Thames from the City of London is the London Borough of Southwark. A number of top London attractions and landmarks can be found here including HMS Belfast, the Tate Modern, The Shard, Southwark Cathedral, the Imperial War Museum, and Borough Market.

You can get around and do this itinerary on foot, but you may want to take public transit to get from the Sky Garden to St. Paul’s Cathedral to save time. If you are planning to do a Thames river cruise, you may want to do it today after your visit to the Tower of London. 

Tower of London

The  Tower of London  (fee*) was first built by William the Conqueror in 1078 as a royal castle and defense tower. It was then expanded over the centuries and served many purposes, including a fortress, prison, armory, and Royal Mint. Today is it a UNESCO world heritage site and it is famous for serving as a prison and execution site of famous people like Queen Anne Boleyn and Lady Jane Grey, and for housing the Crown Jewels.

The Tower of London is definitely one of the most popular (and one of our favorite) attractions in London, so we recommend being there near opening time if you can. Once inside, we recommend visiting the Crown Jewels first as this part can get very crowded.

There is a lot of to see here but some of the highlights are the Crown Jewels, the White Tower, the Tower Green, and the tours given by the Beefeaters ( Yeoman Warders ). For more information, see our complete guide to visiting the Tower of London .

The Tower of London is included on the London Pass, or you can book tickets in advance here .

If you enjoy nice views, we recommend a stop at Sky Garden, London’s highest public garden. The terraced garden area is laid out over three storeys (level 35 to 37) and there is an observation deck, bar, and open air terrace.

Although the Sky Garden is technically a public garden and can be visited for free, we recommend booking a space in advance as they are often fully booked and can’t always accommodate walk-ins. Tickets are generally released each week and can be booked up to 2 weeks in advance. If the free slots are already booked out and you still want to visit and enjoy the views, you can generally still get in by making a restaurant reservation and eating at one of the several restaurants located here.

Nearby, we recommend stopping by to see The Monument , a 202 foot Doric column monument designed by Christopher Wren and Robert Hooke to commemorate the Great Fire of 1666 . The column stands approximately at the spot the fire started. Visitors can actually go inside (fee*) and climb the over 300 stairs to the viewing platform on top.

You can then walk to St. Paul’s (about 15 minutes) or take the Underground from The Monument stop to the St. Paul’s Cathedral stop.

St. Paul’s Cathedral

St. Paul’s Cathedral  (fee*) dates back to 1697 after the previous one was badly destroyed by the Great Fire of London in 1666. It was rebuilt by Christopher Wren in the English Baroque style, but a church dedicated to St. Paul has been on this site since the 7th century!

The dome of the cathedral is a recognizable feature of the London skyline and the church has long been seen as a symbol of the spirit of the British people, especially during World War II. The church is an active place of worship with regular Anglican services, and has been the site of a number of notable events including the wedding of Prince Charles and Diana, the state funeral of Winston Churchill, and Jubilee services for Queen Elizabeth II.

The church can be visited and tour and admission prices include an audioguide for a self-guided visited. Guided tours are often given throughout the day by church staff.

Visitors have the option to visit the main parts of the cathedral, the dome, and the crypt. There is often a line to visit the dome as only a certain number of visitors can climb the steps at a time, so allow extra time if you want to climb the dome to visit the Whispering Gallery and/or the Stone and Golden Galleries.

If you don’t have the London Pass (free entry included), we recommend booking your ticket online in advance to save money and to skip the ticket line.

Alternative: An alternative (or additional) attraction in the area that you may want to visit is the Museum of London . A great free museum that we’d highly recommend to anyone interested in the history of the city (note, closed until 2026).

Shakespeare’s Globe

Now we recommend heading across the Millennium Bridge, a steel pedestrian suspension bridge, to the other side of the Thames to see Shakespeare’s Globe (fee*).

This is of course not the original Globe Theatre (built in 1599) used by William Shakespeare, but it is as faithful of a modern construction as could be produced of the open-air theatre where Shakespeare staged many of his famous plays. The Globe is located near where the original would have stood. The original Globe Theatre stood about 200 meters away and you can go see the site and it is marked by a plaque.

The reconstruction of The Globe was the dream project of American actor/director Sam Wanamaker. If you want to see the inside of the theatre, you can visit the museum exhibition, learn how it was constructed, and do a guided tour of the open-air Globe where you get to see the stage and seating areas.

You can also enjoy open-air performances here in the summer or at the indoor candle-lit Jacobean style Sam Wanamaker Playhouse year-round. A great venue to see a Shakespeare play in London. Just be sure to book your performance ticket in advance.

Alternatives:  Other nearby attractions include the Tate Modern (free, charges for exhibitions*), HMS Belfast  (fee*), Southwark Cathedral (free, donations welcome), and  The Old Operating Theatre Museum  (fee*).

Borough Market

Borough Market is the best known and one of the oldest markets in the UK. It is believed that a market has been in this area since around 1014!

Today the market is filled with fresh produce, fresh meats and fish, baked goods, cheeses, flowers, wines, spices, and other food stuff. There are also cafes, demonstration kitchens, and restaurants that are part of the market as well as many food stalls selling ready-to-eat foods, including sandwiches and all kinds of street foods from Ethiopian wraps to Galloway beef stew to vegetarian pastries. This is a great place for a snack or meal!

If you are really interested in food, we’d recommend considering cutting out some of the other stops in the itinerary today and doing a food tour here, such as this one . A food tour will allow you to understand the history of Borough Market and allow you to sample and taste a wide selection of local products and dishes. For more on food tours, see our complete guide to the best food tours in London .

The market is normally open from 10am to 5pm and is closed on most Sundays during the year. Check the hours ahead of time when planning your day.

London Bridge & Tower Bridge

From this area you can admire London’s two most famous bridges, London Bridge and Tower Bridge. Both are active road bridges over the River Thames that can be crossed by vehicles and pedestrians.

Given time, you probably only have time to admire them today, but both do have associated attractions if you want to visit them. You’ll also have a good view of HMS Belfast (fee) moored in the Thames, a WW2 era Royal Navy light cruiser that is now a popular tourist attraction.

London Bridge has existed in some form since Roman times, although the current one was built in the 1970’s. Next to London Bridge is the  The London Bridge Experience  (fee*) which tells the darker history of the London Bridge over time through the use of interactive exhibits and theater and is geared towards families and young adults that don’t mind a bit of a scare.

Tower Bridge is the more iconic bridge, although often mistakenly referred to as London Bridge. It is a Victorian bascule and suspension bridge built between 1886 and 1894, and is very photogenic with its iconic bridge towers.

If you want to learn more about the Tower Bridge (and have extra time) you can visit the  Tower Bridge Exhibition  (fee*) which covers the history of the bridge and allows access to the towers and walkways, including a glass walkway you can walk across that extends 138 feet above the Thames!

The Shard  is a modern pyramidal shaped skyscraper that is home to several restaurants, a hotel, offices, shops, and a viewing gallery. It was completed in 2012 and is currently the tallest building in Western Europe at 1,017 feet (309 meters) with 87 floors.

The viewing gallery, called The View from the Shard (fee*), is the highest public viewing gallery in London located on floors 68, 69, and 72. The building offers spectacular 360 degree views over central London and you can see just about all of the city’s major landmarks. On a clear day they say you can see up to 40 miles away, and it definitely offers the most expansive views over London we’ve every seen! Good views both during the day and the evening.

Now, The View at the Shard is fairly pricey (currently £37/person) for what it offers. So I’d carefully consider your visit here especially if you have already visited the London Eye and/or Sky Garden which both also offer good city views. If you do want to visit book your tickets online in advance for the best prices.

The View from the Shard is also included on the London Pass , so if you have one of these then it is definitely worth visiting.

Another way to enjoy the view is to head to the GONG Bar on Floor 21, and while not as high as the viewing platform, still offers sweeping views of the city for the price of a cocktail. This is a great spot to enjoy a before or after dinner drink. You can book ahead but they also take walk-ins at the bar. The Shard also has several other restaurants and bars, reservations recommended or required for meals.

West End Show

The West End is one of the most world-renown places in the world, along with New York City’s Broadway, for professional theatre. Over 30 theaters can be found in the West End offering a wide variety of musicals and plays. Here is a good list  of the theaters which also denotes the current main production being shown at each.

If you are wanting to go to a West End theater performance, you can book tickets in advance online before your trip (recommended if there is a specific performance you want to see) or try to find a deal once you are in London if you are flexible in what you see. Here are some  tips for buying theatre tickets,  and London Pass holders have access to  theater ticket discounts  on several West End shows.

But if theater and musicals are not your thing, there are a number of nighttime performances in London every day, from rock concerts to opera to films to comedy shows. For operas, symphonies, and classical music, you can find a list of upcoming performances here .

London also has a great nightlife scene with hundreds of bars, pubs, discos, and clubs. No matter what your taste, you are sure to find something of interest!

London Itinerary Day 3 – Kensington & Windsor Castle

So now you’ve seen some of the BIG highlights in London like Westminster Abbey, the Tower of London, Big Ben, Buckingham Palace, and the National Gallery. For your last day we’d suggest exploring a neighborhood like Kensington in the morning and then head to Windsor Castle in the afternoon.

Alternative London Neighborhood Options. We are going to recommend Kensington as the neighborhood to explore today, as we feel it offers something for every type of traveler and also has a large number of attractions, including several free museums. But if you are wondering about other neighborhood options we can also recommend Greenwich or Camden.

Each of these 3 neighborhoods are interesting and have a number of attractions and are worth a day of exploring. If you’d prefer to explore Greenwich or Camden, you can find a day itinerary for both of these neighborhoods as part of our suggested 6 day itinerary .

Or you can instead use this day to visit sites of interest to you that didn’t make it into our 3 day itinerary, such as the British Museum (free), Kew Gardens (fee*), the London Zoo (fee*) or a tour of the FC Chelsea stadium (fee*). Indulge in a particular passion or just enjoy a leisurely day of shopping or pub hopping.

Or head out of London for a day trip (see “Possible Day Trips from London” section at the beginning of the post for ideas) to visit popular sites in southern England such as Stonehenge or Oxford. It’s you last day, so spend it however you like!

You can get around Kensington today by foot, but you will need to take a train to reach Windsor Castle.

Kensington Palace

Kensington Palace (fee*) is a grand 17th century home that was first used as a royal residence by King William II and Queen Mary II. It continued to be used as a royal residence by a British monarch through the reign of King George II. Since then it been used as the residence and workplace of “minor royalty”, and is still an active working royal palace.

One of the people most associated with the palace is Queen Victoria although she never lived here as queen. Victoria was born at Kensington Palace and it was here that she learned that she was queen. Fittingly, outside of Kensington Palace is a large marble statue of Queen Victoria, designed by her daughter Princess Louise, that depicts her at the age of 18 in her coronation robes.

In more recent times, it has been the home and workplace of Princess Margaret, Prince Charles, Princess Diana, Prince William, and Prince Henry. It is still the official London residence of Prince William and Prince Henry and their wives, Princess Eugenie, and several other members of the Royal Family.

Despite it being a working royal palace, visitors are able to visit many of the rooms in the palace year round. There is a lot to see here and you can easily spent a few hours wandering around the warren of rooms. I would recommend taking a look at the different self-guided routes that the palace staff recommend and these are color coded and mapped out. The routes are based on different themes (e.g., Queen Victoria, King’s Apartments, Queen Victoria, royal fashion) so you can be sure to see the parts of most interest.

Note, the palace currently has a very popular Princess Diana fashion exhibition (entry is included with the palace ticket but expect additional lines for this exhibition). This has led to increased visitor numbers.

If you don’t have a London Pass I would recommend purchasing your ticket in advance here and if you do have a London Pass, I’d recommend arriving near opening time. I’d also recommend visiting on a weekday rather than a weekend if you can.

There is a  café here serving meals and refreshments, and also a garden worth exploring if you have time and the weather is good.

Kensington Gardens

After visiting the palace, we recommend spending some time exploring the surrounding Kensington Gardens. The gardens are another one of London’s royal parks and covers 265 acres. It’s a beautiful green space and we recommend a little wander if the weather is nice.

Some of the highlights of the park are the two Serpentine Galleries (free contemporary art galleries), an ornamental water garden, the Albert Memorial, the Elphin Oak (carved hollow oak tree), and the Princess Diana Memorial Playground.  Food and drinks are also available at cafés in the park year round.

Probably the most striking memorial in the park is the Albert Memorial, a giant ornate memorial to Prince Albert who died of typhoid in 1861, leaving his wife Queen Victoria grief stricken. From the memorial, you’ll have a good view of the Royal Albert Hall.

Royal Albert Hall

The Royal Albert Hall (fee*) is the top performance venue in London and the hall hosts everything from classical concerts to rock bands to sporting events. The world-class concert hall was the idea of Prince Albert and was first opened in 1871. Everyone from the Beatles to Winston Churchill to Nine Inch Nails have made appearances or performed here, and each year it hosts the BBC Proms .

If you are heading off to Windsor Castle this afternoon, you may not have time go inside and can just admire it from the outside. But if you do have time, visitors can join a guided tour of the hall. Guided tours of the Royal Albert Hall help you understand the history of the concert hall and take you to see the auditorium, gallery, and the private suites of the Royal Family.

If you want to do a guided tour, we recommend booking these online in advance, as they are very popular and do sell out.

If you are looking for an evening entertainment option during your time in London, there is almost always something happening at the Royal Albert Hall. You can book a ticket online or stop by the Ticket Office.

Now we recommend deciding between a visit to Windsor Castle or spending the rest of the afternoon exploring more of Kensington.

Afternoon Option #1:  Windsor Castle 

Windsor Castle  (fee*) is the oldest and largest inhabited castle in the world and still an active royal residence. It was originally built in the 11th century as a defensive motte-and-bailey castle by William the Conquerer and has been a royal residence since the reign of King Henry I. Today the castle is a favorite weekend home to Queen Elizabeth II, a place where state visits are often hosted, and a popular tourist attraction.

During most of the year, parts of Windsor Castle are open to the public. This includes the castle’s  magnificent State Rooms which were mostly designed and built in the 19th century. Other highlights include the Queen Mary’s Dolls’ House, the 15th-century St. George’s Chapel, and the Changing of the Guards ceremony (a much smaller version of the ceremony that takes place in front of Buckingham Palace). 

Most visits are self-guided and there is a good audioguide included with admission. You can also join offered guided tours at the castle, I’d check the website in advance for tour times. Note that the castle can get very busy, especially in the summer months. 

If you want to visit Windsor Castle, the afternoon is currently the recommended time as the castle gets very crowded in the morning. We’d recommend getting on a train to Windsor at least 3 hours before closing time (it varies by season so check the website) to ensure you have enough time to visit. We’d recommend allowing 1 hour to travel to the castle and at least 2 hours for the visit.

To get here you need to take a train out of London (about 1 hour ride each way). You cannot use your Oyster Card to travel to Windsor as it is outside London, so you will need to buy a rail ticket at the station. Paddington Station is a 25 minutes walk (or slightly shorter Tube ride) from either Kensington Palace or Royal Albert Hall.

Afternoon Option #2: Afternoon Tea, V&A Museum, Shopping, & Hyde Park

If you decide to continue to explore Kensington, we recommend considering an afternoon tea break, visiting the V&A Museum (or one of the other free museums in Kensington), doing some shopping, and taking a stroll through Hyde Park. Check our guide for more things to do in Kensington .

Afternoon Tea in Kensington

The tradition of afternoon tea originated in the aristocratic homes of England in the 19th century, and there is no better place to have afternoon tea than in London. You’ll be spoiled for choice in London as there are thousands of places that serve tea from casual cafés where you can get a cuppa and a scone to luxury hotels offering a 3-tiered silver tray fancy afternoon tea experience.

If you are just looking for a casual tea, you’ll be able to find that at many cafés in this area. One suggestion is to break for tea within one of the cafés at the Victoria & Albert Museum , which include both opulent Victorian era rooms as well as casual outdoor courtyard spaces. Once a week, The Victoria & Albert Museum also serves a formal Victorian afternoon tea that recreates the afternoon tea experience of Queen Victoria, and for this one you do need to book in advance.

But if you want a more luxurious experience, you’ll want to make a reservation in advance. Luxury spots to enjoy afternoon tea in the Kensington area include The Berkeley and The Lanesborough . Also a few to consider in nearby Mayfair (west of Hyde Park) are The Ritz , The Dorchester , and Claridge’s .

We have oddly had a lot more afternoon teas in Paris (see our Paris afternoon tea guide ) than London so far. But we can suggest in this area that if you are looking for something a bit different, you might want to check out the fashion-inspired Prêt-à-Portea afternoon tea at The Berkeley. This fun and colorful tea is designed for those who love fashion and the tea menu changes each season along with the fashions on the catwalk.

Victoria & Albert Museum

The Victoria & Albert Museum , often referred to as the V&A, is one of the world’s leading museums of art and design. The museum collection is extensive and items range from Chinese embroidery to John Constable paintings to Baroque furniture to Alexander McQueen gowns. It’s a must visit for anyone interested in art or design.

The museum is also known for hosting a lot of really interesting exhibitions which often attract a large number of visitors. The museum is also known for its current café and restaurant located within the beautiful Morris, Gamble and Poynter Rooms, which is the oldest museum café in the world.

Entry to see the permanent collection at the V&A is free. Some temporary exhibitions are also free but there is generally a fee to enter the major ones. If you have a London Pass, you get free entry into one of the paid exhibitions.

Alternatives: Kensington is home to several other well-known museums, including the   Science Museum  and the Natural History Museum . Both are free (donations appreciated) and both are good alternatives if you aren’t excited by the V&A. The Science Museum in particular is a great family-friendly option.

Harrod’s

Now if you are in the mood for some shopping or just some window shopping, Kensington has some excellent shopping areas. The most concentrated areas are along King’s Road, Kensington High Street, and Sloane Street. You can find everything from more budget friendly international brands like Zara and H&M to high-end luxury department stores like Harrods and Harvey Nichols.

Harrod’s is one of the most famous luxury department stores in the world. It was founded by Charles Harrod in 1835 and grew to be the best known British department store in the world, being patronized by celebrities, politicians, royalty, and the British elite. Although in recent years it has been bought by the state of Qatar and has suffered from some bad press, it is still a luxury store worth checking out for those who enjoy shopping. Other department stores in this area are Harvey Nichols and the more traditional Peter Jones.

If you are more into antiques, you’ll want to head to Church Street where you’ll find a number of antique stores like Andrew Nebbett Antiques and Designs, Alfie’s Antique Market, The FM Gallery, and Church Street Antiques.

Hyde Park is yet another of London’s great Royal Parks, covering 350 acres. It used to also encompass Kensington Gardens, but the two are now divided by the Serpentine Lake and Carriage Drive. The park offers lots of tress, ornamental flower gardens, a large lake, walking and cycling paths, sport facilities, and a playground. 

Attractions with the park include The Serpentine Bridge, Holocaust Memorial, the Diana Memorial Fountain, Speaker’s Corner, and several war memorials. Located at the northwestern and southwestern corners of the park are the Wellington Arch and Marble Arch.

Each Sunday at Speakers’ Corner , located on the northeast edge of Hyde Park (near intersection of Marble Arch and Oxford Street), you can hear people give speeches and hold debates about a variety of topics in the name of free speech. The tradition dates back to the mid-1800’s and anyone can participate.

The park is a great place to get active as you can boat, cycle, play tennis, skate, ride horses, or even swim within the park. In the summer boating is popular and you can rent a rowing or pedal boat to enjoy the Serpentine Lake or you can take a ride on the solar-powered Solarshuttle. There are also a few places to grab coffee or have a meal, including lakeside dining.

Enjoy your final evening!

It is your last night in London so plan something you’ll enjoy and remember. This could be a nice dinner out, a pub crawl, attending a late night museum opening, a sunset River Thames cruise, a creepy Jack the Ripper tour , seeing an event at the Royal Albert Hall, a sporting event, a  classical music performance , or just relaxing after 3 busy days of sightseeing!

Save Money on your 3 Days in London with the London Pass

We wanted to give you an example of the cost savings over 3 days in London if you were using a London Pass. The following calculations are based on the above itinerary although it doesn’t include every single attraction we suggested but includes what we believe is a realistic number for someone planning to actively sightsee based on the above itinerary.

Here is the cost savings for 3 days in London for 2 people using the London Pass.

So in the above example, visitors would have a cost savings of £107.8 per person for a total cost savings of £215.60 for 2 people. This is definitely a considerable savings on entry fees for three days of sightseeing!

Even if you change some of the attractions or take away a couple of them, you would still save money with a London Pass if doing a similar amount of sightseeing. In general, you need to visit an average of 2 to 3 higher priced attractions per day to save money with a 3 day London Pass.

We highly recommend that all visitors check out the London Pass, especially if it is your first visit to London. The pass covers free entry to over 90 attractions and museums, plus a number of discounts on tours, restaurants, souvenirs, and theater tickets. Not only will it save many visitors money, it can also save time as it provides fast track entry into certain busy sites.

You can check the latest prices and purchase the London Pass at the official website for the pass here . We also recommend checking prices on and GetYourGuide here as sometimes one will be better value than the other.

However the London Pass is not a good fit for all travelers, and if you are not sure if it is a good fit or not, read our  full review of the London Pass to help you decide if it is worth it. Our review breaks down the features, ways to purchase, how to calculate your cost savings, and more.

There you have our suggested London itinerary on how to spend 3 days in London!

Planning a trip to London? Pin this article to Pinterest to read later:

How many of these attractions would be on your London itinerary? If you’ve visited London, what were you favorite spots in London? If you have any questions about the itinerary or visiting London, just ask them in the comments below and as always we are happy to help!

Share this Post!

There are 162 comments on this post.

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Jewel Post author

May 31, 2024 at 1:53 pm

Do you have any taxi recommendations for London to brighton?

Jessica & Laurence Norah Post author

May 31, 2024 at 3:01 pm

I would recommend checking out minicabit which is a popular UK taxi comparison site. It is used by hundreds of cab companies.

However, that drive takes about 2 hours so is going to be very expensive if you take a taxi or other type of private transfer. So I would also recommend considering public transit for such a long journey.

You will save time and money by taking a train to Brighton, the quickest trains only take about 1 hour. You can also take a bus which is cheaper but that will take about 3 hours. There are regular trains and buses/coaches between London and Brighton daily. If you are just going to Brighton for the day, I would choose the train as it is the fastest and most cost effective way to do a return day trip.

Hope that helps and just let us know if you have any question as you plan your trip to England!

Best, Jessica

Kai Parker Post author

March 28, 2024 at 2:50 am

London has always been a dream destination for me, and this city itinerary just sealed the deal! I can’t wait to immerse myself in the rich history, stunning architecture, and vibrant culture of this iconic city. Thanks for the inspiration, I’m definitely bookmarking this for my next adventure!

March 31, 2024 at 6:58 am

Glad you found our London itinerary to be an inspiration for your future trip to UK. Once you start your planning, feel free to ask us any questions about your trip!

Wishing you happy travels! Jessica

Michelle Post author

February 25, 2024 at 1:11 am

Hi There, the map above is AWESOME! Just wondering if there’s a list of the numbered points on the map, rather than having to comb through the information, like a quick reference? Thanks 🙂

February 26, 2024 at 12:46 pm

Hi Michelle,

I am so happy that our London map and 3 day London itinerary have been useful in planning your trip. So I think you are just referring to the image, but if you double click on the image or the link above it (look at the paragraph above it where it says click here) that will take you to the map I created within Google Maps so you can see all the points on the map that are numbered in the picture. Does that help?

But just note that you should definitely consider reading through each day of the itinerary as these are just suggested routes and places to visit and you should modify it per your own time and interests. You may not have time for everything on each day so best to know which places are must-sees for you and which you are OK just seeing from the outside and all that.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have any further questions as you plan your trip to London!

December 27, 2023 at 6:26 am

I thoroughly enjoyed reading your insightful 3-day London itinerary! Your detailed suggestions and personal experiences really add a genuine touch. I followed your recommendations and had a fantastic time exploring the city. I’d like to share an additional budget-friendly tip: consider staying at Serviced Apartments in London. My recent stay there was both comfortable and affordable, making it an ideal choice for anyone looking to make the most of their London trip without breaking the bank. Thanks again for your fantastic suggestions!

December 28, 2023 at 1:31 pm

So glad that you enjoyed you stay in London!! Thanks for taking the time to let us know that you found our itinerary and advice helpful in spending 3 days in London. And thanks for sharting your tip about having a good stay in a serviced apartment. I hope you get a chance to return to London again soon!

Alan Post author

August 22, 2023 at 3:22 am

just wanted to say a big thank you for all the work you put into this itinerary, we used it to plan our own 3 days in London, got the pass, had a wonderful time! your advice made our time much easier and less stressful!

August 23, 2023 at 12:47 pm

Thanks for taking the time to comment and glad you found our 3 day London itinerary helpful. Very happy to hear that you had such a wonderful trip to London!

Hapy travels, Jessica & Laurence

Mary Jo Lauscher Post author

July 31, 2023 at 1:15 pm

Hi there, I found your three day itinerary very helpful.

We are going to London at the end of September. My question is about getting advance tickets for any of the sites. If we plan on using the London Pass, how do I order advance tickets, make a reservation, or skip the line ticket, etc? I have not been able to find any information on that. Also with the London Pass can we use the Hop on hop off both days of the 2 day pass? Thanks for all your information, it was very helpful!

August 2, 2023 at 8:04 am

Hi Mary Jo,

Glad you are finding our 3 day London itinerary helpful in planning your upcoming trip. So if you decide to go with the London Pass, you do not need to make advanced reservations for most attractions. But you do need to book for most walking tours, bus tours, and other types of guided activities. You can find all the details for the attractions and tours that need to be reserved and how to do that on this page .

The hop-on hop-off sightseeing bus ticket included with the London Pass is only valid for 1 day (no matter the length of your pass). This is the same with the Thames boat cruise ticket.

For skip the line access, you can skip the ticket line for most attractions with the pass but you can’t skip the security lines. Your London Pass essentially acts as your ticket for most attractions. I don’t think since COVID that there have been many attractions that have a specific line for pass holders, but generally you get in the same line as those who have prebooked tickets.

For popular attractions not included on the London Pass, such as the London Eye , Churchill War Rooms, UK Parliament tours, Madame Tussauds , etc. then it is best to buy tickets in advance for these. I would check on any must-see attraction if reservations are recommended or required. But if you only have 2 days, I suspect that the London Pass will cover your admission fees for most attractions that you plan to visit.

For any attractions or tours that you want to do in London that recommend or require reservations (with or without the London Pass), I would start booking those soon if you have your dates set for next month.

Hope that helps and let me know if you have any questions as you plan your trip!

Katie Post author

July 6, 2023 at 11:32 pm

Hello! Your itinerary is awesome!! I was wondering if you could help me with mine for four days in London in November. Is it doable or too packed? What should I take out or add? Should I buy an Oyster card? What should we actually go in and see? We are most likely staying at the Hoxton Holborn, AMANO hotel, or Wilde Aparthotel. Any dinner recommendations or cocktail/ house music places? 🙂

Day 1: Friday On and off bus tour Buckingham Palace Churchill War room Big Ben Westminster Abbey Dinner dishoom Shoreditch neighborhood for dinner/drinks

Day 2: Saturday St Paul’s Cathedral Borough Market Tower bridge South bank river walk Tower of London Leadenhall Market Soccer game

Day 3 Sunday Walking Notting Hill Kensington Palace Hyde Park Bond Street Regent street/Park Camden Market Abbey Road Hampstead Heath

Bermondsey neighborhood to eat?

Day 4 National Gallery Seven dials market Tennis museum?

July 9, 2023 at 7:05 am

So Day 1, I think all that is doable. Doing HOHO bus, visiting the Churchill War Rooms and Westminster Abbey. Seeing Buckingham Palace and the Parliament/Big Ben from outside. Also lots of other things you can easily see in that area such as St. James Park, Parliament Square, Westminster Bridge, London Eye and National COVID memorial. Dishoom is a great restaurant to try for atypical Indian food, we love it and just be sure to make a reservation as they are often fully booked. Although I’d also recommend trying a typical British curry place at some point too if you want the typical British Indian experience. The closest Dishoom to you (if stay in Holborn area) is the location in Covent Garden as its within walking distance. But if you are wanting to go to Shoreditch that night, then there is a location there as well, just note you’ll be looking at a 30 minute Tube/bus ride each way. Shoreditch might make more sense on the day you plan to visit Tower of London and be in the City of London.

Day 2 – I’d probably start with the Tower of London in the morning as it is normally worse with crowds than St. Pauls Cathedral. So I’d reverse the order and go from the Tower of London then to Tower Bridge and Borough Market before heading over to St. Paul’s. You can have lunch at or near Borough Market. Leadenhall Market is nice but limited options there compared to Borough Market. I think it would be hard to fit in a soccer game today if you want to visit all those places unless there is an evening football game on that day, might be better to try to do on Day 4?

Day 3 – If Kensington Palace is the only place you really want to visit the inside of, I think this is doable. Just note if walking it is about a 1 hour or so walk from Kensington Gardens to Hampstead Heath (so may want to take public transit as well). So if wandering on a more relaxed day today except for the palace, I’d just priortize your day for what you really want to see most and if you don’t make it to everything, you won’t be disappointed. The other thing to note is that Bermondsey is very far from any of the places you are planning to visit this day.

Day 4 – This might be a good day to also include the British Museum, especially if staying nearby. Its free, donation only and you can book time online in advance. Also easy to visit in the same day as the National gallery and Seven Dials Market. For a tennis museum in London, I am guessing you mean Wimbeldon – this is doable but it is well oustide central London and will take you about an hour each way to visit so I would just be sure this is something you really want to see. You could try to do the soccer game this day instead perhaps? Or consider a West End play or musical?

In terms of timing, I would go back through your itinerary and just make sure the timings will work out when you check the opening times/days and how long you expect to spend at each one. So say you expect to spend 2 hours at Tower of London, 1.5 hours at Westminster Abbey, 1 hour Borough Market, etc. plus the amount of time you think it will realistically take you to get from one place to the other. I’d then build in a bit of extra time so you don’t feel rushed. That should help you decide if there is too much on any one day. You want to try to balance seeing all the must-see things on your list without feeling rushed and having a little down time to relax and make unexpected stops.

London has so many restaurants, cafes, cocktail bars – I would just think about where you are going to be/want to be and look for well-rated options nearby. It sounds like you are going to be staying in the Covent Garden area and there are lots of options there that would likely be within walking distance of where you are staying. For a cocktail bar with live house music (and also food), you might check out STEREO. If looking for a historic pub for a typical pub lunch or dinner, you could try Lamb & Flag in Covent Garden or Museum Tavern across from the British Museum. Just note that for meals, especially for dinner you’ll want to be sure to book a table in advance.

In terms of Oyster Card, you can read our Oyster Card review post here . Based on your itinerary, I would say you will be taking public transport quite a few times so you can either get Oyster Cards or use your credit cards if they are PIN & Chip ones. You would also probably save money with the London Pass , and you can order your Visitor Oyster Card with the pass if you want. For a London Pass, I’d probably do a 3-day pass and just be sure to fit anything in that you want to see included on the pass on the first 3 days, and stick to free or not included attractions on Day 4. But that would cover all the big attractions you have listed (Westminster Abbey, London Bridge, St. Paul’s, sightseeing bus, Kensington Palace, etc.) except for Churchill War Rooms which sadly is not currently on the pass.

Hope that helps and just let us know if you have further questions as you plan your trip to London.

Wishing you a wonderful trip! Jessica

katie Post author

July 12, 2023 at 6:34 pm

Thank you so much for the info!! What restaurant would you suggest for a traditional curry? Also out of my day 1 and day 2? Which do you think I should visit vs just see? Anything overrated? Are the markets worth it? Anything more local that I should include?

July 13, 2023 at 4:11 am

You’re very welcome, happy to help.

You can find good Indian curry places all over London, Brick Lane is famous for them but I’d just go some place that is convenient. I’d just check reviews or ask a local person of best curry place nearby. Chicken tikka masala is probably one of the most classic British Indian dishes and one of the most popular dishes eaten in the UK (of all foods!), but there are lots of popular curries. Indian curry is one of the most popular takeaway foods in the UK.

For Days 1 and 2, I would recommend visiting all the places you want to see (see my prior comments on each day). The places you listed are some of the most popular places to visit and all are worth visiting. But of course it depends on your specific interests, time, and budget.

Leadenhall Market is OK – it’s a beautiful setting (I think most tourists come here for the Harry Potter connection as it was used a filming location) and there are several places to eat here. But if you are looking for more of an actual fresh food market, then Borough Market has both fresh food/produce stalls as well as prepared food stalls and restaurants. So I would recommend Borough Market over Leadenhall but they are both different. You can walk through either fairly quickly (although Borough Markets gets really busy around lunch time) so if on your way, they are easy enough to visit but if you want to try food or buy food, I’d recommend Borough Market over Leadenhall.

I would just build your itinerary based on what you are most interested in seeing and doing. Just make sure to allow yourself enough time and build in some flexibility.

Hope that helps! Jessica

TF Post author

June 27, 2023 at 4:41 am

Hello there! Just finished reading your article on the “3 Days in London” itinerary, your detailed itinerary and insightful recommendations have truly sparked my wanderlust.

Thank you for putting together such a comprehensive and well-thought-out itinerary. Your passion for travel and your love for London shine through in your writing, making it an enjoyable and informative read. I can’t wait to plan my own trip to London using your recommendations. Keep up the great work, and I’ll be eagerly following your future travel adventures!

June 28, 2023 at 7:58 am

You’re very welcome, glad you enjoyed reading our London itinerary, and just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London!

Happy travels, Jessica

Lyn Fields Post author

May 26, 2023 at 6:08 am

LOVE all this info about London. We will be following the three day walking tour. We would like to have high tea/afternoon tea on Day 2. Do you have a recommendation for a location that would be in the vicinity of our Day 2 itinerary?

June 2, 2023 at 4:28 am

So glad that you are finding our London itinerary and info helpful!

So in terms of afternoon tea options in that area, you have a lot of them. Fortnum and Mason at the Royal Exchange would be a good bet in the City of London. Others in that area you might check out are The Four Seasons Hotel at Ten Trinity Square, The Ned, and the Rosewood Hotel. Another option could be the Helix Restaurant at The Gherkin for a more contemporary setting with a city view. But pretty much any nice hotel in that area serves afternoon tea (although some only on weekends) and you can also find more informal and less pricey afternoon tea options at cafes and such in the area (one is Cafe Rouge near St. Paul’s Cathedral). Just be sure to check dates and times, and make sure location makes sense with your schedule. And be sure to book your time in advance.

Enjoy! Jessica

Henry Cris Post author

February 5, 2023 at 7:05 pm

Amazing tips on London travelling. Hoping to visit here soon. And really liked your article about London. It will help me a lot on visiting here. Thanks for sharing.

February 13, 2023 at 7:24 am

Thanks for taking the time to comment, and so glad to hear our article was helpful to you! Wishing you a great trip to London and just let us know if you have any questions as youplan your visit to London.

Amy Bull Post author

January 7, 2023 at 9:22 pm

Hi J & L, I have read your advice for many cities we visit and it is WONDERFUL! I am actually going this week and we are celebrating a 60th birthday. I wanted to know if you recommended a few restaurants that are note worthy of a memorable birthday dinner for two. Maybe with a view or great environment? I want to make the entire day memorable and his biggest request is to see Stonehenge. Any thoughts would be very helpful! Thank you so much for sharing your experiences! Amy

January 11, 2023 at 1:03 am

So happy to hear that you have found our travel blogs helpful in planning your travels to various cities!

So for London, I don’t have any specific recommendations as it would depend a lot on budget, type of food, part of London, etc. There are just so many restaurants you could choose. Some thoughts might be to go to one of the old historic pubs for a pub lunch or dinner one day. For something fancy, the 5-star hotels (Savoy, Dorchester, Grosvenor Hotel, Claridge’s, Browns’, Ritz, etc.) all have very nice restaurants & bars and some of the top rated ones in the city. In terms of views, that is much harder but you could consider a restaurant near the top of The Shard as there are a few restaurants and bars there with great views over central London, and the nicer ones would make a good potential b-day dinner spot. Another option is the Sky Garden which has a restaurant. Or you might consider a restaurant along Thames with nice view of river. Anyway, hope that gives you some options and ideas to research.

For Stonehenge, it really depends if you are planning to drive yourself, take public transit, or join a guided tour from London? We’ve done all three at one point or another. Laurence has written a guide to visiting Stonehenge that might be helpful. Last visit, once we arrived, we took the free Stonehenge shuttle to the end to walk to the site, and then walked back through the field using the little map there to see some of the other prehistoric remains on walk back through fields. There is also a good visitor centre/museum that is worth spending some time to learn more.

If your husband is specifically interested in stone circles and prehistoric stone sights, Avebury might be a good secondary stop which is nearby and much less crowded (you can walk up and touch stones). There are also lots of other prehistoric sites in the region. Other places that people might combine on a day trip to Stonehenge are Oxford, Salisbury, or Bath. But I would just be careful to not pack in too much, especially if traveling on your own as it can make for a long day. But if doing a day tour, then at least you are not doing the driving. The only drawback to a guided tour is to make sure you will have a enough time in the places you visit for what you want to see/do.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have more questions as you plan your specific bday trip! Jessica

Florence Post author

November 1, 2022 at 8:15 pm

Hi Jessica & Laurence, This is Florence and i am making my 1st trip to the UK soon. May i know what’s the best site that i can look at for booking of train tickets in advance for travelling within UK? Apprecaite any advise. Thank yo.

November 2, 2022 at 7:04 am

Hi Florence,

So I am assuming you are meaning for travel outside of London? As within London itself, you don’t need to book in advance for the public transit Underground trains, buses, etc.

There is National Rail website which is the official UK train website which has info on the trains in England, Wales, and Scotland. But since there is not actual national rail service operator (but several independent operators), there are a number of website operators where you can book trains online in the UK so you can also go directly to the train service website (LNER, ScotRail, Avanti, Lumo, NI Railways etc.). The local operator will depend on where you are going in the country.

One convenient website to compare times and prices you can book on a website like Trainline . This is what we normally use for convenience to book online and they also have a mobile app.

You can also of course buy and book tickets in person at the actual train stations but we recommend booking in advance if you can for any longer journeys. You are often not guaranteed seats if you don’t book in advance on many trains. It depends on the company but tickets are often available to purchase 90 days in advance.

Another good website for figuring out how to get from one place to another and general travel info and connections (also works for buses and such) is the Traveline Info website . It is a very helpful website.

Anyway, hope that helps get you started. If you have any specific questions about booking train tickets in the UK, just let us know.

November 3, 2022 at 2:58 am

Great! Thanks Jessica. I will look into it and will inquire again if I have any other questions with my travel plans. Have a great day!

Bart Post author

October 3, 2022 at 12:53 am

Top tip if you’re visiting Borough Market… don’t venture there on a Saturday. It’s crazy busy, rammed full of people from very Early on! Visiting during the week is a far more pleasant & leisurely affair – you won’t feel like you’re being rushed off of your feet.

October 3, 2022 at 7:09 am

Thanks for sharing your tip for visiting Bourough Market in London – it is definitely busier on the weekends. But it is also the most lively so it can still be interesting to visit on the weekends if that is when you plan to visit, but you do have to expect the crowds and be more patient than on weekdays.

Also on Saturdays is usually opens earlier (8am) so going near opening time is a great way to enjoy the market on Saturday.

Shelley Post author

September 20, 2022 at 11:29 am

Hello! I love your 3-day itinerary and plan to use most all of it. Is there link where I can download it? Maybe I missed it but I am trying to work smarter, not harder and am copying and pasting a ton. Thanks in advance!

September 21, 2022 at 4:16 am

Hi Shelley,

Glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful for your trip. Is there a reason you need to copy it? We’d recommend just using it directly from the website for best functionality.

But you can also print or download it as a PDF file for offline personal use as long as you are a newsletter subscriber (it is free and easy to sign up). Once signed up you can then click on the Printer icon on the sidebar or at the end of the article.

Hope that helps and just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to Lonon!

Bright A Post author

September 15, 2022 at 12:04 pm

Great tips to hear from you for 3 days itinerary. You blog is awesome to read also to explore London within the days. Thanks!

September 16, 2022 at 4:01 am

Hello Bright,

Thanks for letting us know our London itinerary is helpful.

Obviously if planning to visit London in the next few days, things are a bit crazy because of the Queen’s passing and upcoming funeral. So be sure to check opening dates/times and closures. Many businesses and attractions will be closed on Monday for the funeral.

Wishing you a great trip to London! Jessica

Suzie Post author

July 15, 2022 at 1:52 pm

Wow so glad I stumbled across your blog . So informative. I will be visiting London this July and am taking a lot of tips from your blog . For shopping , what would you recommend? Any outlets where I can get a good deal on bags ? Thanks so much

July 18, 2022 at 5:51 am

Glad you are finding our London articles on our travel blogs helpful in planing your upcoming trip.

In terms of shopping in London, Oxford Street is probably the best known shopping street. Also Regents Street, Bond Street, Mayfair area, Knightbridge area (Harrods). So lots of shopping opportunities, but not sure about great outlet stores in the city or where to get a good deal. London is generally an expensive city so we find shopping is often less expensive elsewhere. But you can often get good deals if you shop the sales and pay attention to discounts. It just depends on your budget and the types of stores you are prefer.

Bicester Village is a shopping outlet located near Oxford (about 1.5 hours from London) which has a lot of outlet stores all together and is a popular place for shopping for tourists. So that might be a place for your to consider.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have any other questions as you plan your trip to London!

tuhina roy Post author

June 27, 2022 at 11:56 pm

wow…great info….wud be visiting in Oct’22….might add perfect fit for me at one glance/place…have been asking so many people around for last one month abt London n places to visit n here its given in such a nice n informative way….wonderful:-)….thanx much for collating these kind of info for people like us who r visiting from other countries….thanx again

June 28, 2022 at 10:41 am

You are very welcome, and so glad to hear that you are finding our London itinerary helpful! If you have 3 days in London, this should definitely give you some good ideas of where you might want to visit on your trip.

But if you have any questions as you plan your trip about things to do in London or elsewhere in the UK, just ask us and we are happy to try to give advice.

Rebecca Post author

June 12, 2022 at 5:34 am

Jessica & Laurence, We just returned from an awesome visit to London and we used your recommended 3 day itinerary. Thank you SO MUCH for your work in preparing the itinerary. All of the information you provide from the London Pass, Oyster Card, the description of places to visit and how to get there helped our visit to go smoothly. We didn’t waste too much time looking for things or figuring out how to get there and we were able to fit in everything we wanted to do! Having the London Pass helped us avoid lines, plus everything was already paid. The Oyster Card was also a huge benefit because we didn’t have to keep buying tickets. THANK YOU! Rebecca

June 12, 2022 at 6:11 am

Hi Rebecca,

So happy that you had such a great trip to London! And we are happy that our tips and advice were helpful in planning your trip.

Yes, I think that if you have limited time on a trip, you want to plan ahead and do what you can so that you can spend as much time as possible doing things and visiting places rather than having to plan and figure things out on the go.

Thanks for taking the time to comment and let us know about your trip. We always love hearing that our advice was helpful!

shelly v Post author

April 27, 2022 at 8:12 pm

Hello Jessica, Wow! Thank you for all the valuable info in your planning tips and itineraries. We are traveling to London and Paris this June. It is our first visit and traveling with teenage daughters so are focused on the most iconic sites. Based upon your 3-Day Itinerary for London, we have selected our “Must-See” London List ( most likely the minimum time to tour the area for each site since I’ll be traveling with teenagers). – Explore Westminster: Buckingham Palace w changing of guard; Piccadilly Circus, Trafalgar Square, Westminster Bridge, Westminster Abbey – City of London: Tower of London, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Borough Market, London Bridge & Tower Bridge, – Windsor Castle & Kensington: Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, Royal Albert Hall, Shopping at Harrod’s

1) Based upon our Must-see list, will the 3-day London Pass cover the attractions we plan to visit? 2) We are staying close to Earl’s Court Station – do you recommend we also purchase the Travelcard? 3) Since we arrive 6/9 midday into London (after overnight flight), what might you recommend for day 1 itinerary?

April 28, 2022 at 9:27 am

Thanks very much!

So based on your itinerary we have the following feedback if you are trying to visit them all in 3 days:

– For Westminister: Make sure you check Westminster Abbey opening dates and hours. It is closed on Sundays to visitors and for certain occasions/holidays so you’d want to make sure to schedule around any closures if you want to visit here. – For City of London sites: I would probably choose to do either the London Bridge OR Tower Bridge experience. I think otherwise you’ll be rushed for time as the Tower of London, in particular, can take a while to visit. But you can of course see both from the outside without paying but as far as doing the full attractions on them, I’d probably do one or the other. – For Windsor & Kensington – Because you will need to travel out to Windsor, this could be a lot to fit into one day, but depends of course on how long you spend at each place. For the Royal Albert Hall, the tours are only given at certain hours so you may want to make sure that will fit in with your day. – Note that it looks like you are planning to visit a few days after the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee (June 5th) so we expect things will be busier than usual during this general period. Although luckily you are arriving after the Jubilee weekend itself when things will be super busy and hard to visit I think. It may make sense to book timed tickets directly for some attractions that have limited capacity such as Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, and Royal Albert Hall so you are guaranteed entry within a certain time period.

1 – Yes, the 3-day London Pass will cover all the paid attractions you plan to visit, which are Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Tower Bridge Exhibition, London Bridge experience, Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, Royal Albert Hall. If you were to pay adult (16+) entry to all those it would cost around £178, whereas a 3-day adult London pass is normally £123. However, as noted above, you may not have time to do everything on your list so keep that in mind. The price saving will also depend on the age of your daughters, if they are under 16, then they can use a child pass so I would do those cost-savings separately. If you plan to take the sightseeing bus at any time during your visit, that would also add to the cost savings.

2 – You are definitely going to use public transport during your time in London, so will need a travel card. Bundling the travel card will save you some time and is convenient, although it costs the same as buying a Visitor Oyster Card separately. It’s really just for convenience, there’s no saving or extra cost to buying it with the London Pass. You can see more about getting around London here.

3 – For your first day, it sounds like you will just have probably a half day once checking in at hotel. I am guessing this is not a day you plan to use the London Pass? If not, I’d recommend maybe the British Museum and/or London Eye, both of which are not included on the pass. You’ll likely be pretty tired so I wouldn’t plan too much that first day.

April 9, 2022 at 5:07 pm

Hi Jessica, The information you provide in the 3 days itinerary is amazing, so detailed and informative! We will be getting off a cruise in London on a Friday and will stay until Monday.

We have reservations at Point A Hotel in Paddington. What would you recommend for transportation from the port to our hotel? We’ve already purchased the 4 day London Pass and Visitor Oyster card. Is our hotel near public transportation? It looked like it when we checked, but would like to verify. What would you recommend for getting to the airport on Tuesday morning? We need to arrive at the airport at 6:00 A.M. Transportation begins at 5:00 A.M. Is it feasible to use the public transportation and arrive to the airport on time? Our Oyster Card will be expired so we’ll need to pay for the transportation to the airport.

On Day 2 you recommend the river cruise right after visiting the Tower of London in the morning. If we do that, will we have time to visit the other sites recommended for that day? Might it be better to take the cruise in the evening? I looked at the times and it looks like it runs later on weekends, but stops in the afternoon during the week. Am I reading that right? Is the Thames River Cruise the same as the Uber Boat by Thames River that’s included in the London Pass?

If I download the London Pass app on my phone prior to the trip, will I use data as I access it while in London?

April 10, 2022 at 6:35 am

First, glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful in planning your upcoming trip! Sounds like you have already got a lot of your trip planned.

Yes, the Point A Hotel (a good budget option) is near a lot of public transit options. You have Underground stations (e.g, Edgware and Paddington), bus stops, a train station (Paddington), and the Heathrow Express service (at Paddington) all under a 10 minute walk from your hotel. So you should not have any issues accessing public transit.

For getting to the airport, probably the best option, if flying out of Heathrow (I assume you are flying out of Heathrow? there are 6 airports around London) would be to do the TfL Rail train from Paddington Station to the airport. It takes about 30-40 minutes. I would just double check the timetable for your specific date to make sure it works for when you need to leave.

You should be able to still use your Oyster Card by just adding some credit to it if you have used up your prepaid credit (you can do it at the machines at the stations) as the Oyster Cards do not expire. Or you can buy tickets at the station or in advance online.

Other options would be to take the Heathrow Express (a bit faster but more expensive) or the Underground/Tube (but you would have to change stations).

Yes, we do mention taking the boat after visiting the Tower of London just because it is very convenient to do so there as there is a boat pier just next to where you exit the Tower of London. But you can of course do it later in the day from elsewhere along its route. It can be a good late afternoon or evening activity as it keeps running after many of the other attractions close. But just make sure that you will be near one of the piers where you can use the London Pass (you can only start a journey from 4 of the piers). And yes, there are a few options for taking Thames River Cruises but the one included with the London Pass is now called the Uber Boat by Thames Clippers. So you want to make sure to get on that one.

I think you may be reading the timetables wrong on the boat schedule as that doesn’t sound correct as I think the boats run until 10pm/11pm all week. Some of the boats don’t run as much on weekends, especially the routes focused on commuters, but the more tourist-oriented routes generally run regularly all week. I would double check the schedule and specifically look at the times for the 4 stations where you could start your journey with the London Pass. The boats are normally about every 20 to 30 minutes. You can choose how long you want to stay on the boat as there are regular stops and you can do hop-on, hop-off if you wish.

In terms of how much you can do, it will just depend on which places you intend to visit and for how long, and which you just plan to stop and see during your day. The Tower of London for instance will likely take up all or most of your morning. I would not plan for more than 3 big visits per day. So you may need to pick and choose and prioritize certain attractions over others. I would write down which places you want to visit, how long you think you’ll spend at each, and the time it takes to get between them to get a good idea of what is feasible. Everyone goes at their own pace. You also want to work in some flexibility and free time so you aren’t too rushed and also leave a little time for getting lost/waiting in lines, etc.

If you download the London Pass app and install it prior to your trip, you should then not need to use any data to access the app on your phone. You just need data to download it and set it up. The only reason it would need data would be if the app needed an update. We also recommend downloading your QR code to a separate local place on your phone so you will have access even if you can’t open the app for any reason. We also recommend printing the QR code and London Pass # so you also have a paper copy you can use to access sites in case your phone battery dies or something.

Anyway, hope all that helps and makes sense! Happy to answer further questions as you plan your trip to London.

April 15, 2022 at 10:53 am

Thank you so much for taking the time to provide thorough answers to all of my questions! You are an amazing wealth of information! Rebecca

April 15, 2022 at 11:20 am

You’re very welcome and just let us know if you have further questions as you plan your trip to London!

April 29, 2022 at 12:13 pm

Hi Jessica, I’m trying to finalize our plans for our trip to London. We’ll be getting off a NCL cruise. What do you suggest is the best transportation option for getting from the port to our hotel, Point A Hotel in Paddington? We’ve purchased the Oyster Card. Thank you, Rebecca

April 30, 2022 at 4:29 am

It depends on where specifically your cruise ends, where is the cruise terminal? You say the cruise goes to London but does it actually end in London itself?

Most cruises end in either Dover or Southhampton, and if that is the case, you would need to catch a train from either to London. For a journey to London from either of these cities, you would need to pay for your train tickets separately (can’t use Oyster Card) since that journey would be well outside of greater London. Then once in London, if you are not arriving into Paddington station, you would probably want to get the Tube to your hotel and you can use your Oyster Card for that. Or you can of course take a taxi if you have a lot of luggage.

May 1, 2022 at 3:30 pm

Trish Post author

April 8, 2022 at 9:40 am

Thank you for your article on visiting London! I’m doing research for a trip I’m planning in early 2023. My question is, are there any of the locations you mention that could be unsafe for an older lady traveling alone? Or any special tips for me related to this?

April 8, 2022 at 10:37 am

London is considered a pretty safe city in general for travelers. I’ve generally felt safe when in London, even in the “less nice” neighborhoods. So I would not worry too much about it when visiting London.

However, as with any large city, there are pickpockets and thieves, and you should always use normal caution (e.g., not carrying large amounts of cash, securing your valuables so difficult to pickpocket, being aware of your surroundings, trust your gut). Most crimes against tourists are opportunity ones where a theif will steal someone’s wallet, smartphone, or purse. Thefts and muggings tend to take place in London’s busiest tourists areas, including Westminister, Camden, and Kensington.

And of course, more serious things do happen (we were in London during the 2017 London Bridge incident for instance) but these are unusual. Violent crimes against tourists are pretty rare in London (and the UK in general).

The only thing I would say other than regular safety advice would be to be more cautious if walking around the city at night after dark, such as after dinner or after leaving an evening West End play or something. But it is generally pretty easy to stay in well-lit main streets and around other people. If you need to go a longer distance, you can always take a taxi/minicab/Uber or get a bus instead of walking. Also a good idea to have your route and transport planned out in advance before leaving the attraction/restaurant/hotel.

If it’s late at night (after 10pm), particularly on Friday and Saturday evenings, I tend to avoid the Tube. It’s not necessarily unsafe but a lot of drunk people tend to be riding on these evenings and it can be more unpleasant.

In terms of planning your time, our suggested London itinerary is pretty geared to someone trying to do a lot each day. But if you like to go at a slower pace, I’d just recommend planning a bit less each day so you have plenty of time to enjoy each attraction and get from one place to the other.

Hope that helps, and feel free to reach out if you have further questions as you plan your London trip!

tatiana Post author

March 2, 2022 at 12:21 pm

HI. I saw the London Pass includes a walking tour, any reviews on this tour?

March 3, 2022 at 2:49 am

Hi Tatiana,

Yes, the two general London walking tours: 3 hour Palaces and Parliament Tour and then the 5-hour 30+ London Sights Tour are newer additions to the London Pass. We haven’t done either of those tours or taken any tours yet with the company that runs those two tours but the company has a 5-star rating on Google. The tours are pretty similar to ones we have taken in London with other companies and seem like they would both be good intro tours to London.

Just note that the tours don’t include entry into any attractions. If choosing one of them, I would choose the 3-hour tour as 5 hours is pretty long without visiting any attractions. But both of them have very good reviews online.

If you decide to take any of the walking/bus/bike tours with the London Pass, just be sure to make your reservation in advance once you have your Pass. I believe that all the guided tours required advanced bookings.

Marina Teramond Post author

February 11, 2022 at 3:09 am

I can subscribe to everything mentioned about London because it is truly an incredible place with its unique atmosphere and I think that if you have an opportunity, this city should be in your list of places which you plan to visit. It is so cool that you devoted your article to a detailed plan for implementing a trip to London. I really like this idea to cover London for three days because if you plan it in a smart and thoughtful way, you will be able to spend this time eventfully and it will be enough for you to observe wonderful landscapes there. Your plan seems so elaborate and convenient in all respects because it provides you with a great deal of opportunities. I think that it is important to put exploring Westminster first because it is a real calling card of this city and it has its own individuality at the same time, being truly unique. I also want to visit Trafalgar Square because I think that it perfectly conveys the vibe of London.

February 11, 2022 at 9:35 pm

Glad you are finding our 3 day London itinerary helpful in planning your trip. You will want to tailor it to your interests, pace, mobility, time, etc. but this should be a good starting point for what you might want to see on a first time visit with 3 days to visit London. Just let us know if you have any specific questions as you plan your trip!

Kitkat Post author

February 5, 2022 at 1:42 pm

So glad I found this article! I live in UK and my family is visiting soon but was having a hard time planning on what to see in London. This is perfect! Although I would like to ask, roughly how long or how many hours does the daily itinerary last? As I have to factor in touring with a child and a 60 year old. 🙂

February 6, 2022 at 5:28 am

Glad you are finding our 3 day London itinerary helpful in planning things to do with visiting family. For each day, we list a lot of potential places you could see and things to do; however, you would want to pick and choose what is of the most interest. We give some of the main sights as well as alternatives. The itineraries are definitely designed with those packing in a lot for a full day from after breakfast in morning to about dinner time, but you can adjust to suit your own pace and interests.

I would say visiting 3 major sights per day is going to be plenty with children but you could also see additional things along the way (without taking the time to go inside and visit). I’d try to estimate amount of time you’d want to spend at each and plan day accordingly with plenty of time for breaks and plenty of time to get in between each place, depending on how far away. Most of the places we list each day are within a reasonable walking distance from one another, but it will depend on everyone’s physical mobility.

Since you have a child visiting, I’d maybe pick at least one place that would be particularly fun for him or her. Depending on age and interests, this could be a place like the London Dungeon (not for young children), Sea Life, London Eye, Shrek’s Adventure, Tower of London, London Zoo, Science Museum, etc.

Some places you could easily spend a few hours (such as the Tower of London or National Gallery) whereas another place you may only be interested in a brief visit. If you have London Passes , this can save you a lot of money if visiting several places. We used them when we had family visiting over the summer and they were great. Note that a few places in London (including free museums) require reservations due to COVID-19 precautions so be sure to check in advance if reservations or time slots are needed to visit.

Our 6 day London itinerary may also be helpful as it includes a couple more areas of London you may want to explore in addition or instead, depending on how long your family is staying.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have further questions. Wishing your family a fun visit to London!

elena gilbert Post author

December 28, 2021 at 9:22 pm

Amazing blog on visiting London, really interesting I loved reading it.

December 29, 2021 at 8:12 am

Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and hope you found it helpful. Do let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London!

Vicki Copeland Post author

October 2, 2021 at 5:08 pm

Hi Cats- This is a fantastic travel site! Thank you so much. There are 2 of us headed to London for 3 days and your itinerary is perfect! I think we should definitely get the London Pass. Being that we are going in October, do you think there will be fewer people already booked for the places that are currently selling tickets for specific times? I’m guessing that even if we have a pass, if the time we arrive is booked we will have to wait? We are so looking forward to some pints and Shepard’s pie!

Laurence Post author

October 3, 2021 at 1:55 am

London is a busy city year round but there should be fewer visitors in October. A lot of tourist attractions have not been very busy this year due to Covid and travel restrictions. We last used the London Pass in late August and never had any long waits when we visited (including Tower of London & Westminister Abbey) but it does just depend as some have security checks. So just be sure to book those places that require it and you should be OK. But I would leave a little extra time in your itinerary just in case.

Note that most of London’s free museums currently also require pre-booking a time slot due to COVID to ensure entry so be sure to check in advance.

Wishing you safe & happy travels to London! Laurence

Elena Post author

September 24, 2021 at 4:18 am

Amazing blog about London, really interesting and very informative!

September 26, 2021 at 6:03 am

Glad you enjoyed our suggested 3 day London itinerary! Just let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London.

vertoe Post author

August 26, 2021 at 4:21 am

Thank you for this amazing itinerary on 3 days to spend in London. London is a beautiful place to visit .

August 29, 2021 at 3:58 am

Thanks Vertoe, glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and had a good visit to the city! We were just back in London ourselves just yesterday and spent 3 days there – so much do there!

Johani Ponce Post author

August 19, 2021 at 6:49 am

I am planning to go to London next year. Very good guide

August 20, 2021 at 4:55 am

Thanks for taking the time to let us know that you enjoyed our London itinerary. Just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London for next year!

Vertoe Post author

March 25, 2021 at 5:52 am

Wow what an amazing London itinerary and list of things to do! Thanks for sharing this valuebale information.

March 25, 2021 at 8:44 am

Thanks very much, and just let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London!

GG Post author

January 19, 2021 at 4:00 am

This was so useful in planning my first trip to London! Thank you so much.

January 23, 2021 at 8:31 am

You’re welcome GG, just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London!

Raleigh Truitt Post author

September 17, 2020 at 9:12 am

Will you publish a fold-up plasticized (rain-proof) version of your 3-day London guide? I could use one.

September 20, 2020 at 5:34 am

Hi Raleigh,

Glad you like our 3 day London itinerary. We do not have any published guides (waterproof or otherwise) of our itineraries but you are welcome to print (and laminate!) it. Just let me know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London.

Vernon Post author

April 15, 2020 at 10:22 pm

Great blog, very helpful! If you’re visiting Europe and would like to stop over in London, but only have a 3 days to spare this blog get you covered it contains all the information.

April 16, 2020 at 5:24 am

Glad you found our 3 day London itinerary helpful and wishing you safe and happy travels!

Lia Post author

February 26, 2020 at 2:30 pm

Hello, Me and my mom are going to travel to London next week, we arrive on the 4th at about 3pm and we leave on the 7th at about the same time, so that means we have 2 full days and 2 half days…we have a lot things we want to do but we are kinda short on time and we need to stay with a budget…This time, I’m really lost and it has been really difficult to plan this trip….Do you have any tips or suggestions for our trip? Thank you ^-^

February 27, 2020 at 5:13 am

It really depends on what you want to do, your budget, and where you are staying in London. But I would recommend considering getting a London Pass or London Explorer Pass if many of the places you want to visit are included on those passes. They can help save you money and also help you organize your time – the London Pass also includes a sightseeing bus and boat tour you can do.

I’d make a list of the places you really want to see and can realistically see in the time you have and then group them together by where they are in London. The half-days are going to make it harder to plan around, especially if you are arriving into London via the airport as most places will be closing by the time you get in so I’d focus on the evening only activities that night (London Eye, theatre shoes, late night museum openings) so you don’t feel rushed.

I would also focus on some of the many free and low-cost attractions in London – many of London’s best museums have free entry (donation only) and there are of course the parks, gardens, and you can do your own walking tours of neighborhoods of interest.

If dining out is not a must-do, you can definitely save money in London on food and drink by picking up sandwiches, salads, snacks, etc. on the go rather than dining in. Grocery stores, Marks & Spencer, Greggs, Pret a Manger, fast food, etc. Museum cafeterias can also be great places to stop and eat that are normally good value without taking up too much time (if you are there already). It can also save you time, especially in the day, if you are trying to see a lot in one day.

Hope that helps and wishing you a great trip! Jessica

Karen Gilbert Post author

February 8, 2020 at 8:23 pm

Good Morning My friend and i will be in London (first time) on 14th April departing 18th April from Gatwick to South Australia. I have looked at so many things and have got myself very confused. We woud like to see Buckingham Palace, Changing of the Guard, the Mews, Kensington Palce, Tower of London, Windsor Castle, Westminster Abbey, Parliment Houses, Harrods and Portobella Markets and a cruise on the Thames. Is this realistic??We have a hop on hop off bus ticket for the 15th only. Is it worth getting the London Pass or would it be better to pay as we go in case our wants exceed our endurance. We are both in our 60’s. We dont want to do too much walking (ie a complete walking tour)but we can manage some walking. Should we get an oyster Card? we are staying at Hyde Park Executive Apartments which is close to a train station and bus line i understand. Any help you can give 2 older ladies would be appreciated very much.

February 9, 2020 at 5:38 am

I would look at how much time you have from arrival to when you need to depart London for Gatwick airport. Do you have 4 full days for instance? 3.5 days?

Then I’d break down the places you want to see by day and think about how much time you wan to spend at each. For instance do you plan to tour Westminster Abbey or do you just want to see the outside of it? Most things are not time specific except for things like the Changing of the Guard so you will want to take that into account when planning our your days.

For the busiest places, like Tower of London you’ll want to try to get there first thing in the morning to make the most of your visit.

Given the number of places you want to see, I would suggest that you’d probably save money with a 3 day London Pass. The London Pass allows you to be flexible as it sounds like you don’t want to pre-purchase your tickets for attractions in advance? So then the pass would be ideal if you plan to visit several places on it.

The Oyster Card can also make transport easier for you if you plan to use the public transit and you can also use it to get to and from the airport.

The apartments it looks like you are staying are near some metro and bus stops. The Paddington train station is about a 15 minute walk away. However, if you are flying into Gatwick Airport, you might be better off staying near Victoria Station in London as the bus and train connections to and from Gatwick are better to Victoria train station. But you can of course just transfer and change trains to get there as well.

Veronica Webster Post author

January 28, 2020 at 11:17 am

Hi Jessica, I love your blog!! My husband and I are travelling in March to London-Paris-Amsterdam and your blog has been very useful. Very well organized, the information is fantastic. Here gomy questions. Based on your 3 days itinerary we have planned the London part. My “problem” seems to be fitting Saint Paul’s Cathedral in a more efficient way, on day 2, as we also plan to take the river cruise that day. I’m breaking down the draft so maybe you have some suggestions

Day 1, we arrive 10:50 am in London, we are giving ourselves like 2-2:30 hours to arrive to hour hotel (customs, picking up Oyster card, London pass, etc), our hotel is very close to Saint Pancras station (5 minutes walk, on Argyle square). As it will be the afternoon, we’re trying things not included in the London Pass. If we make it to he museum well, if not we will just take time to walk around and enjoy the evening by Picadelly Circus.

Day 1 Arrival Hotel British Museum Picadelly Circus

Day 2 (we start the London Pass) HopOnOff (we actually use it as transportation to Westminster) Parliament Square Westminster Abbey Big Ben ( I know it’s under renovation, just watch) Churchill War Rooms Trafalgar Square Buckingham palace

Day 3 Tower of London Tower Bridge/London Bridge (we walk to St Paul’s and views of bridges) St Paul’s Cathedral (here we would use the tube to go back to almost where we started to take the cruise) Cruise Tower of London-Westminster Westminster Bridge to London Eye London Eye

Day 4 Kensington Palace Hyde Park Harrods

Thank you very much!! Veronica

January 29, 2020 at 6:34 am

Hi Veronica,

Yes, I would probably leave yourself 3 hours for everything just to be on the safe side for everything as it is hard to predict time it takes for security etc. and you don’t want to feel rushed on your first day.

Day 1 – The British Museum is a great place to visit and entry is by donation only and there is so much to see that you could spend most of the day here if you wanted. From there you could also wander around the Covent Garden area and go to Picadilly Circus. If you don’t get to Picadilly Circus your first night, it is very close to Trafalgar Square on your second day so easy to fit in there between Trafalgar and Buckingham Palace. Day 2 – Looks good, yes, I think they’ve uncovered Big Ben finally (it was under wraps for a while) but it is still under construction. But you will see it from as soon as you step off the bus into Parliament Square. You’ll also see it from Westminster Bridge which you cross to get to London Eye on Day 3 which is our favorite view of the Houses of Parliament. I am guessing you are going by Buckingham Palace just for the view, correct? The palace is not open to the public in March but you can visit the next door Queen’s Gallery (royal art gallery) and the Royal Mews (royal carriages). Both are included with your London Pass if you have extra time that day. Day 3 – I think St. Paul’s is fine as you have it and it is only about a 30 minute walk between the two sites if you go along the river and it is a nice walk along the Thames (provided weather isn’t too bad!). Just note that the London Eye is not included as part of the London Pass so you’ll want to buy tickets for that separately. Day 4 – Looks good. If you are staying near St. Pancreas train station, you are a fairly short walk away from the Eurostar station if you are taking the train from London to Paris.

If you are still planning your Paris part, this suggested 3 day itinerary may be helpful.

Hope that helps and wishing you a great trip to London, Paris, & Amsterdam!

Leslie Post author

December 1, 2019 at 5:25 am

Thank you so much for your 3 day itinerary! I visited London for the first time in October and only had 3 days; I followed your itinerary almost exactly (with just a few slight variations). London seemed a little overwhelming as I was planning my trip and your itinerary made it so easy to figure out how to organize and spend my time. I was able to see all of the highlights I wanted to without feeling rushed. It turned out to be one of the best trips I’ve ever taken!

December 1, 2019 at 6:28 am

Hi Leslie, So happy to hear that you had a great trip to London and that our 3 day London itinerary was helpful in planning your trip. Thanks for letting us know! Feel free to share any highlights from your own trip or tips for future readers visiting London as I know a lot of other visitors only have a few days to explore. Best, Jessica

December 2, 2019 at 2:30 pm

I think the highlight of my trip was the morning spent in Kensington; walking through Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens, touring Kensington Palace, then walking by Royal Albert Hall and on to the History Museum. One thing I did that was not on your itinerary was take the Thames Clipper (you can use your Oyster card) from the Tower of London to Greenwich. I enjoyed walking around Greenwich, visiting the market and a pub there, and of course see the Royal Observatory and standing on the Prime Meridian!

December 3, 2019 at 9:38 am

So glad you enjoyed Kensington so much. Yes, it is nice a nice area of London to wander around and there is a lot to do and see while still being fairly relaxing with lots of green spaces and free museums.

We enjoy Greenwich too, especially the historical sites and market! We have it as part of our 6 day London itinerary but not on our 3 day one. But yes for those wanting to take a Thames river cruise, to any destination, the Tower of London is a great place to do it as the boat stops just a short walk from the Tower.

So glad you had a great trip and thanks so much for sharing some of your favorite places and tips!!

Trevor Hall Post author

September 25, 2019 at 7:10 am

I’m glad London has great transportation that I can take all around the city. My wife and I are taking our kids to the UK soon to make some fun memories. I’ll try to incorporate public transportation into our plans.

September 26, 2019 at 12:55 pm

Yes, it is very easy to get around London using public transportation and you can check out this guide to London public transit for some more information and tips. You can explore just about all of London using a combination of public transportation and walking. Best, Jessica

Sanjay Kadam Post author

September 7, 2019 at 8:17 pm

Dear Team, Excellent information provided for visiting London. I am sure with such descriptive and in-depth study of spending 3 days in London anyone as per his/her budget can explore London . it will be much more easier and convenient to a first time traveler. Thanks and keep up the good work.

September 8, 2019 at 2:24 am

Hi Sanjay, Thanks for taking the time to comment, and glad it was useful to you. Wishing you a wonderful trip to London! Jessica

Taryn Hristova Post author

August 27, 2019 at 5:55 am

Thanks for this awesome article! My daughter and I just spent three days in London earlier this month and your itinerary was a lifesaver! We used it as ours. We did a ton of walking and feel like we packed so much in. Thank you so much for all of your research and advice 🙂

August 27, 2019 at 6:10 am

So glad you had a great visit to London and thanks for letting us know that our itinerary was helpful in planning your visit!

John William Post author

August 26, 2019 at 9:49 am

nice article, thanks for sharing.

August 26, 2019 at 11:33 am

Hi John, Thanks for letting us know you enjoyed it! Wishing you a great trip to London, Jessica

Tiffany Bui Post author

August 12, 2019 at 10:46 am

My friend and I are going to London Sept 14-18. We’ll arrive at Heathrow airport noon the 14th and travel to Paris morning the 18th from St Pancras station. We already got 3 days London Pass (mobile). Which London transportation pass do you recommend for our stay?

August 12, 2019 at 11:34 am

Hi Tiffany,

For your time in London, I’d recommend the Oyster Card if you are looking for a transport card. You can read our Oyster Card guide for more info – you can purchase it in advance (the Visitor Oyster Card which can be purchased here ) or get one once in London.

For tips on using the public transit in London, you can read this London public transport guide .

For your trip to Paris, you’ll want to book your EuroStar tickets in advance for the train if you haven’t done so already.

Hope that helps, and wishing you a great trip to London & Paris!

Tiffy B Post author

August 12, 2019 at 1:04 pm

Thank you so much for the prompt response and all the helpful tips. I really appreciate your work. May you and Laurence be blessed in everything that you do!

Have a wonderful week!

August 9, 2019 at 3:58 pm

Great itinerary, thank you so much for your recommendation. I’m going to buy 3 days pass and how should I best fit Hop on hop off bus and the river cruise to this itinerary?

August 10, 2019 at 2:47 am

Glad you are planning to use our London itinerary. You can modify the itinerary as you wish but we would suggust maybe doing the sightseeing bus on the first day you arrive to get an overview of the city (rather than so much to get from place to place) by taking one of the routes. This can be a nice way to get an overview of a part of the city. But you can take a look at the routes and see what will make the most sense for you as it could work on other days as well.

We recommend doing the Thames River cruise on Day 2, perhaps after a morning visit to the Tower of London. There is a stop located near the Tower. You can also check out Day 2 suggestions as part of our 6 day itinerary as we have the Thames cruise included as part of it.

Simone Post author

August 6, 2019 at 5:38 am

Hey Laurence and Jessica, Thanks for the content, it has helped me a lot to craft the best route for my short-visiting.

August 7, 2019 at 5:44 am

Hi Simone, You’re very welcome and wishing you a great trip to London. Best, Jessica & Laurence

Claudel P Post author

June 11, 2019 at 8:57 am

Great post! We will be heading to London for 5 full days during Thanksgiving this year.. so I am loving reading on your 3 and 6 day posts! Will there be christmas decorations or christmas markets during this time (november 27-december 2). if so, do you know where and what we should hit? We love Christmas! Have you seen either plays: Harry potter & cursed child, wicked, or matilda? which would you recommend?

Thank you so so much! I’m sure I’ll have more questions once I continue reading 🙂

June 11, 2019 at 10:14 am

Hi Claudel,

Glad you are finding our London posts helpful in planning your trip.

Some Christmas decorations should be up by the beginning of December, especially in the stores. Some of the larger Christmas markets also start around this time. One of the biggest is the Winter Wonderland in Hyde Park and it is expected to begin in late November so you should be able to catch that which has Christmas market, decorations, ice skating, rides, circus shows, etc, but it is a bit early for exact dates for most of these so I’d check a bit closer to your trip. You can see the official website for the Winter Wonderland here .

I have personally seen Wicked and enjoyed it but not the other two, but all have really good reviews. I doubt you’d be disappointed with any of them and I would go for the one that is of most interest to you. Or if you are on a bit of a budget, you can see if you can get discount tickets for any of the shows once in London. If you are getting a London Pass, then Wicked is currently one of the shows that pass users are eligible for discounted tickets, you can see more about this here .

Note that the Harry Potter & Cursed Child is a long two-part show (either both shows on same day or 2 over 2 days) and tickets often sell out well in advance, and you are very unlikely to get a discount for that show. So if that one is your fave, I’d book it in advance to guarantee a seat.

If you enjoy Harry Potter, Laurence has a Harry Potter filming location in London guide that you might enjoy, as well as a guide to the Warner Brothers Harry Potter Studio Tour .

Olga castillo Post author

May 29, 2019 at 12:49 pm

Great tips and great 3 day pass information.

On the London pass does that include theater tickets? Any recommendations for a nice pub for lunch and for a good place for fish n chips. Also if you can help me out or give me some suggestions. I purchased London eye tickets for the wrong date, now it seems that I can’t change therefore will lose my money what can I do please help. Also can we wear shorts and go into the churches and the museums? Please advice if all possible. O. Castillo Miami Fl

May 29, 2019 at 2:23 pm

Glad you finding our London itinerary helpful in planning your upcoming trip. Sure happy to try to answer your question.

– The London Pass does not include free theater tickets, but it gives you up to 50% off on certain shows so you can purchase theater tickets at a discounted rates through their concierge service with your Pass. For example, there is usually 4-5 shows discounted (e.g., Aladdin, Thriller Live) and the discounts are usually between 20 to 50% off the normal ticket price. You can see more about this here . -BTW, I assumed above you were referring to West End performance theater, not movie theaters / cinemas as the London Pass does allow free entry to see films in a few area Curzon movie theaters right now. You can see those listed under the included attractions.

-There are LOTS of good pubs in London and many also serve fish and chips so you can get both at the same place in many cases. I’m not an expert on good fish n chips, but I would just do a search online depending on where you are and you’ll find lots of recommendations. The Clarence in Whitehill (Westminster) is a long-standing central pub where many Prime Minsters have had a pint including Winston Churchill. One popular spot for fish n chips is Ben’s Traditional Fish & Chips. But as I said, there are lots and lots of pubs, you’ll run into them everywhere as you walk around.

-For London Eye tickets, I can’t really help with that. You will need to call or email the London Eye or ticket seller where you purchased the tickets to see if they can change the date for you. Where did you purchase them?

-Appropriate shorts (e.g., not too short) should be OK in London. Most of the churches in London are active places of worship and so you should dress respectfully and act as you would in churches in your own country. You are asked to dress respectfully and modestly (e.g., avoid wearing things like skimpy tank tops, midriff baring tops, really short shorts/skirts) and for men to remove hat upon entry, etc.

-Note that if you are from Miami you might find London a bit chilly depending on the weather when you visit, as it can be cool and rainy even in the summer at times (or it can be pretty hot). So be sure to check the weather before your trip and make sure you bring some clothes for layering.

Stanley Post author

May 18, 2019 at 8:58 pm

Hi Jessica,

We, a party of 4 adults and 6 teenagers, will be in London this December. First arrival on the 18th, then off to Europe the next day, and back to London for a few days from the 31st to the 2nd

My questions are:

1. Would moving around London (mainly using tube, HIHO, and walking) during New Year’s eve and New Year’s day itself be congested, meaning we may have to scale down on the number of places that we plan to visit?

2. Will the attractions be open on New Year’s day?

3. For the above reasons, and to avoid the crowd, we are actually considering the option of taking a day trip to Bicester Village on New Year’s eve for some shopping. But, can you advise if we would have problems returning to London due to overcrowding on the trains and tube?

May 19, 2019 at 3:42 am

Hi Stanley,

Sounds like a fun family trip to Europe.

1. Yes, things will likely be congested on New Year’s Eve, especially towards evening as many people will be heading off to eat, celebrate, and party. So expect it to be busy and the Tube may not be the best place to be later in the evening (e.g., plenty of loud drunk people). But New Year’s Day shouldn’t be too bad as most people in the UK are off work and sleeping in as it’s a public holiday.

2. Some attractions will be closed on New Year’s Eve and/or New Year’s Day so I would be sure to double check the ones you plan to visit to be sure they are open. Some may just have reduced hours. But you should still find plenty to do in London on these days as many attractions stay open.

3. Bicester Village is definitely an option and I think it only closes on Christmas. You can get there by train or you can book one of the dedicated shuttle buses that goes back and forth from central London to Bicester Village if worried about the trains/Tube. It is a very popular destination with the Chinese and other international tourists so it will likely still be busy but not more busy than usual. Other non-shopping options is to book a day tour to some place like Stonehenge, Stratford-upon-Avon, Kent, Cambridge, the Cotswolds, etc. Since you have such a large group, a private tour is likely to be less expensive than joining a group tour and most private tours will pick you up and drop you off at your hotel so you don’t need to worry about transportation.

May 19, 2019 at 9:15 pm

Many thanks for the speedy response and useful tips, much appreciated.

Warmest Regards,

Vicki Baker Post author

May 17, 2019 at 6:51 am

So informative. Thanks so much. I have planned our UK trip from your suggestions. What SIM card for my cell phone do you recommend for the UK. We are coming from Canada.

May 17, 2019 at 7:33 am

Hi Vicki, Glad you are finding our London itinerary and other UK content helpful. For a SIM card, perhaps the easiest is going to be the Three SIM card , which you can pick up at the airports in booths or once in London. Then you can just add data to it as required, and they come with unlimited texts and minutes. Three is our provider here in the UK.

Another to consider is the SIMS and SiM stickers by KnowRoaming which is a Canadian company and you could get one before your trip. We’ve used them as well before.

But you can read more about these and other options for getting online and staying in touch internationally in this article .

May 17, 2019 at 7:56 am

Thank you Jessica for the quick response. Will look up the article you suggested. Great help. Keep up the good work!

May 17, 2019 at 9:03 am

Hi Vicki, Glad it was helpful and just leave Laurence (my husband who wrote the article about SIM cards, hotspots, etc.) a comment if you have further questions as he is more of an expert on UK SIMs 🙂 Wishing you a wonderful time in the UK. Jessica

Tim Riley Post author

April 5, 2019 at 10:10 am

Wonderful web site. We are going to be in London 2 days prior to a Princess Cruise around the British isles. There are 8 of us, ranging in age form 62-82. We arrive Heathrow, June 4 @ 6:45am and will be staying 2 nights 6/4 & 6/5) at the Grange Tower Bridge Hotel. Boarding the ship on Thursday, June 6. Would like your suggestion of how best to make the most of 2 these days.

Thanks for your time.

April 5, 2019 at 1:04 pm

Your hotel is well suited for exploring the central highlights of London. I would recommend doing Day 1 and Day 2 of this itinerary. And then I’d recommend taking a few things out and slowing it down since you’ll be traveling in a bigger group. Getting a 2 day London Pass can help as it will allow you to bypass ticket lines at many attractions.

I’d also recommend asking everyone for 1 or 2 must-see things to do or see in London and see if you can incorporate at least one thing everyone really wants to do. Hopefully most will fall within the main highlights (Tower of London, Buckingham Place, etc.) of the itinerary, but may also include changing the itinerary a bit to visit the British Museum, going to a particular shop, or making sure to stop for a fish and chips pub lunch or going to a West End performance.

It may also make sense for a group of this size to split into 2 if there are differences in interests (e.g., one wants to spend the day in museums and one wants to go shopping).

If you have any specific questions about how to modify the itinerary, let me know!

Ken Post author

March 25, 2019 at 10:09 pm

Hi Jessica, we are planning 4 and half days in London and then 3 days and nights starting in Bath and Cotswold. Any suggestions on a mid range hotel/ bed and breakfasts . We are taking a train to Bath and I’m asking for help on the transportation to the Cotswolds area, places to stay for 3 nights,tours and rentals car to get around. Thanks in advance, Ken

March 26, 2019 at 11:29 am

I’d book your train ticket in advance to Bath to save money and also ensure a seat reservation. You can see schedule here .

For exploring the Cotswolds, you can either explore on your own by car or you can take a half day or full day tour from Bath. So if you stay within walking distance of central historic Bath (e.g. Roman baths) you could probably do it without a car if you wanted and rely on public buses and day tours. Or you can rent a car in Bath but you don’t really need a car to explore Bath itself as the highlights are located within walking distance of each other.

If you rent a car, there are a few agencies in Bath including Europcar and Enterprise, we normally use Enterprise, you can check prices here . Just note you need to take a short bus or taxi ride from central Bath to many of the car rental agencies, including Enterprise, as most are a little outside the city center.

For activities and day trips from Bath, I’d check out this list . Some good day trips might be Stonehenge, Cotswolds, Oxford, Bristol, Cheddar Gorge, but I’d recommend spending one day just exploring Bath itself.

We haven’t personally stayed in Bath overnight so I don’t have any personal recs, but there are a number of mid-range hotel and B&B options, I’d just pick something near the city center. Some to check out might be Annabelle’s Guest House , Henrietta House , or The Rising Sun Inn .

Menaka Post author

March 18, 2019 at 5:06 pm

hi Jessica This is super awesome…all your blogs have helped me tremendously in planning my itinerary. Would greatly appreciate your inputs on a few of my questions below: 1- as part of the London pass, I believe we get one day of HOHO bus and River Thames cruise option. Assuming the 24 hour clock for HOHO starts the moment we take the bus but do we also have to take the River Thames cruise within that 24 hours or can we do it any time within the 3 days of London Pass validity? 2- how did use the HOHO option with the 3 day pass itinerary? 3- we want to do the stonehenge, bath and windsor day trip as a part of a tour so I’m assuming the admission fee to Windsor would be a waste for us? 4- we are a party of 6, 2 kids (5 and 9) and 4 adults (2 over 60)- how family friendly would you consider the 3 day itinerary, also considering, we will be jet lagging first couple of days. We are staying a total of 6 days in London and 3 in Edinburgh- London 4 days, Edinburgh 3 days and London 2 days.

Your thoughts are much appreciated.

thanks Menaka

March 18, 2019 at 6:05 pm

1. The HOHO bus ticket is good for 1 full day, so not for 24 hours. Just for one full operating day of the sightseeing bus to whenever the bus service begins to when it ends. The HOHO River Thames cruise is good for 24 hours, and I would probably do this a different day than you are using the bus ticket. 2. You can use the HOHO bus anytime/day you want, but I’d probably do it the first day so you can listen to the commentary and learn more about the city and sightsee from the bus before you start visiting a lot of places. If you are feeling tired the first day from jet lag, this can also be a nice break from walking. Since our itinerary is designed for walking, you don’t really need the bus or public transit too much to get around so you can also use it more to just sightsee than to get from place to place, but it is up to you. 3. For the day trip, yes, the price of the entry fee for Windsor is probably included in your tour cost. I’d try to do the day tour on a day when you don’t have the London Pass if you have days when the pass is not going to be valid. 4. With 2 younger kids and a group of 6 people, it is going to take you longer and you’ll need more breaks. So I’d cut out a little bit from each day or just take it at a relaxed pace and do what you can each day, without trying to rush too much. Maybe just set priorities to make sure that everyone in the group gets to visit their top attraction. I’d get some info from everyone what their must-see thing to do in London is so you know it ahead of time and can make sure you can fit it in.

Elaine Post author

February 24, 2019 at 8:54 am

Hi Jessica and Laurence, My friend and I are traveling to London and Paris from 4/19 (land at 9am) – 4/26 (leave at 6:40 pm) . My son is studying abroad in Bologna and will be meeting us in London for the weekend. We are in London from 4/19-4/23 but are going on a day trip to Highclere Castle on 4/22. What days’ itinerary would you suggest for Friday, Saturday and Sunday. Sunday is Easter so hope that doesn’t impact our stay too much. We were planning on attending Mass(Covent Garden) around 9ish that morning then continuing on from there. We are staying at the Doubletree Hilton – Victoria. Thank you, Elaine

February 24, 2019 at 10:15 am

I think our suggested 3 Day itinerary will work for you since you essentially have 3 full days with one day going to Highclere Castle. I’d just check on the opening dates for each attractions you want to visit. Some may be closed (or have reduced hours) for Easter Sunday. Many attractions are closed certain days (Westminster Abbey closes on Sunday) so I would just plan as you would any other trip. If you plan to follow our itinerary (at least loosely), I’d recommend considering the London Pass.

Covent Garden is a good area as you are within walking distance (or short ride) from several good attractions including St. Paul’s Cathedral, London Transport Museum, The National Gallery, and the West End theatres.

At Highclere Castle be sure to take time to stroll the gardens and visit the museum – the focus of the visit here has become on Downton Abbey but I think the true life story of the family is more interesting.

I would expect that London will be busier than usual that weekend as many people, locals and tourists, will be enjoying a long weekend in the city. But it should not be as busy as summertime.

For Paris, it looks like you may have at least 2 full days there. Here is a suggested 2 day Paris itinerary that may be helpful.

Hope that helps, and let us know if you have any specific questions as you continue planning your trip to London!

Cindy Post author

January 13, 2019 at 1:05 pm

I am researching my first trip to London. I think that our flight will come in around 11:00 am. Is this too late to start with the day 1 itinerary? Is there something else that you would recommend for this day?

January 13, 2019 at 3:22 pm

Hi Cindy, If your flights lands around 11am and then you go through security, baggage claim, travel into London, and check into your hotel to leave your luggage, you’ll probably have about half the day left. So you could probably fit in part of the day’s itinerary, but you won’t be able to do it all.

I would suggest just picking one big attraction that you want to visit and head there after you get into London and drop off your luggage, perhaps in Westminster. Then after your visit you can see how much time you have left. I’d do some walking around and visit one or two of the attractions that are open later hours, such as the London Eye and the the Shard or you can do a tour such as the Jack the Ripper tour or get tickets for a West End show. Some of the museums also are open late one night of the week (Fridays is a popular day) so you can check that as well.

Hope that helps, Jessica

Cindy Dunlap Post author

May 6, 2019 at 3:01 pm

Hi Jessica, I think this was my post to you from January. Now that I have solidified my itinerary a little more, it raises more questions. You were so good with your last reply I am reaching out to you again. We land at Heathrow at 10:10am on May 12th, with transportation to our hotel in Bloomsberry already covered. Should we purchase our Oyster Pass at the airport? We will be in London May 12th, 13th, 14th, then Paris on the 15th for a one day visit. (Already have tickets for EuroStar) Back in London 16th with a 1:15 Harry Potter Tour and 17th with an afternoon tour of Stonehenge. We fly back home at noon on Saturday the 18th. We are planning to get a two day London Pass since my understanding is they have to be used on consecutive days. Should we pick up the pass at their Center? We love your 3 day itinerary but how can we tweak it to fit our schedule, any suggestions? Also, we want to do the London Eye, any idea as to when would be best time to squeeze it into our time in London? So much to see so little time???? Any help you can give would be greatly appreciated. Thank you in advance, Cindy

May 7, 2019 at 1:11 pm

Hi Cindy, Yes, I think getting the Oyster Card at the airport make sense and then you can start using it right away. Otherwise you can purchase the Oyster Card at just about any Underground station (the standard one, not the Visitor one).

Yes, the London Pass has to be used during consecutive days so it does sound like you would want the 2 day London Pass. I would then to try to visit all the main attractions you want to visit covered by the London Pass on those 2 days. You can often save money by purchasing the London Pass online and then you could pick it up in central London. Otherwise, you can purchase it at the Heathrow airport Information Center, but the lines here can sometimes be a bit long.

If you like the itinerary and you only have 2 days, I would just do Day 1 and Day 2 of the itinerary as that covers most of the central highlights of London. The London Eye is already included as a suggestion for something to do in the evening of Day 1. Since the London Eye is not included on the London Pass, it is good to do in evening when other attractions are closed. It is also nice for sunset views and is open late.

Grace lee Post author

October 17, 2018 at 5:46 pm

Wow! I can’t believe how helpful this site is! You’re amazing. We will be in london in June for about 5 full days and will follow your 3 day itinerary. We want to explore Cotswolds area. Is there a way to do it without a tour guide? Sounds like it’s not an easy area to visit on your own? We will rely on public transportation. Any suggestions please? Thank you! Sincerely, Grace from Chicago

October 18, 2018 at 12:19 pm

Public transport is generally very good in the UK, particularly England, but it is not the best in the Cotswolds area. You can take a train to get there but a train will not get you around efficiently. There are several bus companies that operate within the area but you can spend a lot of time waiting and changing buses to see the main towns with tourist appeal unless you only want to stop in one or two of them. It is doable though to see the area by bus, and best if you have 2 days from London to explore just so you have adequate time to really explore. If you decide to do public transit, I’d recommend taking a train to Oxford and then taking buses from there.

But probably the two best ways to explore the area, especially as a day trip or overnight trip from London, are by renting a car or taking a guided bus tour (or private tour). If you are only doing a day trip, it is probably not worth renting a car unless you have a bit more time. Taking an escorted tour of the Cotswolds is very time efficient as you don’t have to worry about driving or parking, can visit several villages in one day, and they will take you to some of the most scenic and popular spots.

Check out our article on visiting Blenheim Palace and the Cotswolds , as it goes over the various options in how to get to Oxford and the Cotswolds from London (car, train, bus, guided tour, self drive). It can also help you decide what villages and attractions you may want to visit on a day trip.

Hopefully that helps, and just let us know if you have any further questions as you plan your trip to London!

Julie Post author

October 17, 2018 at 12:00 am

Hello I will be arriving at Gatwick airport next month. It is my first trip to London and I am very excited! Can I know where can I buy the London oyster card and London pass in Gatwick airport? Will the shop be opened? Also how much to rent a wifi router there? My arrival time is 5am. I will need the card to go to St Pancras station. Thanks in advance!

October 17, 2018 at 1:23 pm

Sounds like an exciting trip to London!

You can buy the London Pass at Gatwick Airport at the travel concierge and reservations desks. I don’t know for certain their hours, but it says here that there are 2 and both open at 4:00am. I would call in advance just to double check their times and what they have available if you need to purchase something there and you can find all the phone details here: https://www.gatwickairport.com/at-the-airport/shopping-eating/shops/airport-concierge/

But I would actually recommend buying the London Pass online in advance if you can. It is currently on sale so it will save you a little money – you can then have it delivered to your home (for a shipping fee) or pick it up once in London (for free).

If you are planning to get a Visitor Oyster Card , you need to purchase it in advance. You can purchase it alone or in combination with the London Pass.

The regular Oyster Card can be purchased at the concierge desks in Gatwick North Terminal or Gatwick South Terminal or at the Gatwick Airport train station (or most Underground stations once in London).

I am not sure about mobile WiFi hotspots, but you can certainly rent them if you need to. If you can’t rent one in the airport (or they seem too pricey), you can certainly rent them once you get into London. Here is a guide to getting online while traveling that might be helpful. But you might also look into options before your trip. Prices generally range from about $7 to $12 per day depending on the company.

Hope this helps and do let us know if you have more questions as you plan your trip to London!

October 19, 2018 at 10:35 pm

Hi Jessica, thank you for your quick reply. 🙂 Could you let me know if our itinerary (first week of Nov) is feasible? We do not want to wear ourselves out, yet do not wish to miss out on any interesting sights.

DAY 1 (5pm onwards) – Watch a musical. Which do you recommend? And any tips on getting a cheaper tic? I have watched The Wicked, Lion King, Phantom of the Opera and the Les Miserables at my hometown. Would love to watch one that I have not seen before in London itself!!

DAY 2 – 1) Free & easy day trip to Stonehenge. Love to see the magnificent wonders of nature! Is it the most convenient way to go by the tube? Can I just use the Oyster card?

2) Leicester Square to see the Christmas lights (heard it will be up already?)

DAY 3 – 1) Sky Garden, 2) Imperial War Museum, 3) Westminister Abbey, 4) Churchill War Rooms, 5) Thames River Boat Cruise @Westminister Pier, 6) London Eye.

DAY 4 – 1) St. Paul’s Cathedral, 2) Tower of London, 3) Tower Bridge, 4) Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, 5) Borough Market, 6) View From The Shard.

DAY 5 – 1) Kensington Palace, 2) Windsor Castle.

DAY 6 (Need to leave for Gatwick around 6 – 7pm) – 1) British Museum, 2) London Zoo.

I am thinking to get a 3 days London Pass to use from Days 2 ~ 4. Is the free transport to Windsor Castle still valid on Day 5, after the 3 days?

We are also keen in the following: Is it possible to squeeze into the above?

1. Mudchute City Farm (If we go for this, should we skip London Zoo?) 2. Chinatown 3. Museum of Brands, Packaging & Advertising 4. Brick Lane visit 5. Big Ben (Is it under renovation?) 6. B Bakery Afternoon Tea Bus Tour

We are also on a tight budget as have spent most on the airfare and accommodation. It would be great if you can recommend any affordable and nice places to eat, shop (for souvenirs, snacks, etc) or apps that can use to get discounts? Is UK Groupon good for tourists? Our budget is around 20 pounds/pax for lunch and dinner.

Thank you in advance!

October 21, 2018 at 9:33 am

There are a lot of musicals (and plays) always playing in London – you’ve seen some good ones, some other popular ones include Kinky Boots, Book of Mormon, Aladdin, Matilda, Mamma Mia, Thriller, Hamilton, and School of Rock.

If you are flexible about the performance you see, a good way to save money is to check in at the TKTS booth in Leicester Square which offers half-price and discounted theatre tickets or you can go directly to a theatre’s box office on the day for cheap standby tickets and returns. But you can also save money often by booking online (just be sure to book with a reputable ticket seller). You can also get discounted theater tickets with the London Pass (performances change but currently includes Thriller, Kinky Boots, and Aladdin) as well and you can see more about that here .

If you want to go to Stonehenge, you will need to book train tickets (and then take a shuttle) or book a bus trip. Stonehenge is far from London so you cannot use your Oyster Card or take the Tube. You can read all about that in our Stonehenge day trip post. I’d recommend booking a day tour for the most convenient option.

Day 3 – This will be a busy day and a bit spread out. I’d start early and perhaps consider starting at either Westminster Abbey or Churchill War Rooms as those are the busiest 2 attractions. Or start really early at Sky Garden (breakfast or coffee) so you can get to one of the others by opening time.

Day 4 – Tower of London gets very busy, so you may want to go there first. St. Paul’s is also busy but absorbs crowds a bit better. Just a thought.

The London Pass will definitely save you money on your time in London if you do all the above. I’d consider the 6 Day London Pass (especially since it is currently on sale) as I think it will be worth it as you’ll save money on entrances to Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, and the travel to Windsor and back. Otherwise you will need to pay for these entrances and the travel.

I would probably not try to squeeze much more into your itinerary as it is already pretty full. If you find yourself with extra time, it is always good to know what else is around you but I would maybe not try to do too much more. Having some time to relax and enjoy just wandering around and enjoying a pub lunch is always nice 😉 Big Ben is under renovation and is not expected to reopen to the public for tours until 2021.

Some budget tips: London Pass will save you money on attractions and theatre tickets. Grab sandwiches and snacks from places like Boots or Marks & Spencers during the day – most UK grocery stores and convenience stores offer grab-and-go meals deals around £10 which include sandwich or pasta, side or snack, and drink. Compare menus for sit-down meals before you sit down – traditional pub meals usually offer a good value in London as well as ethnic food spots like Indian, Thai, and Pakistani. London has great Indian food! I have not used Groupon in the UK but it is here.

October 24, 2018 at 12:21 am

Noted on your tips.

If I buy a 3 days London Pass, do I have to activate the HOHO bus and transport to/from Windsor Castle during the same 3 days? Or can they be used outside of the 3 days?

Also what is the current theatre 1 for 1 promotion on the Visitor Oyster card? I read up online and it seems that the train play (can’t remember the name) has finished? Does it offer discount for Aladdin and the other plays that you mentioned?

If not, would it better if I just buy a standard Oyster Card at Gatwick airport’s concierge counter upon arrival? Is it for sale there? I emailed them but no response.

Where are the places that I can get affordable souvenirs and snacks?

October 25, 2018 at 12:51 pm

Yes, you do need to get and use the HOHO ticket while your London Pass is valid, you use your London Pass to get a same-day ticket to get on the bus. It is the same for Windsor Castle as if the person checks your London Pass date and it is expired they won’t let you though the gates (they are manned by a staff member). So for your itinerary, I’d recommend the 6 day pass as it will probably be a better value than the 4 for what you want to do.

For the discounts with the Visitor Oyster Card, you can see them here . They change regularly so not sure which theater tickets are currently on offer. For the London Pass, you can see the discounted tickets on offer here (currently includes Aladdin).

The Oyster Cards are essentially the same but the Visitor Oyster Card provides discounts so it is normally the pick for most visitors. But if you don’t plan to use any of the discounts, then either will work exactly the same. Just remember the Visitor Oyster Card would need to be purchased before your arrival to London.

As noted before, there are several locations you can purchase the regular Oyster Card at Gatwick. If you need to get a hold of the airport concierge counter, I’d recommend calling them rather than email them. The phone number to both desks is on the page I sent earlier.

For discounts on passes and cards, you won’t find them in person, only online. So if the London Pass is on sale, I’d definitely recommend buying it online. The London Pass has fairly regular sales online. As far as I know there are not sales on the Oyster Card as it is a transport pass.

A good area for budget souvenirs is actually where you pick up the London Pass (if you buy it online, and don’t have it mailed) around Leicester Square as there are several shops there. But it depends on what you are looking for as you’ll see souvenir places all around as you travel in London. Snacks can be found all over – grocery stores like Boots, Sainsburys, Aldi, Tesco, etc. all have affordable snacks.

Wishing you a great trip to London!

Sulastri Gunawan Post author

October 14, 2018 at 7:33 am

We’re interested to follow your 3 days itinerary and buy a London Pass for 4 people. Please advise which 3 stars hotel should I stay which is close to the HOHO bus so we can save transport cost.

Many thanks and best regards, Lastri

October 14, 2018 at 2:37 pm

Hi Sulastri,

Glad you found our 3 days in London post helpful in planning your trip itinerary 😉 In terms of hotels in the 3 star range a few to check out are Premier Inn (located near the Borough Market and London Bridge), Hilton Tower Bridge (within walking distance of Tower Bridge, London Bridge, and Borough Market) and Nadler Victoria Hotel (a 4-star near Buckingham Palace). All are centrally located and within a 10 minute walk of a HOHO bus stop – all work well with the itinerary and will minimize the amount of public transport (or taxis) you’ll need to take.

Those should give you some good places to start, but you have loads of lodging options in London near bus stops as the buses stop near almost all of the major centrally located tourist attractions.

sergio Post author

October 10, 2018 at 10:58 pm

This itinerary is amazing. The best one I’ve seen while researching my London trip next week. Is there a way to get this in a PDF or hard copy so I can keep it with me while on the road? Or should I just print it from my web browser. I feel like it may get too cluttered that way. Thanks!

October 12, 2018 at 7:28 pm

Hi Sergio, So happy you found our 3 day London itinerary so helpful in planning your trip! We don’t have a great way to get a PDF of our content at this time, but since a lot of people have asked over the past year, we are trying to come up with a solution soon.

But can definitely print it if you wish and the best way to do that might be to scroll to the bottom of the post and then find the “Share this Post” social icons. If you then click on the “More” button, you’ll find a print option.

Wishing you a wonderful trip to London! Jessica

Karen Post author

October 10, 2018 at 9:50 am

Hi, We will be visiting London October 25-28. I am having a hard time deciding on how to plan out our days. We arrive October 25th at 10:00 am from Los Angeles. I would like to do some sightseeing that afternoon. What would you recommend doing that day? Th next day we will try to see a lot!! Then on the 27th I would like to go to Windsor and if you have other recommendations I would greatly appreciate it. Do you think we should book any tours? Sorry for all the questions. It’s difficult to cram so much in a short time. I appreciate your help. I love your site!! Its been very helpful.

October 10, 2018 at 10:53 am

I would recommend following the Day 1 suggested itinerary on your first afternoon in London. Since you will have a later start, you won’t be able to go inside too many places, so prioritize any of the sites you want to visit the interiors, but there is lots to see by just following the walking tour. Then on Day 2, I’d start at Tower of London if you want to visit there. On Day 2, you can also go back and visit anything on Day 1 that you missed and prioritize the places you really want to see/visit. Then Day 3 you can follow the Day 3 itinerary as it includes Windsor.

Since it sounds like you have about 3 full days, I’d just modify the 3 day London itinerary into how it fits your time in London and interests. The more you plan ahead, the more you’ll be able to see. Just make sure to leave in some flexibility so you are not too rushed and have some time to explore and enjoy!

Let me know if you have questions as you put together your itinerary.

Anais Hernandez Post author

October 1, 2018 at 5:42 pm

My brother and I will be spending 3 full days in London in November. After sooooo many reading of London itinerary, this one is the most complex. I feel it covers everything and most importantly at my pace. Love it! Well done!

October 3, 2018 at 8:31 pm

Hi Anais, Thank you so much for taking the time to leave us a comment and thanks so much for the kind words. We are so happy that you found our 3 day London itinerary helpful for planning your trip to London. We wish you and your brother a wonderful 3 days in London. Please let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip – we will be back in London in November ourselves for a week 😉 Best, Jessica

Hugh Post author

August 25, 2018 at 4:49 am

Hi Jessica & Laurence,

Simply wow….!!! Your efforts are really appreciable, this is an amazing itinerary for spending 3 days in London. I love all the images that you have shared. Thanks for sharing this!

August 25, 2018 at 5:45 am

Thanks Hugh, thanks for taking the time to comment and wishing you a great trip to London! ~ Jessica

Rio Post author

August 25, 2018 at 4:00 am

This is a great itinerary. As a native Brit I only visited the Tower of London last year and still have yet to visit The Churchill War Rooms (it was closed the last time I was there). I used to visit London several times a year as I had family living there at the time and we would rarely do any tourist attractions. It’s only in the last few years that I’ve actually managed to properly explore our Capital.

August 25, 2018 at 5:43 am

Hi Rio, Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and hopefully you get a chance to visit some more attractions on your next trip. It is so true that we often don’t properly explore our own home. My husband lived in central London for a few years, and only went to a few of the major tourist attractions while he was there. Now, with me, he’s been to just about all the highlights over the past few years 😉 Best, Jessica

Rob+Ann Post author

August 21, 2018 at 8:55 pm

We’ll definitely be using both this itinerary and the London Pass on our next visit. Sadly, we have yet to actually dedicate a trip to explore the city properly! Fixing that is high on our list. Thanks for all of the ideas and details – pinning this one for later! Only thing is, so much to see we’ll have to repeat several times. At least, that’s our plan! 🙂

August 23, 2018 at 5:40 am

Hi Rob & Ann, Hope you get a chance to visit soon and the London Pass is definitely a great way to explore the city. Yes, there is so much to do in London that it can take a few visits to do all the things you might want to do. We visit at least once a year and always leave with things we want to see next time 😉 Best, Jessica

Seana Turner Post author

August 20, 2018 at 6:10 am

The last time we were in London I was surprised at how crowded it was. It had been awhile since I’d been there, and I found it pretty packed. If I were to go back, I’d love the side trips. I’ve never done any of them. I would love seeing Highclere Castle and the Harry Potter world. I wonder what I would think of Stonehenge, but hey, why not? I love the detail of all of your posts.

August 20, 2018 at 6:29 am

Hi Seana, Yes, London is just one of those cities that is busy and popular year round – it can particularly be busy in the summer months. We tend to visit in the autumn, winter, or Spring although you can get some amazing weather in summer. Day trips are pretty easy to take from London and we’ve done all three of those ones and really enjoyed them – I am not even a huge Harry Potter fan but the Harry Potter Studio is still really interesting and well done. Best, Jessica

Anna Post author

August 19, 2018 at 7:43 am

London is such an awesome city and what a great itineary! I´ve spent a month there for my masters thesis 6 years ago and really wanted to go back to do more of the sightseeing ever since! Especially the day trips like Stonehenge or Oxford!

August 19, 2018 at 11:11 am

Hi Anna, Thanks, and hope you get a chance to return to London to do some of the day trips and explore more of the country. Stonehenge and Oxford are both great places to visit in England – we particularly really love Oxford. Best, Jessica

Michael Post author

August 19, 2018 at 3:26 am

Wow what an extensive list of things to do! WE live in London and are meant to be planning 3 days here for our friends later this year. I think I might just send them the link to this and then spend my afternoon in the pub!? Thanks for sharing!

August 19, 2018 at 4:59 am

Hi Michael, So you can just print the 3 day London itinerary, have them buy a London Pass, and meet up with them after their sightseeing in the evening for drinks and dinners – all sorted 😉 It can be hard to show people around a popular destination, I used to live near San Francisco and we now are in Edinburgh (Laurence used to live in London as well) and most people want to go do/see many of the same things but how many times do you really want to ride the cable cars or visit Edinburgh Castle. Enjoy your friends’ visit to London and hope this helps you a bit in your planning! Best, Jessica

Wendy Maes Post author

August 18, 2018 at 7:00 am

It’s been 16 yers since I was in London, but next month I am finally going back with my BFF. This itinerary is perfect! I am going to pin it to use it next month.

August 18, 2018 at 7:59 am

Hi Wendy, Thanks for pinning and so happy to hear you are getting a chance to visit London again next month. I hope you have a wonderful time and glad our London itinerary came at such a great time – enjoy your vacation in London! Best, Jessica

California Globetrotter Post author

August 17, 2018 at 7:20 pm

We thoroughly enjoyed using the London Pass and would highly recommend it again! And probably get it again on a future return to do more! So convenient, and it’s so nice to be able to visit as many locations as you wish without any limits, unlike Nashville.

August 18, 2018 at 7:47 am

Hi Lolo, Yes, the London Pass is one of our favorite city discount passes and we’ve used it a few times now. It would definitely save you money (and time) if spending three days in London and visiting many of the places on this itinerary. It along with the Paris Museum Pass are our two favorite city passes we’ve used.

There is a limit with the London Pass (there is a maximum purse value) but it is pretty high so very few travelers would be able to visit enough places to max is out, and we’ve never heard from anyone about this being an issue. Best, Jessica

Cynthia Post author

August 17, 2018 at 6:41 pm

This is a great itinerary! I was in London for 5 days a few years ago. My favorites were the National Gallery, the British Museum, and the Tate Modern. Also went to a couple other museums can’t remember names of! One had pre-Raphaelite art. Wonderful collections. The Tower of London and other iconic sights were faves as well. I liked seeing the sparkly jewels. 😉

August 18, 2018 at 7:41 am

Hi Cynthia,

Thanks, yes, London has some amazing museums and art galleries and you could easily spend 3 full days just visiting them! Sounds like you visited a number of great ones. Umm, for the pre-Raphaelite art, it may have been The Tate (not the Tate Modern) but it could have been one of several museums. Yes, the Tower of London and the Crown Jewels is always a popular favorite 😉 Best, Jessica

Anda Post author

August 17, 2018 at 6:15 pm

London is one of my favorite travel destinations. We’ve spent a week there a few years ago, but my sweet memories started to fade. I think it’s time for another trip. Your 3-day itinerary gave me the idea to add London to our trip to Italy this fall.

August 18, 2018 at 7:36 am

Hi Anda, Ours too! Although I didn’t have a very good impression of London on my first day there, it was raining, windy, and there was tons of some sort of debris in the air that kept blowing into our faces. One of our first stops was also visa related which didn’t add to the appeal. But I’ve come to really love the city and there is just so much to do there, which is a good thing since is it one of the places we visit the most 😉 Hope you get a chance to stop in London in the fall. Best, Jessica

Katherine Post author

August 17, 2018 at 2:35 pm

I lived in London for a few years, and the best thing about it is that you’re never done seeing everything there. There’s always something new and different to check out, and your London itinerary is an awesome first taste! I miss it so much 🙂

August 18, 2018 at 7:34 am

Hi Katherine, I hope you get a chance to get back to London soon 😉 Laurence also used to live in London but saw very few tourist attractions while in London so he enjoys returning with me and seeing all the museums, historical attractions, etc. We’re excited to head back for a week in November! Jessica

Anisa Post author

August 17, 2018 at 1:46 pm

I have spent a fair amount of time in London but I still have so many things I want to see! I need to go to the Churchill War Rooms and do the tour of the Houses of Parliament. I still need to go to the Sky Garden too, but I never plan enough in advance.

August 18, 2018 at 7:31 am

Hi Anisa, Both the Houses of Parliament and Churchill War Rooms are great sites in London and both are easy to visit on the same day as they are a short walk from one another, but you do need to plan ahead for the Parliament. There are also some similar threads between them that make them good stops for the same day. We’ve visited the War Rooms twice, once with a guide and once without and found it interesting both times. Best, Jessica

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of replies to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store the data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

Everything you need to know before you go to London in 2024

Mar 10, 2024 • 7 min read

Make the most of your trip to London with these expert tips © FilippoBacci / Getty Images

Even though I was born and raised in London, I’ve been caught out without a brolly (umbrella) in the rain countless times. I’ve felt the scorn of others when not noticing there’s a queue, and I’ve made the costly error of driving into the city. But as a local, I’ve made these mistakes so you don’t have to; I hope my experience and top tips help inspire a smooth and memorable trip to the UK capital.

1. Know your Tube etiquette

One easy way to annoy commuters is to not follow these very easy rules when traveling around on London’s Underground. Get your ticket, bank card or smart phone ready before you reach the ticket barriers so you don’t create a queue. Stand on the right when using escalators so passengers wanting to walk can pass. Let passengers off the train first (stand to either the right or left of the doors) before you board. Offer your seat to someone who may need it more, such as a pregnant person, an elderly person, someone who is disabled and so on. And definitely don't try to strike up conversations with the locals (if you want to blend in). 

2. Skip the car

London ’s roads are small, its traffic is chaotic, and there’s hardly anywhere to park. Plus, you’ll be charged for driving your car in to the center of London – the congestion charge is £15 a day, while the separate ULEZ charge starts from £12.50 and only certain energy efficient or electric cars are exempt. The best way to get around is on public transport (although check on the TFL website or app for information on industrial action and weekend engineering works). Use the Tube, hop on a bus, or rent a bike or e-bike if in the center of the city; cycle maps, highlighting designated paths for bikes, can be downloaded online.

3. Bring layers (and a raincoat)

London’s weather is changeable – temperatures have been known to rise and fall by 20°C in a matter of days. Showers can happen any time of year so pack a brolly (umbrella) or raincoat in your day bag and wear layers that you can easily take off. In summer, always carry a bottle of water on the Tube (the deep tunnels were built before air-conditioning). And while the climate may be mercurial, don’t let bad weather put you off going about your day – simply switch to more indoor-based activities, there are hundreds of them to choose from.

4. Opt for comfort over fashion when it comes to shoes

Most people cover a lot of ground when exploring London, plus different terrains: grass in the many green spaces, long Tube escalators, slippery pavements and even cobblestones. Museums require leg work, as do bridges, boats and parks. Heels are pretty pointless in London, unless you are getting a door-to-door cab to a venue. 

5. Make reservations for top restaurants

While there are plenty of terrific places to eat that welcome walk-ins (although be prepared to queue for the best joints), many of the best restaurants are booked up weeks in advance, especially new ones or those run by celebrity chefs. More restaurants have adopted booking policies and deposits since the pandemic, so if you’re looking for a unique dining experience, you will need to book ahead.

6. Do as the Londoners do and go to a supper club

Embed yourself in London life with a dinner party with locals; a supper club is a superb way to try home-cooked local food from London’s diverse community. These are locally run endeavors, taking place in people’s homes or taking over whole restaurants – try The Bridge Club  serving British eats made with French cooking techniques in South London, Dinner Ladies putting on immersive food experiences, or Indian street food run out of local chef Dhruv Mittal’s flat.

7. Know how to order at a pub

There are unspoken rules when visiting a pub. One person – not a whole group – should go to the bar. Stand anywhere and wait your turn. If someone was waiting before you, it’s polite to signal for the bar staff to serve them first if they come over to you. When you go back to your table with the drinks, you just bought "a round". Now everyone at the table owes you a drink throughout the evening, each person has a turn at buying a round. Last orders are when the bell rings, and from this moment you have 20 minutes to finish your drink.

8. Go to a football game

Football rivalries run high in the city, with 17 football clubs, including seven Premier League teams and four Women’s Super League Teams. Giant temples to "The Beautiful Game" sit around London and are great places to feel the collective energy of the city, as locals congregate (come rain or shine) to watch their heroes on the field. You'll need to book tickets far in advance for Premier League Games, but women’s and lower league men’s games are usually easier to come by – and arguably far more fun to watch. Visit local team websites to book.

9. Be polite and embrace the art of queueing

Londoners (and British people alike) are big on manners, and not having any will get you into trouble. Say "please" and "thank you", and apologize if you bump into someone. Don’t stare at people on the Tube, and hold a door open for people behind you when you walk through one. Let people pass, and be sure to help people in need (people with buggies at the top of stairs, older people crossing the road etc). If there is a queue to the attraction you want to visit or a stall you want to buy from, join it – you’ll might not get into a confrontation if you skip the line, but you will be judged. 

10. Make a plan, but don't go overboard

London is massive, so getting from one side to the other takes a couple of hours in a car (and that's if there is light traffic). Riding the Tube is quicker, but journey times can still be long if attractions are on either side of the city. Minimize travel times by exploring by neighborhood – do a day in Central London, another day in West London and so on. Plan on spending at least a few hours in the big museums and galleries, as there is so much to see. Take many breaks, grab lunch at a cafe or pub and pause to take in the views. It’s easy to get carried away with the energetic pace of London, but sights are more enjoyable if you adopt a more leisurely approach.

11. Don’t leave your stuff lying around

Don’t leave your bags unattended at public venues like stations, buses, theaters or museums, as this is likely to cause alarm and your bag may be removed – or stolen. Only take with you what you are able to carry for several hours. Luggage storage is generally rare in London, but hotels will likely store bags once you check out. Avoid carrying mobile phones in back pockets or where they can be easily swiped from your hand in the street. Never leave your phone or purse on a cafe table, opportunistic thieves will distract you and it will be gone before you realise what's happening. 

12. It's an election year in London

The incumbent mayor of London, Sadiq Khan, will face an election race in May 2024 (he's been in the top job since 2016). This might not be particularly noteworthy for travelers, but it does mean there's greater incentive to make sure London is working well. Policing, housing and public transport are high on the agenda for all the candidates. Services have been expanded to support the rising number of "rough sleepers" in the city, with the visible issue of homelessness a concern for locals and visitors alike. Tube strikes, which brought the city to a standstill in 2023, have been averted but industrial action on national rail services in and out of the city continue. The city goes to the polls on Thursday 2 May, 2024. 

This article was first published Sep 7, 2023 and updated Mar 10, 2024.

Explore related stories

Aug 1, 2024 • 5 min read

If the 2024 Summer Olympics in Paris piqued your interest, it’s not too early to turn your focus to the 2028 games in LA.

Jul 31, 2024 • 5 min read

Jul 18, 2024 • 2 min read

Jul 17, 2024 • 3 min read

Jun 15, 2024 • 17 min read

Jun 12, 2024 • 12 min read

Jun 12, 2024 • 8 min read

May 14, 2024 • 7 min read

Mar 22, 2024 • 9 min read

Mar 17, 2024 • 10 min read

30 Best Places to Visit in London 2024

Planning a trip to the vibrant city of London? From iconic landmarks like the Tower of London to hidden gems in the city's neighborhoods, we'll take you on a journey through the top 30 best places to visit in London 2024.

• London's Diverse Heritage: London offers a remarkable blend of historical landmarks like the Tower of London and Buckingham Palace, showcasing its rich heritage.
• Modern Marvels: Iconic modern structures such as The Shard and the London Eye provide breathtaking views and contemporary experiences.
• Neighborhood Charm: From the vibrant Covent Garden to the eclectic Camden Market, London's neighborhoods offer unique and diverse attractions, ensuring there's something for every traveler.

London is one of the most iconic cities in the world, offering endless opportunities for adventure, culture, and entertainment. To help you make the most of your trip, we have curated a list of the 30 best places to visit in London, each handpicked by our expert travel consultants.

From historical landmarks to world-class museums and bustling markets, London has something to offer every type of traveler. In this article, we will take you on a virtual tour of the top must-visit destinations in London. Get ready to explore the city's rich history, culture, and contemporary scene, and discover the hidden gems that make London one of the most exciting cities in the world.

Whether you are a first-time visitor or a seasoned traveler, this guide will inspire and delight you. So pack your bags, put on your walking shoes, and get ready to discover the best places to visit in London for 2024.

Big Ben is majestic London's most iconic landmark & one of the best places to visit in England 2024 , in the heart of Westminster. This clock tower has a fascinating history, dating back to 1858 when it was first built. The name " Big Ben " refers to the bell inside the clock tower, which weighs over 13 tons! Over the years, Big Ben has become a symbol of British culture and is a must-visit destination for tourists planning a trip to England . Visitors can climb the tower and take a guided tour to learn about its history and construction.

It is recommended to book tickets in advance, as they tend to sell out quickly. Visitors can take the Tube to Westminster station or catch a bus to the nearby Parliament Square. The admission fee for a guided tour is approximately £25 for adults and £12 for children . While in Big Ben, visitors can take in the stunning views of the city from the top of the tower and explore the surrounding Westminster Abbey, Houses of Parliament, and Buckingham Palace.

Several activities you can enjoy in the vicinity of Big Ben:

• Admire the Architecture: Big Ben and the Palace of Westminster are beautiful examples of Gothic Revival architecture. You can take in their stunning exterior views, especially the intricate detailing and the iconic clock face of Big Ben.
• Photography: The area around Big Ben and the Palace of Westminster offers fantastic photo opportunities. Capture the impressive structures and the adjacent Westminster Bridge.
• Westminster Palace Tour: While you can't enter the clock tower or see Big Ben up close, you can explore the Palace of Westminster on guided tours when it's not in session. These tours provide insights into the history and workings of the UK Parliament.
• Houses of Parliament: Attend debates or sessions in the Houses of Parliament if you're interested in British politics. Public galleries are often open when Parliament is in session, but you may need to book beforehand.
• Westminster Abbey: Right next to Big Ben is Westminster Abbey, a historic and stunningly beautiful church. You can visit the abbey, known for hosting royal weddings, coronations, and numerous historical events.

2- Visit the Tower of London

The Tower of London is one of the best citadels to visit in England in 2024 for those interested in British history. This historic castle has served as a royal palace, a prison, and a place of execution over the centuries. Visitors can take a guided tour of the castle, learning about its storied past and the famous figures who lived and died there.

How to Get the Tower of London?

The crown jewels are also displayed at the Tower of London, making it a popular tourist destination. To get there, visitors can take the Tube to Tower Hill station or catch a bus to the Tower Gateway stop. Tickets cost approximately £28 for adults and £14 for children, with discounts available for online bookings. The Tower of London is a must-visit destination for history buffs and those interested in the British monarchy. While there, visitors can explore the castle's various buildings and exhibits and enjoy stunning views of the River Thames.

Here are activities you can do at the Tower of London:

• Explore the Tower: Take a self-guided tour of the Tower of London's various buildings, including the White Tower, the Bloody Tower, and the Medieval Palace. Explore the centuries-old architecture and learn about its historical significance.
• See the Crown Jewels: Visit the Jewel House to see the Crown Jewels of the British monarchy. This collection includes crowns, scepters, and other valuable regalia used in coronations and ceremonies.
• Attend a Guided Tour: Join a guided tour led by the Yeoman Warders, also known as Beefeaters. They offer entertaining and informative insights into the history, legends, and stories associated with the Tower.
• Discover the History: Explore the Tower's history of imprisonment, execution, and espionage. Visit the infamous Traitor's Gate, the Torture Exhibition, and the Execution Site to learn about the darker aspects of the Tower's past.
• Take in the Views: Climb the battlements of the Tower and enjoy panoramic views of the city of London and the River Thames. You can also see the famous ravens kept at the Tower, as legend has it that if they ever leave, the kingdom will fall.
• Visit the Ravens: Learn about the Tower's resident ravens and the legend that says the kingdom will fall if they ever leave. You can see these majestic birds up close in the Tower's grounds.

3- Tower Bridge

The Tower Bridge is one of the best bridges to visit in London, known for its stunning architecture and history. This iconic bridge spans the River Thames and was built in 1894. Visitors can tour the bridge and learn about its construction and significance in London's history. The bridge also has a glass walkway, offering panoramic city views from above.

How to Get the Tower Bridge?

Visitors can take the Tube to Tower Hill station or catch a bus to the Tower Bridge stop. Tickets for the bridge tour cost approximately £10 for adults and £5 for children, with discounts available for online bookings. The Tower Bridge is a must-visit destination for architecture enthusiasts and those interested in London's history. While there, visitors can walk across the glass walkway and enjoy stunning views of the River Thames and the city skyline.

Activities to Do at Tower Bridge

• Explore the Tower Bridge Exhibition: Start your visit by exploring the Tower Bridge Exhibition. This includes the high-level Walkways, where you can enjoy breathtaking panoramic views of London from 42 meters above the River Thames. The Walkways also have glass floors for a unique perspective.
• Visit the Engine Rooms: View the historic Engine Rooms of Tower Bridge to see the impressive Victorian steam engines that once powered the bridge lifts. Learn about the engineering behind the bridge's operation and see the original coal-driven engines.
• Admire the Bridge Lifts: Check the schedule for planned bridge lifts. It's a remarkable sight when Tower Bridge opens to allow tall ships and vessels to pass beneath. You can watch this from the riverbanks or the Walkways above.
• River Thames Cruises: Take a cruise along the River Thames and pass under Tower Bridge. This provides a different angle and perspective of the bridge and other famous London landmarks along the river.

4- The River Thames

The River Thames is one of the most iconic landmarks in London and is considered one of the best places to visit in London. This famous river has a rich history dating back to Roman times when it was used as a major trade route. Over the centuries, the River Thames has played a significant role in the growth and development of London. It is home to some of London's most famous hotels and restaurants, including The Savoy and The Goring, which offer stunning river views.

Tourists from all over the world flock to the River Thames to enjoy its beauty and explore its many attractions. The river is a hub of activity with a wide range of activities, from river cruises and boat tours to exploring the many bridges crossing the river. Visitors can also stroll along the Thames Path, which stretches over 180 miles from the river's source in Gloucestershire to the Thames Barrier in London.

Some famous attractions on the River Thames include the Houses of Parliament, Tower Bridge, and the London Eye. These iconic landmarks attract millions of tourists annually and are a must-visit for anyone traveling to London.

How to Get the River Thames?

There are many ways to get to the River Thames, including by bus, train, or tube. Ticket prices vary depending on the activity or attraction, but many activities along the river are free to enjoy.

The River Thames is integral to London's history and a tourist must-visit destination. With its stunning views, rich history, and many attractions, there is something for everyone to enjoy. Whether taking a river cruise, exploring the many bridges, or visiting the iconic landmarks along the river, the River Thames is truly one of the best places to visit in London.

Activities to do at the River Thames

• River Cruises: Take a river cruise along the Thames to enjoy picturesque views of London's landmarks. Many companies offer cruises, including sightseeing, dinner, and themed cruises.
• Visit the Bridges: Explore the iconic bridges that span the River Thames, such as Tower Bridge, Westminster Bridge, and Millennium Bridge. Each bridge has its unique architecture and history.
• Stroll Along the South Bank: The South Bank of the Thames has cultural attractions, restaurants, bars, and street performers. Take a leisurely walk and soak in the vibrant atmosphere. You can also enjoy views of landmarks like the Shard and St. Paul's Cathedral.
• Thames Path Walk: The Thames Path is a long-distance walking trail that follows the river from its source to the sea. In London, you can take scenic walks along various sections of the path, enjoying parks, historic sites, and scenic views.
• Picnic in Parks: Many parks along the Thames offer a peaceful place to picnic. Popular options include Battersea Park, Richmond Park, and Southwark Park. Enjoy the tranquility and river views.

5- The Shard Tower

The Shard Tower is one of the most iconic modern landmarks in London and is considered one of the best places to visit in London. This impressive skyscraper stands at 309 meters tall and is the tallest building in the United Kingdom. The Shard Tower was designed by architect Renzo Piano and was completed in 2012.

The Shard Tower is an important part of London's skyline and has become a popular tourist attraction. The building is home to several world-renowned restaurants and bars, including Aqua Shard and Hutong, which offer stunning city views. The building is also adjacent to the Shangri-La Hotel, considered one of London's best hotels.

Visitors to the Shard Tower can take the high-speed elevators to the top of the building, enjoying panoramic views of London from the observation deck. The Shard's observation deck is the highest in London and offers breathtaking views of the city's most famous landmarks, including Tower Bridge, St. Paul's Cathedral, and the London Eye.

How to Get the Shard Tower?

There are several ways to get to The Shard Tower, including by tube, bus, or train. Ticket prices vary depending on the time of day and whether or not you purchase in advance. While The Shard Tower is not necessarily a must-visit destination for all tourists, it is a great way to see the city from a different perspective and experience one of London's most iconic modern landmarks.

The Shard Tower is an integral part of London's modern history and an excellent place for anyone looking to see the city differently. The Shard Tower is one of London's best places to visit with its stunning views, world-renowned restaurants, and nearby hotels.

Here are some activities you can do at The Shard:

• Visit the Shard's Observation Deck: The Shard offers a public viewing platform on its upper floors known as "The View from The Shard." From here, you can enjoy breathtaking panoramic views of London. On a clear day, you can see landmarks like Tower Bridge, the River Thames, St. Paul's Cathedral, and many more.
• Photography: The Shard provides excellent opportunities for photography, both from its observation deck and the surrounding area. Capture the stunning views of London's skyline during the day or night.
• Dine at Shard Restaurants: The Shard has several restaurants, including Aqua Shard, Hutong, and Oblix. Dining at one of these restaurants offers delicious cuisine and the chance to enjoy a meal with incredible views.

6- The British Museum

The British Museum is one of the most famous museums in England and the world, and it is considered one of the best places to visit in London. Founded in 1753, the museum has a rich history and is home to many artifacts and treasures worldwide.

The British Museum is integral to London's cultural heritage and attracts millions of visitors annually. The museum is located in the Bloomsbury area of London and is surrounded by many great restaurants and hotels, including The Montague on the Gardens and the Bloomsbury Hotel.

While not necessarily a must-visit destination for all tourists, the British Museum is a great way to learn about the history and culture of the world. Entry to the museum is free, but there may be charges for special exhibitions. Visitors can also take part in guided tours or explore the museum independently.

Here are some of the highlights and must-see items inside the British Museum:

• Rosetta Stone: Perhaps the museum's most famous artifact, the Rosetta Stone played a crucial role in deciphering ancient Egyptian hieroglyphs. It's displayed prominently in the museum's Egyptian galleries.
• Egyptian Mummies: Explore the extensive collection of Egyptian mummies, coffins, and artifacts. The mummy of Cleopatra and the beautifully decorated coffins are particularly fascinating.
• Parthenon Sculptures (Elgin Marbles): The British Museum houses a significant collection of sculptures from the Parthenon temple in Athens, Greece. These classical Greek works of art include marble friezes, metopes, and sculptures.
• The Sutton Hoo Treasure: This collection features Anglo-Saxon artifacts, including a remarkable ship burial, gold jewelry, weapons, and everyday objects. It offers insights into early English history.
• The Rosetta Vase: This intricately decorated Roman vase is adorned with Greek and Roman mythology scenes. It's a fine example of Roman artistry.
• The Lewis Chessmen: These iconic chess pieces are beautifully carved from walrus ivory and date back to the 12th century. They provide a glimpse into medieval gaming culture.
• The Assyrian Lion Hunt Reliefs: These massive stone reliefs depict the Assyrian king hunting lions and showcase the artistry and brutality of the ancient Assyrian Empire.
• The Enlightenment Gallery  explores the Age of Enlightenment and features objects related to science, exploration, and the pursuit of knowledge during the 18th century.
• African, Asian, and American Artifacts: Explore the museum's vast collections worldwide, including African masks, Asian ceramics, and Native American totem poles.
• The Great Court: The museum's central courtyard, covered by a magnificent glass roof, is an architectural wonder. It's a great place to relax and soak in the atmosphere.
• Temporary Exhibitions: The British Museum frequently hosts temporary exhibitions, so be sure to check the museum's website for information on any special exhibitions that may be taking place during your visit.
• The Reading Room: Although it's no longer used as a library, the historic Reading Room is an architectural marvel worth visiting for its impressive dome and literary associations.

How to Get the British Museum

There are several ways to get to the British Museum, including by tube, bus, or train. The museum is easily accessible from most areas of London and is located near several other popular attractions, such as the British Library and the West End.

The British Museum is a must-visit destination for anyone interested in history, culture, and art. With its vast collection of artifacts and treasures worldwide, the museum is one of London's best places to visit. Whether exploring the museum's exhibits or taking a guided tour, the British Museum is a great way to learn about the world's rich history and cultural heritage.

7- Explore National Gallery

The National Gallery is one of the most important art museums in the world and a must-visit destination for art lovers in London. Founded in 1824, the museum has a vast collection of Western European paintings from the 13th to the 19th century.

The National Gallery is an integral part of London's cultural heritage and attracts millions of visitors annually. The museum is in Trafalgar Square, near some of London's most famous landmarks, such as Big Ben and Buckingham Palace. Visitors can easily find a range of hotels and restaurants in London including the Corinthia Hotel London and the Savoy Hotel.

While not necessarily a must-visit destination for all tourists, the National Gallery is a great way to appreciate some of history's greatest works of art. Entry to the museum is free, although there may be charges for special exhibitions. Visitors can also take part in guided tours, attend talks and lectures, or explore the museum independently.

The National Gallery is one of the best places to visit in London for art lovers and those interested in history and culture. With its vast collection of Western European paintings, the museum is a must-visit destination for anyone looking to appreciate some of history's greatest works of art.

8- Tour the Victoria and Albert Museum

The Victoria and Albert Museum, also known as the V&A, is one of the most important museums in London and a must-visit destination for anyone interested in art and design. Founded in 1852, the museum has a vast collection of art and design worldwide, including ceramics, furniture, fashion, and jewelry.

The Victoria and Albert Museum is essential to London's cultural heritage and attracts millions of visitors annually. The museum is located in South Kensington, near several other famous museums such as the Natural History and Science Museum. Visitors can easily find various hotels and restaurants in the area, including the Baglioni Hotel London and the Kensington Hotel.

While not necessarily a must-visit destination for all tourists, the Victoria and Albert Museum is a great way to appreciate some of history's greatest works of art and design. Entry to the museum is free, although there may be charges for special exhibitions. Visitors can also take part in guided tours, attend talks and lectures, or explore the museum independently.

Its extensive collection spans centuries and cultures. Here are some of the notable things you can see inside the V&A:

• Fashion and Textiles: The V&A has an impressive collection of fashion and textiles, featuring clothing, accessories, and textiles from various periods. Highlights include garments worn by historical figures and iconic fashion pieces.
• Sculpture Galleries: Explore various sculptures, including classical Greek and Roman works, Renaissance masterpieces, and modern sculptures. The collection includes pieces by Michelangelo, Rodin, and Canova.
• Ceramics and Pottery: The museum has a vast collection of ceramics and pottery worldwide. You can see exquisite porcelain from China, intricate Islamic ceramics, and European porcelain from renowned manufacturers.
• Jewelry: Admire a stunning array of jewelry, including pieces from different cultures and periods. The V&A's jewelry collection showcases craftsmanship and design throughout history.
• Furniture and Interiors: Explore beautifully crafted furniture from various historical periods and styles, including exquisite British and European furniture examples.
• Photography: The museum has an extensive collection of historical and contemporary photographs. It covers a wide range of subjects and styles.
• Asian Art: Discover an impressive collection of Asian art, including Chinese, Japanese, and Indian artifacts. You can see Chinese ceramics, Japanese samurai armor, Indian textiles, and other items.
• Islamic Art and Culture: Explore Islamic art and culture through the V&A's collection, which includes ceramics, textiles, manuscripts, and architectural elements.
• British Galleries: Learn about the history of British art, design, and culture in the British Galleries. The exhibits cover British art and design from the Tudor period to today.
• Theatre and Performance: Delve into the world of theatre and performance with costumes, set designs, and memorabilia from various productions, including Shakespearean plays and contemporary theater.

How to Get the Victoria and Albert Museum?

There are several ways to get to the Victoria and Albert Museum, including by tube, bus, or train. The museum is easily accessible from most areas of London and is located near several other popular attractions, such as Hyde Park and Harrods.

The Victoria and Albert Museum is one of the best places for art and design enthusiasts in London. With its vast collection of art and design from around the world, the museum is a must-visit destination for anyone looking to appreciate some of history's greatest works of art and design.

9- The Natural History Museum

The Natural History Museum is one of the top tourist destinations in London, offering visitors a chance to explore the wonders of the natural world. The museum is located in South Kensington, close to famous museums such as the Victoria and Albert Museum and the Science Museum. Visitors can find hotels and restaurants nearby, including The Pelham Hotel and the 190 Queen's Gate Restaurant.

It houses a vast and diverse collection of specimens and artifacts, making it a fascinating destination for visitors of all ages. Here are some of the highlights and things to see at the Natural History Museum:

• Dinosaur Gallery: The museum's dinosaur exhibition is a favorite among visitors. It features a life-sized animatronic Tyrannosaurus rex and various other dinosaur fossils and skeletons, including a Triceratops and a Stegosaurus.
• Blue Whale: The museum's central hall is home to a life-sized blue whale skeleton, suspended from the ceiling. It's an awe-inspiring sight and provides insights into the largest animals ever living on Earth.
• Human Evolution: Explore the fascinating story of human evolution in the Human Evolution gallery. Discover how our ancestors evolved over millions of years, leading to the development of modern humans.
• Minerals and Gemstones: Admire a stunning collection of minerals and gemstones, including the famous Hope Diamond. Learn about the geological processes that create these beautiful and valuable treasures.
• Earth's Treasury: This gallery showcases various geological specimens, including meteorites, rocks, and minerals. It offers insights into the Earth's geological history and processes.
• The Darwin Centre: Explore the Darwin Centre, a research and storage facility where scientists study and preserve the museum's vast collection. You can see specimens behind the scenes and learn about ongoing research.
• Fossils and Extinct Creatures: The museum has an extensive collection of fossils, including ancient fish, mammals, and prehistoric insects. Discover the diversity of life on Earth and how it has evolved.
• Birds and Insects: The Birds gallery displays a variety of bird species from around the world, while the Insects gallery showcases an incredible array of insects, including butterflies, beetles, and spiders.

A must-visit destination for anyone interested in natural history, the Natural History Museum offers a wide range of activities and exhibits to explore. Entry to the museum is free, although some special exhibitions may require tickets. Visitors can take part in guided tours, attend lectures, and explore the museum independently.

The Natural History Museum is easily accessible by public transport, with the closest tube station being South Kensington. Visitors can also reach the museum by bus or train. With its vast collection of natural specimens and interactive exhibits, the Natural History Museum is one of the best places to visit in London for science and nature enthusiasts.

10- Tate Modern

Tate Modern is a world-renowned contemporary art museum on the south bank of the River Thames in London. The museum, which opened in 2000, is housed in a former power station and features a collection of modern and contemporary art from around the world.

As one of London's most important cultural destinations, Tate Modern is a must-visit for anyone interested in contemporary art. The museum is located in the Bankside area of London, and visitors can find a range of hotels and restaurants nearby, including the Mondrian London Hotel and the OXO Tower Restaurant.

Entry to the Tate Modern is free, although some special exhibitions may require tickets. The museum features a range of exhibits, from paintings and sculptures to installations and video art. Visitors can take part in guided tours, attend talks and lectures, and explore the museum independently.

Activities to Do at the Tate Modern

You'll find various engaging activities and experiences as you explore this iconic museum.

When you first arrive at the Tate Modern, please take a moment to appreciate the remarkable architecture of the building itself. The transformation of the former power station into a modern art museum is a work of art in its own right. The monumental brick structure and the sleek glass pyramid of the Switch House extension offer a striking contrast, highlighting the marriage of industrial heritage and contemporary design.

As you step inside, immerse yourself in the vast and diverse modern and contemporary art collection. The museum's galleries feature an extensive range of artworks from the early 20th century. Explore the paintings, sculptures, installations, and multimedia works that push the boundaries of artistic expression. The Tate Modern's exhibitions often reflect current cultural and societal themes, offering thought-provoking perspectives on our world.

Engage with the art personally by taking your time to contemplate each piece. Feel free to sit on one of the many benches scattered throughout the galleries and let the artwork evoke emotions, thoughts, and reflections. Art is meant to inspire, challenge, and provoke, and the Tate Modern provides an ideal space for these experiences.

Don't miss the opportunity to join guided tours or attend the museum's talks and workshops. These programs provide valuable insights into the artists' intentions, the artistic techniques used, and the historical context of the artworks. They can enrich your understanding of the displayed pieces and enhance your appreciation of contemporary art.

After you've explored the exhibitions, head to the Tate Modern's viewing level on the 10th floor; from here, you can enjoy panoramic views of London's skyline, including St. Paul's Cathedral, the Shard, and the Millennium Bridge. It's a breathtaking city perspective, offering different artistic inspiration.

Finally, complete your visit with a stop at the museum's gift shop and cafe. The shop offers a selection of art-related books, prints, and unique gifts, while the cafe provides a comfortable place to relax, enjoy a meal, and discuss your favorite artworks with friends or fellow visitors.

How to Get the Tate Modern?

The Tate Modern is easily accessible by public transport, with the closest tube station being Southwark. Visitors can also reach the museum by bus or train. With its vast collection of contemporary art and stunning views of the River Thames, the Tate Modern is one of the best places to visit in London for art lovers and cultural enthusiasts.

11- The Science Museum

The Science Museum in London is one of the city's most popular attractions and is dedicated to exploring the wonders of science and technology. Founded in 1857, the museum has a rich history and features a vast collection of objects, exhibits, and interactive displays that showcase the history and advancements of science and technology.

The Science Museum is located in the bustling South Kensington area of London, and visitors can find a range of hotels and restaurants nearby, including the stylish Ampersand Hotel and the modern Brompton Food Market.

Activities to do at the Science Museum

Upon entering, you'll be greeted by the awe-inspiring Energy Hall, where you can delve into the history of energy production and witness massive steam engines and generators in action. The immersive exhibitions and interactive displays provide a fascinating journey through the evolution of energy sources, highlighting their profound impact on our world.

As you move through the museum, visit the Wonderlab: The Equinor Gallery, a thrilling interactive space where you can engage in hands-on experiments and explore the wonders of science. It's a perfect place for kids and adults alike to unleash their inner scientists and discover the magic of scientific phenomena, from launching rockets to creating mesmerizing patterns with a giant harmonograph.

The Science Museum's Flight Gallery is also home to an exceptional vintage and contemporary aircraft collection. You can marvel at iconic airplanes like the Supermarine Spitfire and how aviation technology has evolved. The detailed exhibits and insightful information provide a profound understanding of the history of flight and its impact on society.

Additionally, the museum frequently hosts thought-provoking exhibitions on various topics, from space exploration to artificial intelligence. These exhibitions offer a glimpse into the cutting-edge advancements in science and technology, allowing you to engage with the latest developments and challenges facing our world.

Admission to the Science Museum is free, with some special exhibitions requiring tickets. The museum offers a range of activities for visitors of all ages, including interactive exhibits, demonstrations, and workshops. The museum's highlights include the Apollo 10 command module and a range of historic scientific instruments.

How to Get to the Science Museum?

The Science Museum is easily accessible by public transport, with the closest tube station being South Kensington. Visitors can also reach the museum by bus or train. With its fascinating exhibits and engaging displays, the Science Museum is a must-visit for anyone interested in science and technology, making it one of London's best places to visit.

12- Watch the Guard in Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace is the official residence of the monarchs of the United Kingdom and is located in the heart of London. It has served as the residence of the British royal family since 1837, and its stunning architecture and rich history make it one of the most popular tourist attractions in London.

What to Do in the Buckingham Palace

A visit to Buckingham Palace offers a chance to experience the grandeur and history of the British monarchy. While you can't explore the palace's interior in detail as it's primarily a working royal residence, there are several things you can do in and around Buckingham Palace:

• Changing of the Guard Ceremony: One of the most iconic attractions at Buckingham Palace is the Changing of the Guard ceremony, which usually occurs daily at 11:00 AM (subject to change). This tradition involves the formal handover of duties between the old and new guard, accompanied by a marching band. It's a must-see spectacle showcasing British pageantry.
• Buckingham Palace Gardens: While the palace itself is often closed to the public, you can visit the beautiful Buckingham Palace Gardens during specific times of the year, usually in the summer. The gardens offer a serene escape from the bustling city and allow one to admire the palace from a different perspective.
• The Victoria Memorial: Located just in front of Buckingham Palace, the Victoria Memorial is a stunning monument dedicated to Queen Victoria. It's a popular spot for photos and offers a great view of the palace in the background.
• Explore St. James's Park: Adjacent to Buckingham Palace, St. James's Park is a picturesque royal park with a lake, wildlife, and beautiful views. You can take a stroll through the park and enjoy the serene atmosphere.

Visitors can tour the palace's state rooms, gardens, and art collections during summer. The Changing of the Guard ceremony, which takes place every day in front of the palace, is also a popular attraction for tourists.

Tickets to tour the palace are available online, and prices vary depending on the time of year. Buckingham Palace is a must-visit attraction for anyone interested in British history, architecture, or royalty, making it one of London's best places to visit.

13- Palace of Westminster

The Palace of Westminster, also known as the Houses of Parliament, is one of the most iconic landmarks in London and a must-visit for tourists. The palace has a rich history, dating back to the 11th century when the original palace was built. The current building was completed in 1870 and has since served as the meeting place of the House of Commons and the House of Lords.

The palace is in the heart of London, surrounded by many famous hotels and restaurants, including the luxurious Ritz London and the elegant Cinnamon Club. To visit the Palace of Westminster, you can take a guided tour or attend a debate session, requiring advanced booking. Tour prices start at £22 for adults and £11 for children.

When visiting this historic site, there are several remarkable features to explore:

First and foremost, the Palace of Westminster houses the two houses of the UK Parliament: the House of Commons and the House of Lords. Visitors can witness debates, discussions, and legislative processes from the public galleries, providing a unique opportunity to observe the British political system in action. The House of Commons, with its iconic green benches, is where Members of Parliament (MPs) gather to debate and pass laws, while the House of Lords, with its striking red benches, serves as the revising chamber, providing expertise and scrutiny.

The building is a masterpiece of Gothic Revival architecture, designed by Sir Charles Barry and Augustus Pugin in the 19th century. The most recognizable feature is the Elizabeth Tower, commonly called Big Ben (though Big Ben technically refers to the bell inside the tower). The tower houses the famous clock and its massive, melodious bell, which chimes every hour. The intricate architecture of the Palace includes stunning stained glass windows, ornate decorations, and a magnificent central lobby known as Central Lobby, where statues of notable historical figures adorn the walls.

14- Hampton Court Palace

Hampton Court Palace is a magnificent Tudor palace located on the banks of the River Thames in southwest London. Initially built for Cardinal Wolsey in the early 16th century, King Henry VIII later acquired it and underwent significant expansion and renovation. Today, it is one of the best places to visit in London to learn about the Tudor era and British history in general.

Here's what you can do at Hampton Court Palace:

• Explore the Palace's History: Step back in time as you wander through the opulent state apartments and corridors. Discover the Tudor and Baroque architectural styles, and learn about the palace's history. which was initially built by Cardinal Wolsey in the early 16th century and later became the residence of King Henry VIII.
• Visit the Tudor Kitchens: Experience the sights and sounds of the Tudor era in the Tudor Kitchens. Watch costumed interpreters cook up traditional Tudor dishes and gain insight into the culinary techniques and ingredients of the time.
• Marvel at the Gardens: Hampton Court boasts beautiful gardens, including the stunning Privy Garden, the famous Maze, and the Great Fountain Garden. Take strolls through manicured lawns, admire vibrant flower displays, and get lost in the intricate Maze, which is both fun and challenging.
• Attend the Chapel Royal: Explore the Chapel Royal, a place of worship that showcases beautiful stained glass windows and historical artifacts. It's a serene and reflective space within the palace.
• Witness the Great Hall: The Great Hall of Hampton Court Palace is magnificent with a stunning hammerbeam ceiling. It's where essential events and banquets occurred during the Tudor and Stuart periods. Admire its grandeur and learn about its historical significance.
• Experience the Magic Garden: Especially enjoyable for families, the Magic Garden is an interactive outdoor play area inspired by the palace's history and stories. Kids can climb, explore, and let their imaginations run wild.
• Attend Special Events: Hampton Court Palace often hosts special events, including historical reenactments, concerts, and exhibitions. Check the palace's website for information on upcoming events during your visit.
• Take a River Cruise: Enjoy a scenic boat ride along the River Thames, departing from Hampton Court Palace. It provides a unique perspective of the palace and its picturesque surroundings.
• Dine and Shop: There are on-site restaurants and cafes where you can enjoy a meal or afternoon tea. The palace shops offer a variety of souvenirs, books, and gifts to remember your visit.
• Audio Guides and Tours: Consider using audio guides or joining guided tours to enhance your understanding of the palace's history and significance. Knowledgeable guides can provide fascinating insights into the stories and secrets of Hampton Court.

Nearby restaurants and hotels include The Mitre Hotel Hampton Court and The King's Arms. A ticket to the palace costs £24.50 for adults and £12.25 for children, with discounts available for families and groups. The palace is easily accessible by train, bus or car.

15- The London Eye

The London Eye, located on the South Bank of the River Thames, is a giant Ferris wheel that has become an iconic city symbol. Opened in 2000, the London Eye is the tallest Ferris wheel in Europe and offers stunning views of the city from its 32 capsules. The attraction has become a popular destination for tourists and locals, attracting millions of visitors yearly. The London Eye is surrounded by many famous hotels and restaurants, making it an ideal location for visitors to stay and dine. The attraction is considered a must-visit tourist place in London due to its unique and breathtaking city views.

When you board one of the London Eye's spacious glass capsules, you embark on a mesmerizing journey above the city's skyline. As the wheel slowly ascends, you'll be treated to panoramic views of London's most famous landmarks, including Big Ben, the Houses of Parliament, St. Paul's Cathedral, and Buckingham Palace. The 360-degree vistas extend for miles in every direction, providing an unparalleled opportunity to appreciate the city's rich history and modern architecture.

You can capture breathtaking cityscape photographs as you reach the highest point of the ride, roughly 135 meters (443 feet) above the River Thames. Whether you're visiting during the day or in the evening, the views from the London Eye are equally spectacular. The city's lights at night create a dazzling display, making it a romantic and enchanting experience.

Inside each capsule, you'll find interactive touch screens that provide information about the landmarks you're seeing and the history of London. It's an educational experience that enhances your appreciation for the city's cultural heritage.

The London Eye offers various experiences, including private capsules for special occasions, such as weddings or birthdays, and even wine-tasting or champagne-tasting events. You can also opt for the "Fast Track" ticket to skip the regular queue, maximizing your time enjoying the views and the overall experience.

How to Get to the London Eye?

Getting to the London Eye is easy, as it is located near several transportation hubs, including the Waterloo and Westminster Underground stations. The prices of tickets vary depending on the type of experience you want, with options ranging from standard tickets to private capsule experiences. While on the London Eye, visitors can enjoy a 30-minute ride and take in the beautiful panoramic views of the city. The attraction also offers additional experiences, such as Champagne tasting and private capsule hire for special occasions. Overall, the London Eye is undoubtedly one of the best places to visit in London, offering an unforgettable experience and breathtaking views of the city.

16- Piccadilly Circus

Piccadilly Circus, located at the intersection of Regent Street and Piccadilly, is one of London's most iconic landmarks. The site is known for its grandiose billboards, neon lights, and bustling streets, making it one of London's busiest and most popular destinations.

Here are some things you can do at Piccadilly Circus:

• Take in the Lights: Piccadilly Circus is renowned for its dazzling electronic billboards and neon signs, which light up the square day and night. These vibrant advertisements have become an integral part of London's urban landscape. Simply standing in the square and admiring the lights is an experience.
• Photography: Piccadilly Circus is a popular spot for photography, both for its lights and central location. You can capture the energy of the city, the surrounding architecture, and the famous Shaftesbury Memorial Fountain with the statue of Eros.
• Shop and Dine: The area around Piccadilly Circus is packed with shops, boutiques, and restaurants. You can explore Regent Street, which begins at Piccadilly Circus, for high-end shopping, or head to nearby streets for various dining options, from fast food to fine dining.
• West End Theatres: Piccadilly Circus is in the heart of London's West End and is famous for its theaters. Catching a world-class play or musical in one of the nearby theaters is a popular activity for visitors.
• Visit the Criterion Theatre: If you're a theater enthusiast, visit the Criterion Theatre on Jermyn Street just off Piccadilly Circus. It's an intimate and historic venue known for its quality productions.
• People-Watching: Piccadilly Circus is a prime spot for people-watching. You'll encounter a diverse mix of locals, tourists, street performers, and artists. It's a fantastic place to soak up the vibrant energy of London.
• Explore Nearby Attractions: Piccadilly Circus is centrally located, making it an excellent starting point for exploring other nearby attractions, such as Trafalgar Square, Leicester Square, and the National Gallery.

Its history dates back to 1819 when it was created as a junction for multiple roads. Since then, it has become a hub for entertainment, shopping, and nightlife. Piccadilly Circus has a vast range of hotels and restaurants in its immediate vicinity, catering to all budgets and tastes. It is a must-visit tourist destination for visitors exploring London's vibrant culture and atmosphere.

How to Get to the Piccadilly Circus?

The easiest way to reach Piccadilly Circus is via the underground station at the heart of the intersection. Entry to the area is free, and visitors can enjoy various activities such as shopping, dining, and entertainment. Piccadilly Circus is a great place to soak up the city's bustling energy and is undoubtedly one of London's best places to visit.

17- The Hyde Park

Hyde Park is one of the largest and most famous parks in London, covering an area of 350 acres. Henry VIII initially used the park as a hunting ground, and it became a public park in the 19th century. It is located in the heart of London and is a popular destination for tourists and locals alike.

At its heart lies the picturesque Serpentine Lake, a central feature that provides a serene escape from the hustle and bustle of the city. Here, you can rent a rowboat or pedalboat to glide across the calm waters while enjoying views of the surrounding greenery and the majestic Kensington Palace. The lake is also home to various waterfowl, making it a pleasant spot for birdwatching or a tranquil picnic by the shore.

Beyond the lake, Hyde Park offers a rich tapestry of experiences. You can explore the beautiful Rose Garden, take a leisurely walk along the tree-lined pathways, or rent a bicycle to traverse its vast expanse more quickly. The park hosts various events and concerts throughout the year, providing a lively and cultural dimension to your visit. Whether you're looking for outdoor recreation, a peaceful retreat, or a taste of London's vibrant social scene, Hyde Park caters to a wide range of interests, making it an essential stop for anyone exploring the British capital.

Visitors can enjoy the park's most famous attractions, such as the Serpentine Lake and the Diana, Princess of Wales Memorial Fountain. Hyde Park is considered one of the best places to visit in London due to its scenic beauty, rich history, and diverse activities.

18- St. James’s Park

St. James's Park is one of the best places to visit in London, with a rich history dating back to the 16th century when it was first used as a deer park by Henry VIII. Today, the park covers 57 acres and is a popular tourist destination, offering a peaceful oasis in the city's heart. The park is home to various wildlife, including pelicans, swans, and ducks, and is surrounded by some of London's most famous hotels and restaurants. Visitors to the park can enjoy a stroll along the scenic pathways or relax on the lush lawns.

Here are some activities you can enjoy at St. James's Park:

• Relax and Picnic: St. James's Park provides a peaceful oasis amid the city. You can unwind on the well-maintained lawns, enjoy a leisurely picnic, or soak up the sun while admiring the scenic views of the lake and Buckingham Palace.
• Bird Watching: The park is renowned for its waterfowl, especially the resident pelicans that have become a park symbol. Birdwatchers will also spot swans, ducks, and other species around the park's serene lake.
• Stroll Along the Lake: The park's central feature is the picturesque St. James's Park Lake. You can stroll along its banks, cross charming bridges, and watch the resident pelicans and other waterfowl.
• Visit Duck Island: On the eastern side of the lake, you'll find Duck Island, home to various bird species. You can observe the birds from the viewing area, and the island's natural beauty makes it a serene spot for a peaceful walk.
• Horse Guards Parade: Adjacent to the park is Horse Guards Parade, a historic ceremonial ground. You can watch the Changing of the Guard ceremony here, which occurs daily or admire the impressive architecture of the Horse Guards building.
• Explore The Mall: St. James's Park is connected to The Mall, a grand tree-lined avenue leading to Buckingham Palace. You can take a pleasant walk along The Mall, enjoying the historic architecture and the view of the palace.
• Visit the Flower Beds: The park is known for its beautifully manicured flower beds, which bloom with vibrant colors during the spring and summer. These gardens are a delight for flower enthusiasts and photographers.
• Enjoy the View: Climb to the top of the Blue Bridge for panoramic views of the park, the lake, and Buckingham Palace. It's a popular spot for taking photos and capturing the park's essence.
• Dining and Refreshments: The park has several cafes and kiosks to grab a coffee, snack, or lunch. Enjoy your refreshments with a view of the park's serene surroundings.
• Children's Playground: If you're visiting with kids, St. James's Park has a playground with play equipment, making it a family-friendly destination.

The park is also home to a beautiful lake, a fountain, and various statues and monuments. Entrance to the park is free, and visitors can access it via several entrances, including St. James's Park Tube Station. Guided tours are also available for those who want to learn more about the park's history. Whether you're a tourist or a local, St. James's Park is a must-visit destination in London, offering a peaceful retreat from the hustle and bustle of the city.

19- Regent’s Park

Regent's Park is a must-visit destination for anyone looking for the best places to visit in London. Initially designed in the early 19th century by the famous architect John Nash, the park covers over 400 acres and is home to many attractions, including the London Zoo, the Open Air Theatre, and the beautiful Queen Mary's Gardens. The park is also known for its stunning views of the city skyline and the beautiful Regent's Canal. There are a variety of hotels and restaurants in the area, including the famous Savoy Hotel and the Michelin-starred restaurant Roganic. Entrance to the park is free, and visitors can access it via several entrances, including Regent's Park Tube Station.

One of the park's main highlights is the vast open lawns, perfect for picnics and sunbathing during warm weather. Whether you're seeking a tranquil spot to read a book or want to savor a picnic with friends and family, the park's well-kept lawns provide an idyllic setting for relaxation and leisure.

For those with an affinity for horticulture, Regent's Park boasts stunning gardens, including the Queen Mary's Rose Garden. This beautifully landscaped area showcases a breathtaking array of roses and flowers in vibrant summer blooming, offering a feast for the senses and a picturesque backdrop for a stroll. The Avenue Gardens, with its elegant flowerbeds and fountains, is another delightful area to explore.

Sports enthusiasts will find ample opportunities for outdoor activities in Regent's Park. The park features numerous sports facilities, including tennis courts, cricket pitches, and a boating lake where you can rent paddle boats. The vast paths and cycling routes make it an ideal location for jogging, cycling, or rollerblading, offering a scenic and peaceful environment to enjoy your chosen activity.

Regent's Park is also home to the world-famous London Zoo, making it an excellent destination for families. You can spend hours exploring the zoo's diverse range of animals and educational exhibits, making it an educational and entertaining experience for visitors of all ages.

Guided tours are also available for those who want to learn more about the park's history and attractions. Visitors can enjoy a picnic on the grass, stroll through the gardens, or rent a boat to explore the lake. With its stunning views, beautiful gardens, and range of attractions, Regent's Park is a must-visit destination for anyone looking for the best places to visit in London.

20- the London Zoo

The London Zoo is one of the best places to visit in London, with a rich history dating back to 1826 when it first opened its doors to the public. The zoo covers 36 acres and is home to over 20,000 animals from 650 species. It is one of the world's most famous and oldest zoos and has been an essential part of London's tourism industry for decades.

The zoo is located in the heart of Regent's Park, with several famous hotels and restaurants nearby, including The Langham and The Ritz. Visitors can access the zoo via several entrances, including Regent's Park and Camden Town Tube Stations. The entrance fee to the zoo varies depending on the time of year and whether visitors book online or purchase tickets at the gate.

Here are some of the activities you can enjoy at London Zoo:

• Animal Encounters: London Zoo is home to a diverse range of animals worldwide. Up close you can observe exotic creatures, from lions and tigers to penguins and gorillas. Many exhibits provide opportunities for animal encounters and learning about their behaviors and conservation efforts.
• Meet the Keepers: Join daily talks and feeding sessions led by knowledgeable zookeepers. These interactive experiences allow you to learn about the animals' diets, habitats, and daily routines while watching them enjoy their meals.
• Animal Adventures: London Zoo offers unique experiences like "Meet the Giraffes" and "Land of the Lions" where you can get closer to these magnificent animals and learn about their conservation stories.
• Butterfly Paradise: Explore the tropical Butterfly Paradise, where you can walk among hundreds of beautiful butterflies in a lush, rainforest-like environment.
• Penguin Beach: Witness the playful antics of penguins at Penguin Beach, a specially designed habitat that mimics their natural surroundings. Don't miss the daily penguin feeding sessions.
• Gorilla Kingdom: Visit Gorilla Kingdom to see these intelligent and charismatic creatures in a lush rainforest habitat. You can learn about the zoo's conservation efforts to protect gorillas in the wild.
• Rainforest Life: Immerse yourself in the vibrant Rainforest Life exhibit, which houses various species of rainforest animals, including sloths, poison dart frogs, and tropical birds.
• Children's Zoo: London Zoo has a dedicated Children's Zoo where younger visitors can get hands-on with domestic animals like goats, rabbits, and guinea pigs.
• ZSL London Zoo Lates: During the summer, the zoo hosts evening events for adults, featuring live music, street food, and the opportunity to explore the zoo after hours.
• Zoo Shop and Dining: Don't forget to visit the zoo's gift shop for souvenirs and the on-site cafes and restaurants for refreshments and meals.
• Conservation Awareness: London Zoo is dedicated to wildlife conservation. As you explore, you'll have the opportunity to learn about the zoo's various conservation projects and how you can contribute to animal protection efforts worldwide.

21- Kensington Gardens

Kensington Gardens is one of the best places to visit in London, known for its stunning landscapes, historical significance, and cultural attractions. Initially created as part of Hyde Park in the 17th century, it was later separated in 1728 and became its public park. Today, it covers over 270 acres of land and attracts millions of visitors annually.

Things to Do in Kensington Gardens:

• Visit the Serpentine Galleries : Begin your journey through Kensington Gardens by exploring the Serpentine Galleries on the park's eastern edge. These two contemporary art galleries, the Serpentine Sackler Gallery and the Serpentine North Gallery feature exciting exhibitions by world-renowned artists. The galleries are free to enter and offer a unique cultural experience in the heart of nature.
• Kensington Palace : Discover the history of British royalty at Kensington Palace, a stunning palace within the gardens. You can explore the State Rooms, which provide a glimpse into the lives of past monarchs, including Queen Victoria and Princess Diana. The beautifully landscaped Sunken Garden in front of the palace is a serene spot to admire.
• Take a Stroll : Kensington Gardens is a haven for strolls. The Italian Gardens are a popular starting point with their classical sculptures and ornamental fountains. Wander along the tree-lined avenues, and don't miss the iconic Albert Memorial, a grandiose monument dedicated to Prince Albert.
• Peter Pan Statue : Pay a visit to the charming Peter Pan Statue, which honors J.M. Barrie's beloved literary creation. Children and adults alike can revel in the magic of Neverland as they pose with Peter, Wendy, Tinker Bell, and other famous characters.
• The Diana, Princess of Wales Memorial Playground : Perfect for families, this enchanting playground is designed to spark the imagination of young children. It features a pirate ship, sand play areas, and a sensory trail, all set amidst lush greenery.
• Enjoy a Picnic : Bring a picnic and relax in one of the park's many open spaces. The peaceful atmosphere and scenic surroundings make it an ideal spot for a leisurely outdoor meal.
• Wildlife and Bird Watching : Kensington Gardens is teeming with wildlife, including squirrels, ducks, and swans. Birdwatchers can try spotting various species around the Round Pond and the Long Water.
• Sunset at the Round Pond : As the day draws close, head to the Round Pond for a captivating sunset view. The calm waters reflecting the setting sun's colors create a picturesque scene.

How to Get Kensington Gardens?

Kensington Gardens is conveniently located in central London, making it easily accessible by various modes of transportation.

Tube : Queensway and Lancaster Gate on the Central Line are the closest London Underground stations. You can also reach the park via the Circle and District Lines at High Street Kensington station.

Bus : Numerous bus routes serve Kensington Gardens. Check Transport for London's website for the latest bus information and routes.

Bicycle : London's bike-sharing system, Santander Cycles, offers a cost-effective and eco-friendly way to reach the park. There are docking stations near Kensington Gardens.

Walking : If you're in the nearby areas of Kensington, Notting Hill, or Paddington, consider walking to the park. It's a delightful way to explore the city and its charming neighborhoods.

Car : While driving in central London can be challenging due to traffic and parking restrictions, parking facilities, such as NCP Queensway Car Park, are available nearby.

22- Kew Gardens

Kew Gardens is one of the best places to visit in London, renowned for its stunning botanical collection, scientific research, and cultural significance. The gardens were established in 1759 and have since become a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Kew Gardens covers over 300 acres of land and boasts over 50,000 plants, including rare and endangered species.

Some famous hotels and restaurants near Kew Gardens include The Coach and Horses, The Glasshouse, and The Richmond Hill Hotel. Visitors can reach Kew Gardens via the Kew Gardens Station, accessible by the London Overground and the District Line. The ticket prices vary depending on the season, ranging from £15.00 to £20.00 per adult.

Explore the Gardens:

• Take leisurely walks through the various gardens, each with its unique collection of plants and landscapes.
• Visit the iconic Palm House, a Victorian glasshouse housing tropical plants worldwide.
• Explore the Waterlily House, home to giant Amazonian water lilies and other aquatic plants.
• Wander through the Arboretum to see a diverse collection of trees from around the globe.

Visit the Treetop Walkway:

• Climb the Treetop Walkway for a unique perspective of the gardens and enjoy panoramic views of the treetops.

Discover the Art and Architecture:

• Admire the beautiful architectural structures, including the Temperate House and the Princess of Wales Conservatory.
• Explore the contemporary art installations that often grace the gardens.

Attend Seasonal Events:

• Check the Kew Gardens calendar for seasonal events like orchid displays, holiday festive lights, and more.

Take a Guided Tour:

• Join a guided tour to learn more about the history, plants, and conservation efforts at Kew Gardens.
• Pack a picnic and enjoy a meal in a designated picnic area or on the lawns.

Children's Activities:

• Bring your kids to the Children's Garden, where they can engage in interactive and educational activities related to plants and nature.

Birdwatching:

• Birdwatchers will appreciate the diverse bird species that inhabit the gardens. Bring binoculars for a closer look.

Photography :

• Capture the beauty of Kew Gardens through photography. There are countless picturesque scenes and unique plant species to photograph.

Shop and Dine:

• Visit the gift shops to purchase botanical-themed gifts and souvenirs.
• Enjoy a meal or refreshments at one of the on-site cafes or restaurants.

Educational Workshops and Exhibitions:

• Check if any educational workshops or exhibitions are happening during your visit, especially if you're interested in botany and conservation.

Explore the Princess of Wales Conservatory:

• This conservatory houses various plants, including cacti, orchids, and carnivorous plants.

23- SEA LIFE London Aquarium

SEA LIFE London Aquarium is one of the top tourist attractions in London, located on the South Bank of the River Thames. The aquarium houses over 600 species of marine life and showcases some of the most exotic and fascinating creatures of the underwater world. It is a perfect destination for families with kids and marine lovers. The aquarium's history dates back to 1997 when it was opened as the London Aquarium, and it was later rebranded as SEA LIFE London Aquarium in 2009.

The place is known for its various themed exhibits, including the Ocean Tunnel, the Shark Walk, the Rainforest Adventure, and the Penguin Point. SEA LIFE London Aquarium is surrounded by numerous hotels and restaurants, providing visitors with plenty of options for dining and accommodation. It is easily accessible via public transportation, with the nearest underground station being Waterloo. The aquarium is a must-visit destination for tourists seeking a unique and educational experience.

Admission prices vary depending on the day and time of the visit, and it is advisable to book tickets in advance to avoid long queues. The visitors can enjoy various activities such as interactive exhibits, feedings, and talks, making it an engaging experience for all ages. SEA LIFE London Aquarium is undoubtedly one of the best places to visit in London, providing visitors with an unforgettable underwater journey.

24- Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey is one of London's most iconic landmarks steeped in history. It was founded in the 10th century and has been the site of numerous royal coronations, weddings, and burials. The Gothic-style architecture of the abbey is breathtaking, with intricate carvings and stained-glass windows. It's an essential place of worship, and the resting place of numerous notable figures such as Isaac Newton, Charles Darwin, and Elizabeth I. The abbey's significance in British history and its stunning beauty make it a must-visit tourist spot in London.

When you step inside this iconic building, you are not only entering a place of worship but also a place of profound historical significance. Walking through its hallowed halls, you'll be immersed in a world where the past meets the present.

The moment you set foot inside Westminster Abbey, you'll be struck by the sheer grandeur of its architecture. The soaring ceilings, intricate stained glass windows, and ornate stone carvings create an awe-inspiring atmosphere. It's a place where the beauty of human craftsmanship converges with the spiritual.

One of the highlights of a visit to Westminster Abbey is exploring the Poet's Corner. This is where many literary giants, such as William Shakespeare, Geoffrey Chaucer, and Charles Dickens, are laid to rest or commemorated. It's a space where you can pay your respects to some of the greatest minds in English literature, and perhaps even find inspiration in their enduring words.

Another significant aspect of Westminster Abbey is its role in the British monarchy. It has been the site of numerous royal coronations, weddings, and funerals for centuries. The magnificent Coronation Chair, constructed in 1296, still stands as a symbol of royal authority. As you stand before it, you can reflect on the long history of England's monarchy and the pivotal events that have unfolded within these walls.

Furthermore, Westminster Abbey houses a remarkable collection of stained glass windows, each telling a unique story. These windows depict scenes from the Bible, English history, and the lives of saints. They are not only exquisite works of art but also windows into the past, offering insights into the cultural and religious narratives of the time.

25- St. Paul’s Cathedral

St. Paul's Cathedral, one of London's most iconic landmarks, is a testament to architectural brilliance and spiritual significance. This magnificent cathedral has a rich history and offers visitors a range of experiences.

Architecturally, St. Paul's Cathedral is a masterpiece of English Baroque design, with its striking dome being its most recognizable feature. The dome, designed by Sir Christopher Wren, is an engineering marvel, and climbing to the top provides panoramic views of London. The interior is equally impressive, featuring intricate mosaics, elegant columns, and a stunning high altar. The Whispering Gallery, located within the dome, is famous for its unique acoustics that allow whispers to be heard across the gallery.

Beyond its architectural splendor, St. Paul's Cathedral holds great spiritual significance for many. It is the seat of the Bishop of London and a place of worship for the Anglican Church. Regular services and special ceremonies, such as weddings and memorial services, take place here, allowing visitors to witness the cathedral's living religious tradition.

One of the most poignant aspects of St. Paul's Cathedral is its role during times of national significance. It played a central role during World War II, symbolizing resilience and hope for the people of London during the Blitz. Today, it hosts essential state occasions and commemorations, further connecting it to the nation's history.

The crypt beneath the cathedral is a history repository. It houses the tombs and memorials of many notable individuals, including Sir Christopher Wren himself, as well as military heroes and influential figures from various fields. It's a place where visitors can pay their respects to these luminaries and gain insight into Britain's cultural and historical heritage.

26- Get Some Photos at Trafalgar Square

Trafalgar Square is a public square in the heart of London that has become one of the city's most iconic and visited attractions. The square was originally created in the 1820s to commemorate the British victory at the Battle of Trafalgar, and it features a large column topped by a statue of Admiral Horatio Nelson, who died in the battle.

Today, the square is a popular spot for tourists and locals alike, and several famous landmarks, including the National Gallery, the St. Martin-in-the-Fields church, and the Canadian High Commission surround it. The area also has many hotels and restaurants, making it a great place to stay or dine while visiting London. Trafalgar Square is a must-visit destination for anyone interested in history, architecture, or culture, and it's easily accessible by public transportation or on foot.

• Admire the Landmarks: Trafalgar Square is surrounded by several iconic landmarks, including the National Gallery, which houses a vast collection of European art, and Nelson's Column, a towering monument commemorating Admiral Lord Nelson's victory at the Battle of Trafalgar.
• Take in the Fountains: The square features two beautiful fountains, the Trafalgar Square Fountains, where you can relax and enjoy the soothing sounds of cascading water. It's a popular spot for tourists and locals to sit and people-watch.
• Attend Events: Trafalgar Square is a frequent host of cultural and public events, from art installations and performances to festivals and protests. Check the event calendar for anything happening during your visit.
• Feed the Pigeons (or not): Feeding the pigeons in Trafalgar Square used to be a famous pastime, but it has been discouraged in recent years due to concerns about the bird population and public hygiene. Nevertheless, you may still see some pigeons around.
• Street Performers: Talented street performers often entertain the crowds at Trafalgar Square. While strolling through the square, you can enjoy music, magic tricks, and other entertaining acts.
• Relax and People-Watch: Trafalgar Square is an excellent place to sit on the steps, benches, or the grassy areas, and watch the diverse crowd of locals and tourists passing by.
• Visit St. Martin-in-the-Fields: This historic church at the square's northeast corner often hosts classical music concerts and has a lovely café in its crypt, making it a great place to enjoy refreshments.
• Shopping and Dining: There are shops and restaurants nearby where you can pick up souvenirs, enjoy a meal, or have a coffee while taking in the views of the square.
• Celebrate Special Occasions: Trafalgar Square is often used for celebrating special occasions and national holidays. It's a lively spot during events like New Year's Eve celebrations and Pride in London.
• Explore Nearby Attractions: Trafalgar Square is centrally located, making it a convenient starting point for exploring other London attractions such as Covent Garden, Leicester Square, and the West End theaters.

Visitors can enjoy the fountains, street performers, and sculptures scattered throughout the square, and there are often special events and performances taking place as well. Best of all, admission to Trafalgar Square is completely free, making it a budget-friendly attraction for all visitors to London.

27- The Oxford Street

Oxford Street is one of London's most famous and busiest shopping streets. Its history dates back to the 18th century when it was a residential street. Today, it has over 300 shops, including many high-street brands and department stores. It is an essential destination for tourists and locals who love to shop and experience the buzzing atmosphere of the street.

One of the most striking features of Oxford Street is its architectural diversity. On both sides of the street, you can find a mix of historic buildings with ornate facades and modern, glass-clad structures. The juxtaposition of old and new creates a visually captivating scene that showcases London's rich architectural heritage and its commitment to contemporary design.

As you stroll along Oxford Street, the vibrant street life becomes evident. It's a place where people from all walks of life converge, whether they are locals or tourists. You'll witness a colorful tapestry of cultures and fashion styles as pedestrians hurry to shop at the numerous retail stores that line the street. The lively buzz of conversation, the honking of horns, and the constant stream of shoppers contribute to the lively and energetic atmosphere.

Shopping enthusiasts will be in their element on Oxford Street, home to many shops, boutiques, and department stores. Some of the world's most renowned brands and flagship stores are here, offering a wide array of fashion, electronics, cosmetics, and more. The displays in the shop windows often showcase the latest trends and innovations in retail, making Oxford Street a fashion-forward destination.

Several hotels and restaurants are nearby, including The Langham, London, and The Ivy Soho Brasserie. Oxford Street is a must-visit tourist destination for those who love shopping and entertainment. To get there, you can take the tube to Oxford Circus Station or Tottenham Court Road Station. There is no entrance fee to visit Oxford Street, but the prices of the shop items vary. Visitors can explore the vast array of shops and department stores, including Selfridges and John Lewis, and enjoy the street performers who add to the vibrant atmosphere. Oxford Street is undoubtedly one of the best places to visit in London, especially for those who love shopping and enjoy the energy of a bustling street.

28- Borough Market

Borough Market is a foodie haven located in Southwark, London. It is one of the oldest markets in London, dating back to the 13th century. The market has undergone several transformations over the years and now boasts a wide variety of fresh produce, artisanal products, and international cuisine.

Borough Market is an essential destination for foodies and tourists visiting London. The market is surrounded by famous hotels and restaurants, such as The Shard and The Globe Tavern, offering delicious meals and drinks. Borough Market is a must-visit place for anyone interested in trying delicious food worldwide.

It is easily accessible by public transport, with several stations and bus stops nearby. There is no entrance fee, and visitors can enjoy the sights, smells, and tastes of the market without spending a penny.

Borough Market offers an excellent opportunity to try new foods and indulge in delicious treats, making it one of the best places to visit in London for foodies and tourists alike.

29- The Market Covent Garden

Covent Garden Market is one of London's most iconic and historic landmarks. Once a bustling fruit and vegetable market in the 17th century, the market has since transformed into a lively shopping and entertainment destination.

The market's stunning architecture and lively atmosphere attract millions of visitors annually, making it one of London's must-visit destinations. The area surrounding the market is home to many renowned hotels and restaurants, offering visitors various dining options.

The market is conveniently located in the heart of London, easily accessible by public transportation or a leisurely walk from other popular attractions. Admission to the market is free, making it an ideal spot to explore and enjoy the vibrant atmosphere.

The market boasts a wide range of stalls selling everything from handmade crafts to unique souvenirs and street performers entertaining visitors throughout the day. For those looking for an authentic London experience, Covent Garden Market is undoubtedly one of the best places to visit in London.

30- The Camden Market

Camden Market is one of London's most vibrant and eclectic shopping destinations. The market began as a small arts and crafts fair in the 1970s but has become a sprawling maze of stalls and shops selling everything from vintage clothing to street food. It's a must-visit tourist spot for those seeking a unique shopping experience in London.

The area surrounding the market is filled with hip and trendy hotels and restaurants that attract tourists worldwide. To get there, take the London Underground to Camden Town station, and the market is just a short walk away. Entry to the market is free, but prices for goods and food can vary. Visitors can spend hours exploring the market, sampling international cuisine, and browsing various goods. Camden Market is undoubtedly one of London's best places for those looking for something different.

Video for Best Places to Visit in London

A Lady in London

And Traveling the World

Lady’s Ultimate London Travel Guide

Today I want to bring you A Lady in London’s ultimate London travel guide. I’ve spent more than a decade writing about London. From big attractions to secret spots, I’ve endeavored to share as much of the city as possible with you. And because I’ve written hundreds of blog posts about London, I thought it would be helpful to put them all in one place.

London Travel Guide

This London travel guide covers all aspects of the city, from sightseeing to restaurants, neighborhoods to afternoon teas. It offers advice for where to stay , what to do, how long to stay , and how to make the most of your time in London.

It also contains useful tips on the best day trips from London if you’re in the city long enough to want to explore further afield. I hope it helps you plan your trip to London!

London Travel Guide: When to Visit London

I’ll start my London travel guide with when to visit London, including the best time to be here, what to pack, and annual events and festivals.

Best Time to Visit London

There’s no right or wrong time to visit London, but there are a few things to consider when choosing your dates. This being Britain, weather and daylight hours are usually the biggest factors.

The best time to visit London is generally in the warmer months and over the summer , but Christmas is also a great season for visiting.

If you’re only here on a long layover, here’s what to do , and if you’re here on a rainy day, here’s how to spend it .

What to Pack for London

Once you’ve decided when to come, you have to pack for London. Depending when you visit, that will mean different things.

I’ve written packing lists for summer , autumn , winter , and spring that can help you decide what to wear in London , and a general list of things to bring all year.

London Events and Festivals

If you want to plan your trip around a specific event or festival, you have a lot of choices. There are 51 great events to experience in London during the year, and I’ve included some of the highlights below.

The big New Year’s Eve fireworks kick off the calendar, followed by Valentine’s Day and Chinese New Year .

In spring there’s the London Coffee Festival , the renowned Chelsea Flower Show , the Chelsea in Bloom floral art festival, and Open Garden Squares weekend, when many of the city’s most secluded gardens open to the public.

The summer season gets underway around this time, with highlights like the Wimbledon Tennis Championships and the Hampton Court Palace Garden Festival .

Then there are the Proms at Royal Albert Hall and the Notting Hill Carnival , which brings us into September.

Autumn sees great events like Open House London , when many of the city’s architectural gems are accessible to the public.

Then come Bonfire Night, Poppy Day , and the Lord Mayor’s Show in November, and the annual Christmas festivities to round out the year.

London Travel Guide: London Sightseeing

This section of my London travel guide covers London sightseeing. It has everything from the best London itineraries to attractions, parks, gardens, views, walks, and more.

London Itineraries

If you’re looking for a set sightseeing itinerary for London, I’ve written 1-day , 2-day , 3-day , 4-day , 5-day , 6-day , 7-day , 1-week , 8-day , 9-day , 10-day , 36-hour , 48-hour , and weekend in London itineraries that can help. I’ve also written a lot of themed London itineraries for those with special interests.

London Attractions

The main attractions in London are well known. Buckingham Palace , the Tower of London, and the London Eye are iconic landmarks .

Westminster Abbey and St Paul’s Cathedral dominate the city’s historic church scene, and Tower Bridge is the prime feat of Victorian engineering.

Tate Modern, the British Museum, and the V&A are some of the best museums in London , which is to say nothing of the Natural History Museum and the National Gallery.

Further afield, Hampton Court Palace and The Royal Observatory, Greenwich are worth a visit. And while there’s not a single location for it, no trip to London would be complete without taking in the city’s famous theater scene.

If you’re on a budget, I’ve written about 51 free things to do in London . If you’re here on your own, you can use my blog posts about planning a solo trip to London and the best things to do in London alone for ideas.

Under-the-Radar London Attractions

If you’ve already walked through Leicester Square and undergone sensory overload in Piccadilly Circus, there are a lot of lesser known places to explore in London.

Apsley House and Wellington Arch hide in plain sight on Hyde Park Corner and the Royal Mews is tucked away behind Buckingham Palace. There are plenty of hidden museums and secret galleries for every niche interest, too.

Away from the bustle of the city center, Eltham Palace is the prettiest place you’ve never heard of, and Strawberry Hill House is straight out of a fairytale.

But what I like best are the city’s accidental attractions, places that aren’t intended to be destinations in their own right but become so by virtue of their excellence or quirkiness. Like the 9 loos you have to visit , or the mysterious Eel Pie Island .

London Parks and Gardens

In addition to the sights, I’d be remiss if I left the parks and gardens out of my London travel guide. My favorite is the secret Pergola Garden in Hampstead , but there are lots more to discover.

Hyde Park is the obvious place to start, but there are 11 parks in London that are worth a place on any traveler’s bucket list. I also love Regent’s Park , Dulwich Park , and Hampstead Heath .

And that’s to say nothing of the spring gardens , summer gardens and secret gardens dotted throughout the city.

London walks

If you bring your walking shoes (and you should), there are a lot of places to explore on foot in London.

From the 5 best walks to a leisurely stroll along the Thames , there’s no shortage of ways to see London through its streets.

You can have a perfect Saturday walking around South Kensington and Notting Hill, a perfect Sunday in east London, and a great day off the beaten path in Hampstead Garden Suburb .

Or you can stick to the parks and gardens, which contain no shortage of things to enjoy.

If you want self-guided walks, I’ve written posts about Notting Hill , Hampstead , Kensington , South Kensington , Chelsea , literary London , and more .

London Views

If you want to get up high, London has a lot of good vista points.

The 9 best views of London offer a range of perspectives on the city, and river cruises on the Thames are a great way to see London’s attractions from a different angle.

Best Places to Photograph London

If photography is your thing, London will delight. I should know, and my London travel guide will help you find the places I’ve photographed.

You can start with the 9 most Instagrammed places in London , then work your way down to the smaller sights locals love. These include the beloved mews streets , pretty houses , and abandoned tube stations .

If you want to take the best photos of London, you can also take a look at my 7 photography tips for the city.

London Travel Guide: Best Places to Eat and Drink in London

This part of my London travel guide covers the best places to eat and drink in the city. From restaurants and afternoon teas to bars and pubs, it has you covered.

London Restaurants

Gone are the days of bad British food. Today London is one of the world’s leading culinary centers, with creative new restaurants opening all the time.

If you’re looking for a good breakfast, these 7 restaurants are worth a trip. If you’re on the sightseeing trail, there are lots of great places to eat near London’s top attractions , and some lovely museum cafes as well.

I’ve reviewed a lot of London restaurants over the years, so you can read about many of the top places in the city in my previous posts . If you’re looking for my favorites, they’re here . And this self-guided London food tour will take you to the highlights.

London Afternoon Teas

Afternoon tea in London is a must, and there’s no shortage of places to have it.

Fortnum & Mason tops my list of the best afternoon teas in London , but there are a lot of others worth trying, too. I’ve written about gluten-free afternoon tea in London , as well as plenty of reviews of the city’s favorite afternoon teas .

London Coffee Shops and Tearooms

If all you’re after is a quick coffee or tea, my London travel guide still has something for you.

There are coffee shops I can’t live without, and I love having a cup of tea at Candella Tea Room on Kensington Church Street.

I’ve also written about pretty cafes that will get your inner photographer excited, and London itineraries for tea lovers and coffee lovers .

Oh, and if you’re not British, you’ll want to brush up on tea etiquette with my quick expat’s guide to British tea culture . You’ll thank me!

London Pubs

No London travel guide would be complete without the mention of pubs. They’re not only part of the fabric of British society, but also great places to cozy up by a fire in the cooler months (and some years they’re all cooler months).

My favorite traditional pub in London is the Holly Bush in Hampstead. It’s everything a pub should be, from the warren of wooden rooms to the warm winter fireplaces.

But if it’s an amazing meal I’m after, there’s no better place than the Harwood Arms in Fulham.

When the weather heats up, there are 12 riverside pubs and 8 pubs with beer gardens I enjoy, and when I’m feeling adventurous there are 8 international pubs that allow me to travel the world without leaving the city.

As far as aesthetics go, there are 17 pretty pubs I adore. I’ve even written a pub-themed London itinerary .

London Bars

And speaking of watering holes, London’s bar scene is always lively. Given I’m a travel blogger, I love the city’s travel-themed bars . But when I’m in a more local mood, I never turn down a trip to the city’s best rooftop bars .

Out in east London there are lots of trendy options. I love the rooftop bar at the Queen of Hoxton in Shoreditch , and the cocktails go down a treat at Happiness Forgets in Hoxton Square.

If you want more, take a look at my cocktail lover’s itinerary for London .

London Travel Guide: Best Places to Shop in London

This part of my London travel guide is all about shopping. From farmers’ markets to fun souvenirs, shopping streets to bookstores, it covers everything you need to know to find what you want to buy in London.

London Markets

London’s markets are some of the best places to visit in the city, and they come first on the shopping list in my London travel guide. From fresh food to quirky antiques, there’s a market for pretty much every interest here.

My favorite London market is the Columbia Road Flower Market , but there are 14 markets worth visiting in the city, from the iconic Borough Market to the hip Maltby Street Market and Chatsworth Road Market .

There are also 7 under-the-radar markets and lots of Sunday markets that are fun to discover. Of the latter, Herne Hill Market is one of my favorites.

London Shopping Streets

I’m not a big shopper, but when I need something I usually head to one of two places: the King’s Road in Chelsea or Marylebone High Street .

Both have a good mix of shops and boutiques, and fewer crowds than Oxford Street and Regent Street.

I also like the fun pedestrianized area on Carnaby Street and Brick Lane in Spitalfields. If you want to dig deeper, take a look at my London itinerary for shopping addicts and my guide to the best shopping streets in London .

Places for London Souvenirs

When it comes to souvenirs, London has a range of places to browse.

General souvenirs can be found on every corner in the city center, but for more unique offerings I always send people to three places: Fortnum & Mason, the Buckingham Palace Shop, and Camden Market.

Fortnums’ edible goodies make great (if disappearing) mementos, not to mention perfect gifts for friends and family back home.

The Buckingham Palace Shop has a range of royal souvenirs, from commemorative dishes to tea towels and toys.

Camden Market has a huge variety of things to buy. From vintage goods to cool souvenirs, there’s something for everyone here.

If you want more inspiration, take a look at my lists of lovely London must-haves and things to buy in London .

London Bookstores

If you’re looking for books (or just love them), London’s bookstores are worth a browse.

From the top places for books in London to the 7 specialty bookstores and 9 independent bookshops you should visit, the city’s literary corners are worth exploring.

If there’s one place you can’t miss, it’s Daunt Books on Marylebone High Street. I’ve written a literary itinerary for London if you want more.

London Travel Guide: Where to Stay in London

This part of my London travel guide will help you figure out where to say in London for your personal style. It covers London neighborhoods and accommodation options.

London Neighborhoods

There’s no right or wrong place to stay in London. The city center is huge and the attractions spread out across it.

But if you’re looking to match your location to your personality, you can dig a bit deeper to find the perfect neighborhood. Here’s a helpful guide to choosing the best area to stay in London for your style.

Whether you want to stay in upscale South Kensington or literary Bloomsbury , newly revived King’s Cross or popular Earls Court , there’s somewhere for every taste.

To get a better feel for London’s neighborhoods, take a look at my interactive London map .

London Hotels

Once you’ve chosen a location, you’ll have to choose accommodation. London has no shortage of great hotels for every budget, so the hardest part is picking which one is right for you.

I’ve written about a lot of London hotels in my post about how to choose a London hotel for your style, and my best advice is to book early if you’re coming during the peak summer months.

You can use my guides to the best quirky hotels in London , the top themed hotels in London , and the most atmospheric pubs with rooms in London if you want to find somewhere unique to stay.

London Travel Guide: Trips from London

This section of my London travel guide is about day and overnight trips from London. It has information about the best day trips from London and great weekend trips in the UK .

Day Trips from London

If you’re visiting for more than a few days, you might want to take a day trip from London.

There are 15 day trips I highly recommend and 17 more I love , but if I had to choose a few favorites, they would have to be Brighton , Cambridge , and Oxford .

I’ve also written about the best day trips to take in the summer , autumn , winter , and spring if you want seasonal tips.

And if you only want to travel by rail or car, take a look at my blog posts about day trips from London by train and by car .

Weekend Trips from London

If you have even more time, it’s worth getting away for a bit longer or traveling a bit farther. There are 16 weekend trips I adore, but if you can only take one I recommend the Cotswolds or Kent .

You can take a look at my blog post about weekend trips from London by train for more ideas. If you have even more time, there are some great 3-day trips from London you can take. My guide to train trips from London has additional inspiration, too.

So there you have A Lady in London’s ultimate London travel guide. If you want more inspiration, these films will get you excited. Happy travels!

What would you include in a London guide? Any top tips for visitors?

Find this post helpful? Buy me a coffee!

New here? Join thousands of others and subscribe to the A Lady in London blog via email .

24 Comments on Lady’s Ultimate London Travel Guide

This is such a great guide! I’m going to recommend it to friends who live around the world, for the next time they visit. <3

Thanks, Bronwen! I really appreciate it.

Good example of sightseeings !

Thanks, Sarah!

Great post as always, Julie! Ironic timing for me to read it also, because just a few minutes ago I finished reading an article in Bloomberg Businessweek about the booming night food scene in London. A couple companies, London Union and Smorgasburg, were mentioned. What shocked me was that the article stated that food trucks are no where to be found late on Friday and Saturday nights. Why on earth is that?? Anyway, I thought of you the second I started reading it! I hope you have a fantastic week, my friend! 🙂

Thanks, Mike! Yeah, that’s funny about food carts not being a late night thing in London. They seem to be elsewhere, don’t they?

Wow, this is amazing. Also so jealous that you live in London, it’s one of my faves! I always recommend Borough Market and SoHo Garden and Notting Hill for people who are visiting, they’re some of my favorite spots in London 🙂

Those are great places! Thanks for sharing your recommendations.

I came across your blog on bloglovin and I wish I read this post before I went to London, however it was still an amazing trip and I need to go back just for afternoon tea alone.

I’m glad you had an amazing trip! Afternoon tea is definitely worth coming back for.

THIS IS AWESOME!!!!!!!!! I am going to share on my Facebook, maybe make a mention on my blog, and have this for a reference for when I go!!!!! I have been planning for literally about 2 years now (Since I moved to Western Australia) I don’t like where I am currently living, and the city girl in me wants to BURST!!!!!!!! London is my dream destination, and when I move to Perth next month, I am going to make LISTS, GOALS and PLANS!!!!!!

Thanks! I’m glad you like it. I hope you enjoy London when you get here!

The information given here is sufficient for a person to check out the places with ease. Brilliant stuff !

Wow, this is Great.We got a lot of information about London.Actually next week we are planning to visit London.So it’s very helpful for us.Thanks for sharing this article.

You’re welcome!

Thank you for sharing this, it’s really helpful. Awesome!!

You’re welcome! I’m glad to hear that.

My friends are coming to London and I was struggling for ideas, when I found your lovely blog! Your pictures are so inviting. Such a great idea about stopping for an afternoon tea somewhere – walking in London all day can be so tiring! Thank you so much!

Your blog gave me a lot of amazing ideas that I can use on my trip to London. Actually on the coming month I am planning for a tour to London with my family and kids. Thanks for sharing such amazing tips.

There is literally so much to do in London. I feel like I could never get a chance to do it all even if I lived there!! :]

Definitely!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

© Copyright A Lady in London 2007 - 2024. Privacy Policy.

Protect Your Trip »

The 7 best tower of london tours.

Hear all about the tower's history and secrets on a guided tour.

The Best Tower of London Tours

© Historic Royal Palaces

Built as a fortress by William the Conqueror beginning in the 1070s, the UNESCO-listed Tower of London is one of the city's most iconic landmarks. Once a palace for monarchs, a formidable state prison and a place of execution – where three of Henry VIII's wives, including Anne Boleyn, met their end – this imposing castle conceals more than 1,000 years of history across its different towers. Visit to learn more about its gruesome tales, and to admire the Crown Jewels, where glittering state crowns and other precious treasures sit beside the world-famous Koh-i-Noor diamond.

If you're looking to explore this impressive site with the insider knowledge of a local, consider booking a tour. We've rounded up some of the top tours, all of which have at least 100 reviews and a minimum rating of 4 out of 5 stars across multiple websites.

Editor's Pick: City Wonders – Best of London: Tower of London, Thames River Ride & Changing of the Guards

U.S. News independently paid to send Laura French , an award-winning British travel writer currently based in London, on this tour to provide readers with an unbiased, first-hand perspective of what to expect. City Wonders – Best of London: Tower of London, Thames River Ride & Changing of the Guards was selected by our team as an Editor's Pick thanks to its popularity and favorable user reviews.

Price: Adults from $98; kids from $92 Duration: 4 hours

This half-day, early-morning walking tour is ideal if you want to combine the Tower of London with other key London attractions ; as a bonus, you get early access to the tower, meaning you'll enter before it officially opens to the public.

We met our guide by the tower at 8:15 a.m. and got plenty of interesting information on its history before being led through to watch the opening ceremony (available as an upgrade). A resident, red-and-navy-clad beefeater (the tower's ceremonial guards) welcomed us with entertaining anecdotes, before the chief yeoman warder and others marched through the grounds to officially open the tower. We then had around an hour to explore; it was enough time to admire the Crown Jewels and its diamond-topped crowns, royal robes and gold chalices – as well as some of the other towers, several of which were still (happily) empty pre-10 a.m.

After exploring the tower, we boarded a Thames Clipper boat from the pier around the corner, passing several London landmarks – from London Bridge to The Shard, St. Paul's Cathedral to the "walkie-talkie" skyscraper (the Fenchurch Building). From Embankment Pier, we wandered through Whitehall to Horse Guards Parade, witnessing the Changing of The King's Life Guard; crowds gathered as mounted soldiers in red and gold lined the square. After a stroll along The Mall, the tour ended at Buckingham Palace . We took in the lavish grounds from the outside and found the perfect photo spot as our guide continued to regale us with more insightful tales.

Laura French

Good to know:

• On Sundays and Mondays, a Royal Westminster Walk is offered instead of the changing of the guard.
• Prices vary by date, so play around with different options if you're flexible on when you can go.

Why we love it:

• Getting early access to the Tower of London makes a difference – I've been to the tower twice before, but this was the best experience yet. There was no line for the Crown Jewels (waiting times can get long later in the day), and the whole area felt relatively calm and uncrowded.
• It's a flexible tour, with the option to add on the opening ceremony when you book. Though it does cost extra, I recommend it if you want to experience one of London's many traditions. We learned about the history of the beefeaters and the daily Ceremony of the Keys, and were kept thoroughly entertained by the yeoman warder who greeted us.
• Our guide was humorous, entertaining and brought the tour to life, sharing facts and stories about London's past and present that I (even as a local) didn't always know about – from historic facts at the Tower of London to a garage in Whitehall that was used as the Ministry of Magic in the "Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows: Part 1" movie.
• The tour was a good length and the group wasn't too big (we had 19 in our group), so it felt like we saw and learned a lot without being overwhelmed.

Check prices & availability on:

Let Me Show You London – Tower of London Private Tour

Price: Varies depending on group size (maximum of 10) Duration: 3 hours

If you'd prefer a private Tower of London tour for just you and your family or friends, this is an excellent choice. An experienced Blue Badge Guide (Britain’s highest professional tourist-guiding qualification) will take you around the tower, sharing in-depth tales of its past. Explore all the key highlights, from the Bloody Tower to the Crown Jewels, as you learn more about its different uses throughout the centuries from an entertaining, knowledgeable expert.

Travelers highly recommended the tour, and are impressed with the knowledge of the guides. Many say it's a great option for families, with plenty of stories to keep younger ones entertained, and appreciate that it can be customized to suit the group's interests.

Tours are available Tuesday to Saturday at 9 a.m. and 2 p.m., and at 10 a.m. and 2 p.m. on Sundays and Mondays. Tours depart from the Welcome Centre at the Tower of London (you can also arrange for your guide to meet you at your hotel). The cost of the tour varies by the number of people in the group. For instance, a pair of two adults can expect to pay about 252 pounds (about $330) per person, while a group of 10 adults will pay about 89 pounds (around $117) per person. The company also runs private tours of other London landmarks, such as the British Museum and Westminster Abbey .

Walks – Complete Tower of London Tour: Opening Ceremony, Early Access Crown Jewels & River Cruise

Price: Adults from $135; kids from $123 Duration: 3 hours   Escape the crowds with early access to the Tower and its Crown Jewels on this standout tour. You'll enter before it opens to the public, and watch as a beefeater performs the opening ceremony. Then, you'll enter the Jewel House to admire its treasures with few others around, before meeting your guide for a tour of the rest of the site. Afterward, you'll be given a City Cruises ticket for a one-way sightseeing cruise on the Thames to enjoy at your leisure.

Travelers love this tour and feel it's well worth the price, praising the early access and the included headsets, which make it easy to hear the guides' commentary. Many enjoy watching the opening ceremony and are impressed by the guides, who keep the whole group entertained.

Tours depart from the Tower of London. They take place from 8:30 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. four days per week in summer (on Tuesdays, Wednesdays, Fridays and Saturdays), and two to three days per week in winter. The City Cruises pass is valid on the day and time of your choice, and from a selection of piers (including the Tower Millennium pier, just outside the gates, so you can easily do it straight after your visit). The company also offers an "after hours" evening tour of the tower that includes the legendary Ceremony of the Keys, when the chief yeoman warder officially locks the tower for the day.

LetzGo City Tours – Tower of London – Complete Tour with Crown Jewels & Opening Ceremony

Price: Adults from 132 pounds (about $174); kids from 127 pounds (about $167) Duration: 3 hours

If you want to combine early access perks with a visit to Tower Bridge , this is the tour for you. You'll be among the first to enter the Tower of London, witnessing the military pomp of the opening ceremony before the crowds descend. Learn more about the history of the ceremony from your guide, then see the Crown Jewels with few others around.

Afterward, you'll have time to explore the surrounding highlights of the complex, before heading to Tower Bridge. Visit the Tower Bridge Exhibition and wander over the glass walkway to see the Thames from above, with sweeping city views all around. Head down into the engine rooms to learn more about the history of this Victorian-built feat, before a photo stop to round off your tour.

Tourgoers appreciate the early access and say it's well worth the money, praising the expertise and humor of the guides. Many also enjoy visiting Tower Bridge.

Tours are available every day apart from Tuesdays and leave from Tower Hill tube station, close to the Tower of London. The company also offers afternoon tours, though these do not feature the opening ceremony.

Historic Royal Palaces – Tower of London and Crown Jewels Exhibition Ticket

Price: Adults from 35 pounds (about $46); kids from 17 pounds (about $22) Duration: Varies

If you'd rather explore the tower on your own, book this option to enjoy guaranteed entry. It's the same price as buying a ticket on site, but it's worth it if you'd rather have your booking sorted in advance. You'll explore all the key highlights, from the White Tower and Traitors' Gate to Tower Green and the Crown Jewels. You can also join an optional, complimentary yeoman warder (beefeater) tour for extra insight – a highlight for many reviewers, who describe the warders as friendly and humorous. The first yeoman warder tour starts at 10 a.m. from Tuesday through Saturday, and 10:30 a.m. on Sundays and Mondays.

Travelers thoroughly enjoy the perspective offered by the beefeaters, and find the site fascinating; they recommend setting aside a few hours to explore it fully.

James Hart – Tower of London

Price: Adults from 132 pounds (about $173); kids from 117 pounds (about $154) Duration: 3 hours

On this in-depth tour, you'll see the beefeaters, glimpse the famous ravens, admire the Crown Jewels and tour the rest of the tower with your guide, James Hart. An expert local who's been leading tours for more than two decades, he'll tell you everything there is to know about the tower's past – from its beginnings to the gruesome details.

Travelers find the tour fascinating; they give rave reviews of Hart's historical knowledge and sense of humor. Participants also say the ticket price is a good value for the experience.

You can choose a small-group tour or opt for a private one, with departures on Tuesdays, Wednesdays, Fridays and Saturdays throughout most of the year. Tours leave from the sundial outside Tower Hill tube station, a short stroll from the Tower of London. If you're hoping to explore outside of London, Hart also leads tours of Stonehenge and the Cotswolds, among other locations.

Pinocchio Tours for Kids and Families – Tower of London Tour for Kids and Families

Price: Varies depending on group size Duration: 3 hours

If you're traveling with kids and are worried they'll get restless, this family-focused private tour is ideal. You'll be led by a Blue Badge Guide who's specially trained in keeping younger ones entertained. Highlights include a glimpse of the beefeaters, the Crown Jewels and a visit to all the other key highlights. Expect plenty of child-friendly tales, as your guide shares the history of the tower.

Participants love the tour, and many are impressed with how well the guides kept the kids' attention, tailoring the tour to different ages. A few say it might be a little long for younger ones, but most give rave reviews.

Tours leave from the Tower of London Welcome Centre at 9 a.m. and 2:30 p.m. every day, apart from Sundays and Mondays, when the morning tour starts at 10 a.m. Children of any age are welcome, although it's recommended for those 6 and older. The company also organizes kid-friendly tours of the British Museum, as well as a "Harry Potter" tour, among others.

Why Trust U.S. News Travel

Laura French is an award-winning British travel writer currently based in London. She grew up near the city and spent her childhood visiting sights like the Tower of London. She loves exploring local attractions, and used her own experience alongside online research to compile the roundup.

You might also be interested in:

• The Best London Hotels

The Best London Tours

• The Best Travel Insurance for Europe

Tags: Travel , London , Tours , Europe Vacations

World's Best Places To Visit

• # 1 South Island, New Zealand
• # 4 Bora Bora

If you make a purchase from our site, we may earn a commission. This does not affect the quality or independence of our editorial content.

You May Also Like

Top indoor water park resorts.

Holly Johnson and Amanda Norcross Sept. 11, 2024

Romantic Getaways in Florida

Alissa Grisler and Gwen Pratesi Sept. 9, 2024

The Best Weekend Getaways From NYC

Alissa Grisler and Jessica Colley Clarke Sept. 5, 2024

The Best Beach Resorts in the World

Sept. 5, 2024

The Best Rome Food Tours

Laura Itzkowitz Sept. 4, 2024

Top Things to Do in Hershey, PA

Amanda Norcross Aug. 30, 2024

The Best College Town Hotels

Rachael Hood Aug. 29, 2024

Fun Fall Weekend Getaways

Aug. 29, 2024

Best Hoover Dam Tours from Las Vegas

Holly Johnson and Ann Henson Aug. 29, 2024

Kim Foley MacKinnon Aug. 29, 2024

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar
• Skip to footer

LOVE STORIES? I share behind the scenes travel mishaps and adventures on the road. Subscribe

Helene in Between

Lifestyle and Travel blog helping Bloggers Succeed Online.

A Magical Guide to the Best Harry Potter Places to Visit

By Helene Sula

We might not get a letter in the mail to go to Hogwarts, but we certainly can visit places that make us feel like we're in the Wizarding World of Harry Potter! These 22 places must be on your bucket list if you're a fan of Harry Potter! From filming locations in England and Scotland, to unique places that look just like Diagon Alley, you need to travel here to experience the magic. These Harry Potter destinations will bring the magic. 

I'm a Potterhead. I'm admittedly late to the game. I didn't start even reading the books until 2016 but as soon as I did I realized that Harry Potter is some of the best story telling out there. And once you are whisked away into the the books and movies, you realize you want to delve into the destinations that inspired and look like the Wizarding World of Harry Potter.

Naturally, as a traveler I want to know the best places to visit if you love Harry Potter! There are so many incredible destinations you can visit if you're obsessed with Harry Potter like me! I've come up with 22 must visit destinations if you love Harry Potter.

I've made a list of the best places to visit if you're a Harry Potter fan, filming locations, and places that inspired J.K. Rowling and the directors. Grab a glass of butter beer and let's hitch up our broomsticks!

Get all my guides to Harry Potter here!

If you have to pick just one city to get a taste of Harry Potter, my recommendation is London . London is the best place to engulf yourself in the world of Harry Potter. I'm going to organize this list by country to make it easier to plan your own trip!

1) Platform 9 3/4, King's Cross Station, London, UK

And of course we start where it all began! The famed platform 9 ¾ that was the gateway to the train, and then on to Hogwarts. This station is real and is located in London, UK. It's located between platforms 4 and 5. Be warned, there is often a queue that forms for people waiting to take photos here. But there’s a gift shop nearby selling plenty of Potter-themed gifts like wands and robes.

This station opened in 1852 as the original King's Cross Station but is now a part of King's Cross St Pancras tube/railway station complex. Plus, it's in London where you'll find plenty of Harry Potter looking scenes.

 There is a Harry Potter shop here as well that I ADORE with wonderful Harry Potter themed products!

2) Leadenhall Market, London , UK

Leadenhall Market is another incredible location in London that was used as a shooting location for Harry Potter and the the Goblet of Fire as the entrance for the Leaky Cauldron. It's a beautiful Victorian covered market that's worth a visit even if you're not a Harry Potter fan.

However, it's especially magical to wander around if you know that scene from the movie. Guide to London here !

3) Millennium Bridge, London, UK

The Millennium Bridge is a pedestrian bridge that crosses the River Thames in London. It's a really beautiful bridge and was actually closed down for a while after it opened because it started to wobble, specifically for “excessive swaying.”

However, it reopened in 2002 and has been a popular tourist attraction ever since. The bridge was featured in Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince in a scene where the Death Eaters destroy the bridge.

Harry Potter Locations and guides!

This is the most comprehensive guides to Harry Potter! From filming locations, studio tours, theme parks, Harry Potter related gifts, Instagram captions and more!

4) Warner Brothers Studio in London , UK

This is a no-brainer. If you're a Harry Potter fan, you have to visit the Warner Brothers Studio in London . It's the place where all 8 of the Harry Potter movies were filmed. You can take a tour of the studio and see all the sets and props used in the movies.

Even as a fan, I was worried this might not be worth it. JUST GO! It's so cool to see the real sets, walk in the Great Hall, try a Butter Beer, and see the detailed costumes, and props!

The studio is just outside of London in Leavesden and is a quick train ride to venture into the Great Hall, Dumbledore's Office, The WEasley Burrow, Hagrid's Hut, Snape's Office, the Forbidden Forest and so much more!

See my full guide to the Harry Potter London Studio Tour here !

5) Piccadilly Circus, London , UK

Piccadilly Circus is a major road junction in the West End of London where 6 streets converge. Its central location makes it one of the most popular tourist destinations in all of London. It's even said that if you stand here for long enough you'll run into someone you know!

It can get pretty crowded but there are several Harry Potter scenes that show up here! You might recognize it from Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows (Part 1) when Harry, Ron, and Hermione run from some Death Eaters.

6) London Zoo, Regents Park, London , UK

The London Zoo is located in Regent's Park in the center of London. It's home to over 600 species of animals! The zoo was featured on Harry Potter and the Sorcerer's Stone for the Reptile House where a snake speaks to Harry.

7) Georgian House Hotel, London

The Georgian House Hotel is a lovely hotel located in London that will make you feel like you've entered the Gryffindor Common Room! With creative rooms that look just like Hogwarts! The hotel also offers a walking tour of spots in London that were featured in the Harry Potter series.

Outside of London there are plenty of places around England that are filming locations or look just like they'd fit in to Harry Potter!

8) Alnwick Castle, England

This is not only a beautiful castle, but the place where the Hogwarts students get their flying lessons from Madame Hooch in Harry Potter and the Sorcerer's Stone. It's also the spot where Oliver Wood teaches the rules of Quidditch to Harry!

Its courtyards and baileys were transformed into the grounds of Hogwarts, where students and teachers wandered between classes. The Lion Arch, which is the castle’s grand entrance, became the gateway to the Forbidden Forest and Hagrid’s hut. One of my favorite scenes? In Chamber of Secrets , Harry and Ron dramatically crash Mr. Weasley’s flying car right into the Inner Bailey. Alnwick Castle is as close to Hogwarts as you can get without needing a portkey!

The interior of the castle is SHOCKINGLY lovely. But there is no filming inside, unfortuantely! There's even the last two pieces of furniture from Versailles in the rooms!

9) Oxford University, Oxford, England

As soon as you step inside Oxford University, you'll feel like you got your very own Hogwarts letter!

The University of Oxford is one of the most famous universities in the world with an illustrious history. The school was definitely an inspiration for places like the Great Hall (in fact Oxford's Christ Church's Great Hall looks almost identical), the exterior of the school, and the dorms as well. Also, the Bodleian Library is when Harry throws on his invisibility cloak to search for a book, that was filmed in this library! Also, the Divinity School is the set of the Hospital and where Ron practices dancing before the Yule Ball with McGonagall!

See my full guide to the filming locations in Oxford here. There are MANY!

10) Gloucester Cathedral, England

I LOVE this area of England. I'd go as far to say it's one of the prettiest areas in the world. The Cotwolds in general are absolutely idyllic, but the Gloucester Cathedral is stunning. The halls are where scenes from Harry Potter and the Chamber of Secrets are filmed. This is where Harry finds the cat, Mrs. Norris, petrified.

See my full guide to Southern England here.

11) York, England

This beautiful village in England is well worth a trip. The Shambles looks and feels like Diagon Alley, it's a narrow street where the buildings seem to tumble on to each other! You can also find some great souvenirs here!

12) Freshwater West Beach, Wales

This, to me, is one of the saddest scenes of all the books and movies: burying Dobby. This beach was used to film Dobby's grave and it's also used for backdrop for Shell cottage.

13) Lacock Abbey, England

Another beautiful place in the Cotswolds ! The interior of Hogwarts is featured at Lacock Abbey in the courtyard. You'll also recognize Lily and James Potter's house and Slughorn's hide out in Harry Potter and the Half Blood Prince.

Next up is Scotland ! This is not only where J.K. Rowling wrote the series, but a place of huge inspiration and filming locations for Harry Potter.

14) The Elephant House, Edinburgh, Scotland

This is the spot that J.K. Rowling wrote Harry Potter!! You can feel the creativity oozing out of this cafe. As you look up at the cobblestone streets and incredible architecture of Edinburgh, you'll see why this was such a great place to write. This cafe is also home to many other writers and artists so you know it's a spot where your mind can wander.

See my guide to Edinburgh here!

15) Glenfinnan Viaduct/ Jacobite Steam Train, Scotland

The scene as the Hogwarts Express is barrelling down the lush countryside? That's the Jacobite Steam Train crossing the Glenfinnan Viaduct ! You can go on a train ride yourself or head to the viewing area to get a shot of the train crossing the viaduct. Remember when Ron and Harry drove the Ford Anglia? That was here!

See my full guide to riding the Hogwarts Express here!

16) Glencoe, Scotland

You might recognize this as the scene of Hagrid's Hut and the Bridge to Nowhere as well as many outdoor scenes from Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban. The lush landscape makes the perfect backdrop for many of the epic scenes in the movie.

17) Loch Shiel, Scotland

The dramatic scenes of looking at Hogwarts from across the lake? That was filmed at the beautiful Loch Sheil! Whether you're a Potterhead or not, this is a beautiful place to enjoy the outdoors and pretend like you're heading to Hogwarts or riding Buckbeak!

See my guide to Scotland here!

18) Balmoral Hotel, Scotland

This stunning hotel is actually where J.K. Rowling completed Harry Potter! This is writing in style and one day I'd like to write a book here. This 5-star hotel is pricey but beautiful.

19) University of Glasgow, Scotland

The beautiful stone archways make you feel like you just walked into Hogwarts. This is actually the fourth oldest university in the English speaking world! It's beautiful architecturally, and looks so similar to a place Harry, Ron, and Hermione might have studied!

See my full guide to Glasgow here .

Of course there are many other places outside of England and Scotland that are inspirational for Harry Potter! Here are a few more:

20) The Wizarding World of Harry Potter in LA or Florida

If you're wanting a fun experience then check out the Wizarding World of Harry Potter at Universal Studios in Orlando, Florida or Los Angeles, California. This is where you can ride the Hogwarts Express, see Hagrid's Hut, and explore Diagon Alley! You can see my full guide to the Wizarding World of Harry Potter in Orlando here !

21) Cliffs of Mohr, Ireland

These beautiful cliffs were where Dumbledore and Harry apparate to find Voldemort's Horcrux. This is a great background to take some epic shots! My guide to Ireland here !

22) Livraria Lello, Porto, Portugal

This beautiful bookstore just looks and feels like it belongs in Diagon Alley. J.K. Rowling actually used to live in Portugal so it could have been a place for inspiration! Be aware, it can get quite crowded as people huddle around to get a picture of the beautiful staircase.

From England and Scotland where J.K. Rowling wrote the series to Ireland and Portugal which were inspiration; these 22 best places to travel if you love Harry Potter will take your breath away.

More than just being a place of inspiration though, each locale has something special that makes them worth visiting whether they're just tourist attractions or have incredible architecture. No matter what kind of traveler you are – if you want an adventure just like Harry, Ron, or Hermione, or you want to see the filming locations, or you want writing inspiration, I can't think of a better place to visit than the above!

Blog posts you might like:

Guide to the Wizarding World of Harry Potter in Orlando

Harry Potter Studio Tour

Oxford Harry Potter Locations

Guide to London

Southern England Guide

Guide to the Cotswolds

Ireland Travel Guide

Guide to Scotland

MEET THE AUTHOR

Helene Sula

I believe that one trip can change your life. It did for me. I'm a self proclaimed home body that quit her job, moved abroad, and more often than not, lives out of a carry-on bag. If I'm not traveling, I'm most likely re-reading Harry Potter or watching "Midnight in Paris" while snuggling my dogs. I'm a digital marketing expert who turned my love of travel into a full-time career. And I help others do it too.

Related Posts

DO YOU LOVE STORIES?

Let me tell you a good one. I share behind the scenes travel mishaps and adventures on the road.

You're on the list! YAY! Please check your email to confirm your email.

There was an error submitting your subscription. Please try again.

Helene in Between Courses

• Instagram Content System

Easily manage your content while finding captions that WORK for you.

• The Lightroom Vault

140 presets + ALL the skills you need to edit like a pro.

• The Convert Course

Learn how to turn readers into followers + blog post templates

Join 560k+ Instagram Followers

Real life, attainable travel & inspiration to #livealittle at @heleneinbetween

Choose a Destination

Asia Austria Belgium Canada Denmark Estonia Europe Finland France

Quick Links

• Buying a Camera Guide
• Free Lightroom Presets
• Travel Tips
• Shop My Looks

• Accessories
• Watches & Jewellery

Priya Ahluwalia is the real deal

• Entertainment

Billy Porter: “I’m back on my own terms and it’s magical”

Woodfellas: In the studio with furniture maestro Jan Hendzel

Sun, sea and shavasana: Winter wellness retreats to book now

A complete guide to London’s Michelin-starred restaurants

• International

On island time: Where to holiday in the Caribbean this winter

Sign up to our free newsletter and be the first to know about the latest fashion, travel and lifestyle happenings, as well as exclusive reader events and offers

Subscribe to the Luxury London print edition

The holiday hot list: Where to travel in September

From a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the Seven Wonders of the World, to balmy beach breaks, here’s where to book for a sunny September sojourn

Travellers are spoiled for choice in September . While London cools and quickly transitions to autumn (almost overnight), southern Europe and beyond often enjoy an Indian summer that makes saying goodbye to summer that bit sweeter (and slower). If you’re one of the lucky ones with enough annual leave left to spend on a September holiday, there’s a plethora of destinations ready to welcome you. From getaways steeped in history, such as Cairo, to thrill-seeking breaks in the Italian Dolomites, here’s where to travel in September – and boast about in October… 

The Dolomites, Italy

Average temperature in September: 20°C

Fly into Venice and head north to discover the Italian playground for hiking and biking enthusiasts, which also doubles as a luxe alpine destination. The UNESCO World Heritage site of the Dolomites is a sight to behold, with popular peaks including Tre Cime di Lavaredo – famous for its distinctive and easily climbable three mountains – and Cinque Torri, otherwise known as the ‘five towers’. Luckily for well-heeled tourists, where travellers go, high-end hospitality will follow. While the region remains largely untouched, you’ll find five-star hotels with fine dining restaurants to match, and world-class spas setting the benchmark for luxury alpine wellness. Go in September for slightly cooler temperatures which suit hiking by day, and dining and cocktails (of course) by night. 

Where to stay: Hotel Granbaita Dolomites

The five-star Hotel Granbaita Dolomites relaunched in July, unveiling a refreshed and refined exterior with the addition of revamped garden rooms. Located in Selva di Val Gardena, the beating heart of the Dolomites, the property is still owned by the Puntscher-Perathoner family who first opened its doors in 1961 and have recently restored it with a thorough five-year renovation. Running throughout the hotel’s interiors are deep, rich hues paired with natural materials that feature across six different room and suite categories. Head downstairs to sample decadent Italian cuisine inspired by the culinary traditions of Trentino curated by chef Andrea Moccia or indulge in a signature cocktail or two accompanied by live music at the modern bar. As well as immersing in a raft of activities such as hiking, skiing or biking, don’t miss the 2,000 square metre Savinela Spa: an oasis of wellness complete with a sauna, swimming pools and traditional spa treatments. 

From £470 per night. 

Cairo, Egypt

Images: Shutterstock

Average temperature in September: 34°C

The Egyptian capital was once the reserve of culture vultures looking to get their history fix, but as many five-star hotels have moved into the city in recent years, it has emerged as one of the most well-equipped regions in Egypt to cope with an abundance of travellers. Situated on the River Nile, the capital is steeped in ancient history and mythology, dotted with famous mosques, madrasas, hammams and fountains. Don’t miss a trip to Tahrir Square – a long-standing location for political events – and the Grand Egyptian Museum, home to a treasure trove of antiquities ranging from royal mummies, sphinx, coffins and even gilded King Tutankhamun artefacts. Just a short drive away lies Giza, one of the Seven Wonders of the World. Here, you’ll find an array of iconic Egyptian monuments, including the three tall pyramids built as royal mausoleums in the 26th century BC, as well as the Great Sphinx. You won’t be the only one snapping a picture or two for the ‘gram. 

Where to stay: Waldorf Astoria Cairo Heliopolis

Drawing on influences from the city’s history and culture, Waldorf Astoria Cairo Heliopolis , which officially opened in February, offers the epitome of Egyptian elegance. Ideal for those seeking a cultural break this month, the hotel is located in the vibrant neighbourhood of Heliopolis (ancient Egypt), close to the main presidential palace, and the highly-anticipated Grand Egyptian Museum, slated to open later this year. Inside, the 252 rooms and suites overlook the city and its beautiful botanical gardens, alongside a variety of restaurants including Brasserie Ayda which serves an eclectic Mediterranean-inspired menu, and the glamourous Bar Raa, serving soulful jazz music and decadent cocktails in equal measure. 

From £315 per night. 

St Tropez, France

Image: Shutterstock

Average temperature in September: 26°C

A trip to St Tropez in September is ideal for those seeking warm weather within a two-hour flight from London, without the clamouring tourists. Offering more space and a breezy, laid back atmosphere to enjoy the glamorous beach clubs, restaurants and bars which have become synonymous with the starry village on the Côte d'Azur , this is the ultimate destination to switch off and relax. While away the days basking on serene beaches, or playing pétanque with locals in the market square, before venturing into the cobblestoned La Ponche fishing quarter to marvel at some of the most impressive superyachts in the Mediterranean. 

Where to stay: Arev St Tropez

Having opened in March, Arev St Tropez is located just a five-minute walk from the acclaimed French town, and exudes old-world luxury and vintage glamour in a bid to emulate the heyday of St Tropez, known among locals as the ‘Brigitte Bardot era’. Each of the 43 rooms and suites, designed by Madrid-based designer Luis Bustamante, are a vision of nautical style with bold navy and white stripes, eye-catching red detailing and blue-shuttered facades. 

Foodies will be served fine French fare at the hotel’s flagship restaurant, The Strand, which pays homage to St Tropez’s oldest eatery and hosts live music while the sun sets. For guests looking to indulge in the glamour of the destination, the property’s boutique spa  features an exclusive line of local botanical beauty products and perfumes by St Maison. With an inviting turquoise pool, a fleet of bespoke high-tech electric bikes, a Technogym-equipped gym, padel and pétanque courts in the olive tree-shaded mini village square (with a scarlet food truck for apéro nibbles), Arev has everything you need for a thoroughly rejuvenating break. Plus, it's open year round, dispelling the idea that St Tropez is for the summer only. 

From £500 per night. 

Hong Kong, China

Average temperature in September: 30°C

While the neon-lit streetscapes are part and parcel of life in Hong Kong, those who want to go beyond the bright lights will discover a plethora of old urban neighbourhoods, precious temples, and historical markets. As the fourth most-populated city in the world, Hong Kong is set up to not only serve investors and bankers who flock to its finance district, but also keen travellers with little ones in tow. Ocean Park and Disneyland Hong Kong will entertain youngsters for hours on end, while those looking to enjoy culture in the city should head to Victoria Peak for its panoramic views, climb the huge Tian Tan Buddha and take to the water in Victoria Harbour. Featuring vibrant nightlife, a thriving art scene and more green parks than you can shake a stick at, Hong Kong has something for everyone. 

Where to stay: Island Shangri-La

One of the most centrally-located hotels in the city is the Island Shangri-La , the renowned hotel group’s flagship property located a stone’s throw from Hong Kong Park and the hip restaurants of Wanchai. Within its own four walls, Island Shangri-La offers a retreat inspired by nature and is home to Yun Wellness: one of the most impressive wellness facilities in Hong Kong featuring a beautiful spa, a 28.5m outdoor swimming pool and innovative gym. 

For those travelling with children, each of the 21 rooms and suites have been designed according to a different theme, from an underwater submarine to a fairy garden. But those looking to go all out should book the new 222 square metre super-suite on the 52 nd floor – aptly named the Shangri-La Suite – and setting a benchmark for modern luxury in Hong Kong. And when dinner calls, look no further than the hotel’s seven in-house restaurants, our favourite being the Lobster Bar and Grill by chef Cary Docherty – think freshly-shucked oysters, crab toast, lobster Thermidor and endless seafood towers. 

From £332 per night. 

Average temperature in September: 28°C

For a tiny archipelago situated between Sicily and North Africa, Malta certainly packs a punch. Jet in for a balmy weekend in the sun and head to the capital city of Valletta, dotted with 16 th -century palaces and cathedrals, the baroque St John’s Co-Cathedral which houses a Caravaggio masterpiece, and the awe-inspiring Ħal Saflieni Hypogeum: a subterranean network of halls dating to circa 4000 BC. Once you’ve had enough of the city, make a beeline for the beaches at Għajn Tuffieħa Bay and family-friendly Mellieħa Bay, or dive into the island’s crystal-clear waters on one of the many bookable boat trips that sail towards sister islands Gozo and Comino. 

Where to stay: Iniala Harbour House

Positioned within the heart of Valletta on the prestigious St Barbara Bastion, Iniala Harbour House is a five-star retreat that blends relaxation with history. The pet-friendly hotel comprises four palatial houses to offer 20 suites and three guest rooms with balconies or terraces all sat atop ancient vaults with French windows that frame views of Grand Harbour. Other highlights include the Michelin-starred Ion Harbour by Simon Rogan, the 24-hour state-of-the-art gym, glamorous cocktail bar, original artworks from both renowned and up-and-coming Maltese and Gozitan artists, and spa treatments at Essensi Spa. 

For those wishing to add a touch of adventure to their stay, don’t miss an exclusive yachting experience to enjoy the best natural beauty the Mediterranean has to offer. The journey begins with a chauffeur service from the hotel to the yacht before a day basking in the sun, swimming in crystal-clear waters, and exploring Malta’s breathtaking coastline including Gozo, and Comino, and the world-renowned Blue Lagoon. 

From £341 per night.  

Average temperature in September: 27°C

However you pronounce it (the Balearic island also goes by the name Majorca), this enchanting Spanish island scarcely needs an introduction. Blending modern style with a laidback village pace, the cobbled capital of Palma is perfect for those looking for a relaxing break tinged with city life, and featuring a number of architectural landmarks, including the Gothic Santa María cathedral overlooking the Bay of Palma, and the Moorish-style Arab fortress, Almudaina. Head north to discover Mallorca’s signature sandy shores and azure coastline, with must-see secluded spots including Deià, Mondragó, Torta and Es Trenc: a white sand alcove saved from development in 2008 to become one of the most popular beaches on the island. 

Where to stay: Four Seasons Resort Mallorca at Formentor

In the heart of a vast private estate with carefully restored gardens, seaside woodlands, rugged cliffs and secret beaches, a former hideout for the glitterati has reemerged as the first Four Seasons resort in Mallorca. Brand new for autumn 2024, the 100-acre Formentor resort’s 110 guest rooms and suites boast bright and airy interiors, sea-facing terraces and private plunge pools. Known as a destination for hikers, bikers and snorkelers, Four Seasons allows guests to dive right in, with expert instruction and guided treks on land and water in and around Formentor. 

Spend your days hiking through the peninsula’s forests with a biologist, or book a marine biologist for a guided snorkelling tour of underwater gardens teeming marine life including octopuses, seahorses and dazzling neon blue damselfish before dining on dishes by executive chef Francesco Mannelli by night. Pick the poolside Quiosc for a more casual vibe with an open kitchen and terrace or upmarket Cercle, where bartenders shake up inventive cocktails and pour from the resort’s exquisite wine list, some sourced from the on-site vineyard. Hotels don’t get much better than this. 

From £888 per night. 

Read more: The world’s best safari destinations

Luxury London Newsletter

Magma Resort: An epicurean haven in the heart of Santorini

Things to do in Edinburgh: 7 must-see attractions in the Scottish capital

The most luxurious beach clubs in Dubai

The best luxury hotels in Venice

Hoshinoya Bali: A rainforest retreat promising honeymoon bliss

The best hotels in the Cotswolds for a luxurious staycation

You are using an outdated browser. Please upgrade your browser to improve your experience.

• Restaurants
• Best-of Guides
• MICHELIN Guide Ceremony
• My Favorites
• Subscribe to newsletter
• Booking partnership with OpenTable
• Booking partnership with Resy
• USA - English - USD
• 2 Days in Bruges

Visit Bruges, The MICHELIN Guide way, with insights on the best places to eat, stay, have a drink, and soak up the city's history.

2 Days In Belgium Editor's Pick Travel

Bruges is a city with a unique medieval charm. Take a stroll along the sparkling canals, through the cobbled streets, or past the many historic buildings, and you will quickly see that this is the perfect place for a romantic getaway. Fully exploring the "Venice of the north" in just 48 hours is a challenge, but it's one we're willing to accept. Here are the best places to visit for a whistle-stop tour of this magical city.

Before it's time for an aperitif, here are a few suggestions to awaken the romantic within you. The Boniface Bridge is an ideal spot for couples, as is the Spiegelrei , Bruges's old port, where you'll have a splendid view of the canals. If a romantic walk through pretty surroundings is your thing, then head for either the Arentshof park (which is home to beautiful Easter lilies in the beguinage) or Minnewater park , where you'll find what is known as the "Lake of Love". Afterwards, it's time to take a break and soak up Belgian café culture; a word to the wise, in Belgium "cafés" are a place you're more likely to order a beer than a coffee. Café Vlissinghe , Bruges's oldest inn, has been around since 1515 and exudes an incomparable sense of nostalgia. Indulge in a draught Brugse Zot or Tripel Karmeliet beer, or one of the many non-alcoholic options. If you're feeling peckish before dinner, browse the snacks and appetizers on offer.

NEW City Guides: London by The MICHELIN Guide Tokyo by The MICHELIN Guide New York City by The MICHELIN Guide Paris by The MICHELIN Guide

If you didn't go for the brewery option, then all of the day's sightseeing and shopping might have made you thirsty. The solution is to head down Bruges's narrowest street to the wonderful Staminee De Garre . The menu of this characterful café offers no fewer than 140 beers, from the house tripel to the most famous breweries and a few lesser-known gems. Not enough choice for you? Check out 't Brugs Beertje , where you'll have 300 different beers to pick from.

Address Book

Belfry of Bruges: Markt 7 Café Vlissinghe: Blekersstraat 2 De Halve Maan Brewery: Walplein 26 De Witte Pelikaan: Vlamingstraat 23 Groeninge Museum: Dijver 12 Gruuthuse Museum: Dijver 17 Käthe Wohlfart: Walplein 12 Staminee De Garre: De Garre 1 ’t Brugs Beertje: Kemelstraat 5 The Basilica of the Holy Blood: Burg 13 The Boniface Bridge: Groeninge 6 The Chocolate Line: Simon Stevinplein 19 The Church of Our Lady: Mariastraat The Jerusalem Chapel: Peperstraat 3

The Most Affordable Key Hotels for a Winter Escape in the States

Our editorial team selects the most affordable Key hotels for an easy escape this winter in the United States.

Everything You Need to Know About the MICHELIN Key for Hotels

In April 2024, the MICHELIN Guide debuted a brand new distinction: the MICHELIN Key. While the MICHELIN Star recognizes the most outstanding restaurants in the world, the MICHELIN Key does the same for outstanding hotels. Here’s everything you need to know about the new distinction.

The First MICHELIN Key Hotels: All the Keys in the United States

The MICHELIN Guide announces top honors for U.S. hotels in 2024.

From Mezcal to Maison at Two Key Casa Silencio

Nestled in Oaxaca’s history-soaked Valley of Xaaga, El Silencio is a lauded mezcal maker that believed it was time their product ascended to the natural next plane. Wineries have hotels on the vineyards — why not mezcal?

Keep Exploring - Stories we think you will enjoy reading

My Aspen with Chef Mawa McQueen

From morning matcha to family dinners and every occasion in between, check out Mawa McQueen’s favorite spots in town.

Wiederhoeft and HAGS Close out New York Fashion Week with a Celebration of Creativity

Capital One Dining co-hosted a once-in-a-lifetime dinner on the runway.

Inside Amangiri, One of America's Most Exceptional Hotels

Four days and three nights at the exclusive, Three Key Utah resort.

How a Ghost Town Transformed Into a Two Key Luxury Hotel

Dunton was founded in 1885 as a mining camp in the wilds of southwestern Colorado. It soon became a ghost town. Then it was turned into Dunton Hot Springs, a Two Key hotel and one of the most remarkable you'll ever see.

Mexico's Hauntingly Beautiful Mansion Hotels

There's something special about hotels in old mansions — and in Mexico, there's no shortage of evidence.

Where To Stay Along Mexico's Pacific Coast

Mexico’s glorious Pacific Coast deserves mention with the most legendary destinations in the country.

Inspector Visits: Be Tulum Earns Its Key on the Busy Shores of the Caribbean

One Inspector’s visit to Be Tulum, a sparkling beachside refuge that’s simply the very best version of the town's oceanfront accommodations.

In Photos: The Spectacular Three Key Hotels of the American West

The ins and outs of three outstanding hotels in Montana, Arizona, and Utah.

The First MICHELIN Key Hotels: All the Keys in Canada

The MICHELIN Guide announces top honors for Canadian hotels in 2024.

The First MICHELIN Key Hotels: All the Keys in Mexico

The MICHELIN Guide announces top honors for Mexican hotels in 2024.

MICHELIN Guide

Use the app to find the best restaurants and hotels everywhere

Be the first to get news and update about the michelin guide.

MICHELIN Guide selections

The michelin group.

• Terms of Use
• Privacy Policy
• Legal Notice

Display settings

Customize your experience by easily adjusting display settings for territory, and currency to suit your preferences!

Want to leave a review?

Go to the "Visited" list under My Lists and tap the "Review" button to leave your comments from your visit

Member privileges

The Plus program provides upgrades and amenities at participating hotels. For this hotel, Plus members will receive:

Non-members can add the privileges at checkout through our 30 day free trial, cancellable at anytime.

We use cookies and other technologies to understand and improve your browsing experience. By using our site, you agree to us collecting this information and to our  Privacy Charter .

• Retail stores
• Fuel prices
• Help & support

The ultimate guide to Auckland New Zealand

September 11, 2024

Vibrant, diverse and innovative, Auckland (Tāmaki Makaurau) offers a rich tapestry of experiences. Use this ultimate guide to the best things to do in Auckland to plan your perfect stay in New Zealand.

From cultural attractions that leave a lasting impression to outdoor activities that wow, expect to leave with a newfound appreciation for Aotearoa New Zealand’s most populous city. 

With daily flights from Melbourne to Auckland that only take around 3.5 hours, Auckland is a great destination for Victorians, whether travelling for a quick city break or as part of a longer holiday. 

RACV Members have access to exclusive benefits on everything from tours , cruises , and fun-filled attractions and experiences in Auckland and across New Zealand. More: The best places and things to do in New Zealand

Your guide to Auckland's best places to visit

Auckland’s vibrant neighbourhoods.

Auckland feels more like a collection of diverse neighbourhoods than a built-up city, leaving ample choice for exploration. The city is also located on New Zealand's narrowest neck of land. If you're keen, there's the 16km Coast to Coast walk between the Waitematā and Manukau harbours, which takes you through suburbs, parks and up extinct volcanos for superb views of the city. You'll need the app, otherwise you might get lost.

For gorgeous boutiques, trendy cafés, and lively bars, Ponsonby - close to the city centre - delivers. If you prefer a more sophisticated vibe, you’ll love exploring Parnell’s main strip of shops and eateries. For a darling café culture at a seaside destination, Takapuna and Devonport on the North Shore will appeal. The latter has spectacular Auckland skyline views, too. For nature lovers, stop in Titirangi before exploring West Auckland.

While the distinct personalities and attractions of many Auckland suburbs appeal, most visitors base themselves in the CBD, near the scenic waterfront area. Staying central gives you easy train and bus access to most of the sprawling city. Plus, trendy Britomart - where exceptional culinary fare is the norm, not the exception – is right on your doorstep.

If you’re looking to enjoy a self-drive adventure, parking can be both challenging to find (and costly) in the city centre. Choose a hotel with parking included or stay in a surrounding neighbourhood.

Britomart is a trendy place for foodies. Image: Tourism NZ

Best cultural activities and things to do in Auckland

Uncovering New Zealand’s rich history is an ideal way to start your stay in the City of Sails. The Auckland War Memorial Museum allows a deep dive into Aotearoa's natural and military history and Māori heritage. Cultural performances are on twice daily. The museum is in the lush 75ha Auckland Domain, formed around the cone of an extinct volcano. Pack a picnic and include a visit to the historic Wintergarden.

In the heart of the city, the Auckland Arts Gallery (Toi o Tāmaki) connects you to New Zealand’s artistic heritage. It’s the country’s largest gallery, housing a 15,000-piece collection of national and international works.

For theatre lovers, the Civic Theatre is a beautifully restored 1920s building. Performances across the year include opera, musicals, comedy, and ballet. 

A lesser-visited gem, the Museum of Transport and Technology (MOTAT) offers a glimpse into New Zealand’s transport history and technological advancements via interactive displays. MOTAT is close to the award-winning Auckland Zoo and picturesque Western Springs Park. Combine all three for a fun-filled family day out.

The Auckland Arts Gallery is well worth a visit. Image: Tourism NZ

Best nature activities in Auckland

With volcanic islands, lush national parks, and both east and west coast beaches within easy reach, nature enthusiasts have much to rave about during their Auckland stay. 

For an enriching day out, head 40 minutes to the Waitakere Ranges and West Coast beaches . Pristine rainforests, gushing waterfalls, and a coastline renowned for its wild surf, the Waitakere Ranges immerse you in Auckland’s best natural wonders. 

Choose to take one of the park’s well-organised trails like the Mercer Bay Loop trail, Anawhata and Whites Beach Loop or the Kitekite Track, which leads to a stunning multi-tiered waterfall.

After a hike, visit one of the west coast’s wild beaches, where long stretches of black volcanic sand and the exhilarating thrashing waves (always swim between the flags here) feel far removed from central Auckland. Piha Beach is the most famous, however, Karekare and Bethells are as appealing. Bethells has vast black-sand dunes nearby.

A short ferry ride from Auckland’s waterfront, Rangitoto Island is a dormant volcano offering panoramic views over Auckland city and the Hauraki Gulf. Alternatively, Tiritiri Matangi Island is an ideal spot for those interested in wildlife conservation. Take a guided tour to learn about the island’s rare and endangered bird species. 

For a spot of nature while in the city, explore 64ha of beautiful gardens and native forest at the Auckland Botanic Gardens in Manurewa.

Piha Beach has black volcanic sand. Image: Tourism NZ

Auckland’s best food & wine experiences

Dining in Auckland can be as sophisticated or relaxed as you choose. The Viaduct Harbour and Britomart offer top-notch dining experiences, including Oyster & Chop, Soul Bar & Bistro, and Parasol & Swing. For a fabulous caffeine kickstart, Britomart’s Shaky Isles hits the spot. 

For exceptional meals with a view, book a table at Peter Gordon’s Sugar Club, on the 53rd floor of the iconic Sky Tower. For casual CBD eats, Mexico, Satya, and the award-winning Albert Street Food Court will make your tastebuds sing.

Ponsonby is famous for its eateries, with contemporary flavours and innovative menus the norm. Wander Ponsonby Road to find a restaurant that suits your vibe or choose from the tasty vendors at trendy Ponsonby Central. You’ll want to book ahead for Ponsonby favourites like Sidart, Thirty-One, and Prego, an Italian institution in Ponsonby for more than 30 years.

Hobbiton makes for a great day trip from Auckland. Image: Sara Orme

Best day trips from Auckland

Auckland’s prime location on the North Island means there is much to discover with a picturesque drive that's one to two hours' drive from the city centre.

An hour north of Auckland, the sleepy village of Matakana charms with its Saturday farmers’ market, artisanal food producers, and boutique wineries. The sculptures, six art galleries, restaurant, and vineyard across Sculptureum are highly recommended. 

If you’re a Lord of the Rings and Hobbit fan, you’ll love a day trip to Matamata to visit Hobbiton . It’s enthralling to wander the Shire, see the Hobbit Holes, and snap a photo in front of Bilbo’s house.

Waiheke Island is worthy of its hype as an island paradise. Only 35 minutes by ferry from downtown Auckland, Waiheke feels distinctly more tropical (in summer) and laidback than its big city neighbour across the Hauraki Gulf. Known as the ‘Island of Wine’, the 30 boutique vineyards across Waiheke appeal to many day trippers. Stop by the well-known Mudbrick and Stonyridge Vineyards, or for high tea with a twist visit Batch Winery.

Other Waiheke Island activities include hiking, watersports, ziplining , and relaxing on the gorgeous beaches. Waiheke Island is also an idyllic spot for wellness experiences .

Looking for travel insurance for New Zealand?

The information provided is general advice only. Before making any decisions please consider your own circumstances and the  Product Disclosure Statement  and  Target Market Determinations . For copies, visit racv.com.au. Royal Automobile Club of Victoria (RACV) Ltd AR 001243563 is an authorised representative of the issuer and receives commission for each policy sold or renewed. RACV Travel Insurance issued by Tokio Marine & Nichido Fire Insurance Co., Ltd ABN 80 000 438 291 AFSL 246 548. Terms & conditions apply, refer to the PDS.

Related reading

The best places to visit in New Zealand

Aotearoa (New Zealand) is a destination synonymous with spectacular landscapes, a vibrant culture, creative culinary scene, and adventure activities galore. Discover the best things to do in New Zealand in this handy guide.

• Read article

The ultimate guide to Queenstown, New Zealand

Queenstown is one of New Zealand’s star attractions, with scenery so stand-out that every street you pass, every hilltop you climb, every attraction you visit. These are the best things to do and see in Queenstown.

Fun for the family: NZ’s best North Island attractions

Whether you and your family enjoy exploring natural wonders, playful immersive experiences or heart-racing adventures, there’s an activity on the North Island to match.

This site will not function correctly without JavaScript enabled. Please enable JavaScript in your browser.